Easily na - Routledge

Routledge 

Security, Strategic 

and Military Studies 

New Titles and Key Backlist 2010/11 

www.routledge.com/securitystudies

www.routledge.com/securitystudies 

Welcome to Routledge 

Security, Strategic and Military Studies 

New Titles and Key Backlist 2010/11 

Page 2 Page 5 Page 6 Page 33 Page 35 Page 38 Page 40 Page 55 

contentS 

Key Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 

Critical Security Studies ..............6 

International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 

Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 

Regional Security: Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 

Regional Security: Europe ...........26 

Regional Security: Middle East & Africa ...27 

Regional Security: Russia and Eastern 

Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 

Conflict Resolution ................32 

Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . . . . . . 34 

Media, War and Security ............40 

Human Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 

Responsibility to Protect . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 

contactS 

uk and ReSt of woRld 

Marketing 

Michael King – Marketing Executive 

Email: michael.king@tandf.co.uk 

Editorial 

Andrew Humphrys – Senior Commissioning Editor 

Email: andrew.humphrys@tandf.co.uk 

Rebecca Brennan – Senior Editorial Assistant 

Email: rebecca.brennan@tandf.co.uk 

Journals: 

Online: www.informaworld.com/journals 

Email: tf.enquiries@informa.com 

Call: +44 (0)20 7017 5544 

Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 

Terrorism Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 

Strategic Studies ..................50 

Intelligence Studies ................52 

Energy Security ...................54 

Gender and Security ...............55 

Military Studies ...................56 

Cold War Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 

Reference .......................60 

Routledge Paperbacks Direct .........61 

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 

Order Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 

uS, canada and latin aMeRica 

Marketing 

Jessica Plummer – Marketing Assistant 

Email: jessica.plummer@taylorandfrancis.com 

Editorial 

Michael Kerns – Editor 

Email: michael.kerns@taylorandfrancis.com 

Mary Altman – Editorial Assistant 

Email: mary.altman@taylorandfrancis.com 

Journals: 

Online: www.informaworld.com/journals 

Email: customerservice@taylorandfrancis.com 

Call: Toll Free: 1-800-354-1420 

Overseas: 1-215-625-8900 

conSideRing bookS 

foR couRSe uSe? 

Books marked with are available as 

complimentary exam copies for lecturers 

or faculty considering them for course 

adoption. To obtain your copy visit the URL 

listed beneath the title in the catalog and 

select your choice of print or electronic 

copy. Visit www.routledge.com or in the 

US you can call 1-800-634-7064. 

Books marked with are available 

as electronic inspection copies only. 

The Easy Way to Order 

Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply 

follow the on-screen instructions. Alternatively, 

you can call, fax, or see order form at the back 

of this catalog. 

UK and Rest of World 

Call: +44 (0)1235 400524 

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 

US, Canada and Latin America 

Call: 1-800-634-7064 

Fax: 1-800-248-4724 

eBooks 

Over 20,000 of our titles are available as eBooks 

– available to browse at: 

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk. 

eUpdates 

Register your email address at 

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive 

information on books, journals and other news 

within your area of interest. 

Trade Customers’ Representatives, 

Agents and Distribution 

For a complete list, visit: 

www.routledge.com/representatives.

Key TiTles 

The Routledge Handbook 

of Security Studies 

Edited by Victor Mauer and Myriam Dunn 

Cavelty, both at Swiss Federal Institute of 

Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland 

Focusing on contemporary 

challenges, this major new 

Handbook offers a wideranging 

collection of 

cutting-edge essays from 

leading scholars in the field of 

Security Studies. 

Selected Contents: 

Part 1: Theoretical Approaches 

to Security and Different 

’Securities’ 1. Realism and 

Security Studies 2. Liberalism 

3. The English School and International Security 4. Critical 

Security Studies 5. Constructivism and Securitization Studies 

6. Poststructuralism, Continental Philosophy, and the 

Remaking of Security Studies 7. Feminist Security Studies 

8. National Security, Culture, and Identity 9. Societal Security 

10. Human Security and Diplomacy 

Part 2: Contemporary Security Challenges 11. Terrorism 

12. Weapons of Mass Destruction 13. Organised Crime, Drug 

Trafficking, and Trafficking in Women 14. State Failure and 

State Building 15. Migration and Security 16. Cyberthreats 

17. Old and New Wars 18. The Privatization of International 

Security 19. Energy Security 20. Resources, the Environment 

and Conflict 21. Emerging Dangers of Biological Weapons 

22. Security and Health in the 21st Century 

Part 3: Regional Security Challenges 23. China’s Rise: 

Intentions, Power, and Evidence 24. The Korean Peninsula: 

On the Brink? 25. Indian Security Policy 26. Pakistan’s 

Security Predicament: Religion, Economics, or Geopolitics? 

27. Afghanistan: A State in Crisis 28. The Middle East as a 

Crisis Region 29. Iran’s Nuclear Challenge 30. Intervention 

in Iraq: Regime Change and the Dialectics of State-Building 

31. The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 32. Russia’s Revival 

33. The Western Balkans: On the Path to Stability 

Part 4: Confronting Security Challenges 34. The European 

Union: From Security Community towards Security Actor 

35. Alliances 36. Deterrence 37. Coercive Diplomacy: 

Scope and Limits, Theory and Policy 38. Peace Operations 

39. Humanitarian Intervention 40. Global Governance 

41. The Study of Crisis Management 

2009: 246 x 174: 504pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46361-4: £125.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86676-4 

For more information, visit: 

www.routledge.com/9780415463614 

Forthcoming in 2011 

Textbook 

International Security 

An Introduction 

Adrian Hyde-Price, University of Bath, UK 

This textbook introduces students to the study of 

contemporary international security. It is aimed at second 

and third year undergraduates as well as postgraduate 

students undertaking a taught Masters degree programme. 

Eschewing jargon, this textbook is clear and accessible; 

with pedagogical features such as boxes, key points, 

further reading and student questions. 

Key theories and concepts are presented in the introductory 

chapters, and applied to the case-studies and empirical 

examples in subsequent chapters. Its strong empirical 

dimension allows it to illustrate contemporary international 

security problems and issues. 

The book will be essential reading for upper-level students 

of international or global security studies, and recommended 

reading for students of strategic studies, war and conflict 

studies, terrorism studies and IR in general. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Theories 

and Approaches 2. Theories about International Security 

3. Globalisation and International Security 

Part 2: Contemporary Security Issues 4. Humanitarian 

Intervention 5. International Terrorism 6. Nuclear Proliferation 

Part 3: Regional Security 7. The Middle East 8. Russia, 

Eurasia and Energy Security 9. China and East Asia 

10. Human Security and ‘New Wars’ Part 4: Conclusion 

11. Conflict and Cooperation in the Twenty-First Century 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55036-9: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-55037-6: £22.99 



Forthcoming 

Security Studies 

A Reader 

Edited by Christopher W. Hughes and Yew Meng 

Lai, both at University of Warwick, UK 

This reader offers students an 

informed overview of the most 

significant work in security 

studies and features contributions 

from many of the leading 

scholars in the field. It is divided 

into the following sections: 

• What is Security? 

• Theories of Security 

• Security Dimensions and Issues 

• Security Frameworks and 

Actors 

• The Future of Security. 

In order to guide students through the issues, the book 

has a substantial critical introduction exploring the 

development of security studies, as well as introductions 

to each section and editorial commentary on the readings 

themselves. Suggestions for further reading and questions 

for discussion are also included in each section. 

This book will be invaluable for students of security 

studies and international relations. 

January 2011: 246 x 174: 400pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-32600-1: £95.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-32601-8: £26.99 



Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/securitystudies 



Key TiTles 1 

Edited by Paul D. Williams, George Washington 

University, USA 

Security Studies: An 

Introduction is the most 

comprehensive textbook 

available on security studies. 

It gives students a detailed 

overview of the major 

theoretical approaches, key 

themes and most significant 

issues within security studies. 


1. Introduction Paul D. Williams 

Part 1: Theoretical Approaches 

2. Realism Colin Elman 3. Liberalism Cornelia Navari 4. Game 

Theory Frank C. Zagare 5. Constructivism Matt McDonald 

6. Peace Studies Peter Lawler 7. Critical Theory Pinar Bilgin 

8. Feminist Perspectives Sandra Whitworth 9. International 

Political Sociology Didier Bigo Part 2: Key Concepts 

10. Uncertainty Ken Booth and Nicholas J. Wheeler 

11. War Paul D. Williams 12. Terrorism Paul Rogers 

13. Genocide and Mass Killing Adam Jones 14. Ethnic 

Conflict Stuart J. Kaufman 15. Coercion Lawrence Freedman 

and Srinath Rhagavan 16. Human Security Fen Osler Hampson 

17. Poverty Caroline Thomas 18. Environmental Change 

Simon Dalby 19. Health Colin McInnes Part 3: Institutions 

20. Alliances John Duffield 21. Regional Institutions Louise 

Fawcett 22. The United Nations Thomas G. Weiss and 

Danielle Zach Kalbacher Part 4: Contemporary Challenges 

23. International Arms Trade William D. Hartung 24. Nuclear 

Proliferation W. Pal Sidhu 25. Counterterrorism Paul R. Pillar 

26. Counterinsurgency Joanna Spear 27. Peace Operations 

Michael Pugh 28. The Responsibility to Protect Alex J. 

Bellamy 29. Private Security Deborah Avant 

30. Transnational Organized Crime John T. Picarelli 

31. Population Movements Sita Bali 32. Energy Security 

Michael T. Klare. Conclusion 33. What Future for Security 

Studies? Stuart Croft 

2008: 246 x 174: 568pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-42561-2: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-42562-9: £25.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-92660-4 



Bestseller 

3rd Edition 

Masters of War 

Classical Strategic Thought 

Michael I. Handel 

This is a detailed textual analysis of the classical works 

on war by Clausewitz, Sun Tzu, Mao Tse-tung, and to a 

lesser extent, Jomini and Machiavelli. The author takes a 

fresh look at what these strategic thinkers actually said 

– not what they are believed to have said. He finds that 

despite their apparent differences in terms of time, place, 

cultural background, and level of material/technological 

development, all had much more in common than 

previously supposed. 

2000: 234 x 156: 512pp 

Hb: 978-0-7146-5091-3: £100.00 

Pb: 978-0-7146-8132-0: £27.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-01774-6 


www.routledge.com/9780714681320

2 

Key TiTles 

Textbook 

2nd Edition 

Understanding Global Security 

Peter Hough, Middlesex University, UK 

Fully revised to incorporate 

recent developments in world 

politics, the second edition of 

Understanding Global Security 

analyzes the variety of ways 

in which people’s lives are 

threatened and/or secured in 

contemporary global politics. 

The traditional focus of Security 

Studies texts - war, deterrence 

and terrorism - are analyzed 

alongside non-military security 

issues such as famine, crime, disease, disasters, 

environmental degredation and human rights abuses to 

provide a comprehensive survey of how and why people 

are killed in the contemporary world. 

User friendly and easy to follow, this textbook is 

designed to make a complex subject accessible to all. 

Key features include: 

• ‘top ten’ tables highlighting the most destructive events 

or forms of death in that area throughout history 

• boxed descriptions elaborating key concepts in the 

field of security and International Relations 

• ‘biographical boxes’ of key individuals who have 

shaped world events 

• further reading and websites at the end of each 

chapter guiding you towards the most up-to-date 

information on various topics 

• glossary of political terminology. 

This highly acclaimed and popular academic text will 

continue to be essential reading for everyone interested 

in security. 

2008: 246 x 174: 312pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-42141-6: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-42142-3: £24.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-93267-4 




Ethnic Conflict 


Rajat Ganguly, Murdoch University, Australia 

This new upper-level textbook offers a comprehensive 

overview of four key dimensions of ethnic conflict, and 

provides six case studies from around the globe. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Key 

Dimensions of Ethnic Conflict 2. Ethnic Identity 3. Causes 

of Ethnic Conflict 4. Dynamics and Consequences of Ethnic 

Conflict 5. Settling Ethnic Conflicts Part 2: Case Studies 

6. Ethnic Conflict in Pakistan 7. Ethnic Conflict in the 

Philippines 8. Ethnic Conflict in Israel/Palestine 9. Ethnic 

Conflict in Turkey 10. Ethnic Conflict in Sudan 11. Ethnic 

Conflict in Nigeria Conclusion Select Bibliography 

May 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57396-2: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-57397-9: £23.99 



Textbook 

Understanding 

Counterinsurgency 

Doctrine, Operations, and Challenges 

Edited by Thomas Rid, American Academy, Berlin, 

Germany and Thomas Keaney, Johns Hopkins 


This textbook offers an 

accessible introduction to 

counterinsurgency operations, a 

key aspect of modern warfare. 

Featuring essays by some of 

the world’s leading experts on 

unconventional conflict, both 

scholars and practitioners, the 

book discusses how modern 

regular armed forces react, 

and should react, to irregular 

warfare. The volume is divided 

into three main sections: 

• Doctrinal Origins: analysing the intellectual and 

historical roots of modern Western theory and practice 

• Operational Aspects: examining the specific role of 

various military services in counterinsurgency, but also 

special forces, intelligence, and local security forces 

• Challenges: looking at wider issues, such as 

governance, culture, ethics, civil-military cooperation, 

information operations, and time. 

Understanding Counterinsurgency is the first 

comprehensive textbook on counterinsurgency, and 

will be essential reading for all students of small wars, 

counterinsurgency and counterterrorism, strategic 

studies and security studies, both in graduate and 

undergraduate courses as well as in professional 

military schools. 

Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Counterinsurgency 

Thomas Keaney and Thomas Rid Part 1: Doctrine 

2. France Etienne de Durand 3. Britain Alexander Alderson 

4. Germany Timo Noetzel 5. United States Conrad Crane 

Part 2: Operational Aspects 6. Army Peter Mansoor 

7. Marine Corps Frank Hoffman 8. Airpower Charles Dunlap, Jr 

9. Naval Support Martin Murphy 10. Special Operations Kalev 

Sepp 11. Intelligence David Kilcullen 12. Local Security Forces 

John Nagl Part 3: Challenges 13. Governance Nadia 

Schadlow 14. Culture Montgomery McFate 15. Ethics 

Sarah Sewall 16. Information Operations Andrew Exum 

17. Civil-Military Integration Michelle Parker and Matthew 

Irvine 18. Time Austin Long 19. Counterinsurgency in 

Context Thomas Rid and Thomas Keaney. Suggested 

Further Reading 

April 2010: 246 x 174: 280pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77764-3: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77765-0: £23.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-85237-8 



Complimentary exam Copy e-inspection New in Paperback Companion Website 

new 

Explaining Terrorism 

Causes, Processes and Consequences 

Martha Crenshaw, Stanford University, USA 

Series: Cass Series on Political Violence 

This volume comprises some of the key essays by 

Professor Crenshaw, from 1972 to the present-day, on 

the causes, processes and consequences of terrorism. 

Since the early 1970s, scholars and practitioners have 

tried to explain terrorism and to assess the effectiveness 

of government responses to the threat. From its 

beginnings in a small handful of analytical studies, the 

research field has expanded to thousands of entries, 

with an enormous spike following the 9/11 attacks. The 

field of terrorism studies is now impressive in terms of 

quantity, scope, and variety. Professor Crenshaw had 

studied terrorism since the late 1960s, well before it was 

topical, and this selection of her work represents the 

development of her thought over time in four areas: 

• defining terrorism and identifying its causes 

• the different methods used to explain terrorism, 

including strategic, organisational and psychological 

approaches 

• how campaigns of terrorism end 

• how governments can effectively contribute to 

the ending of terrorism. 

This collection of essays by one of the pioneering 

thinkers in the field of terrorism studies will be essential 

reading for all students of political violence and 

terrorism, security studies and IR/politics in general. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: Definitions, Approaches, 

Trajectories, and Responses Part 1: What and Why? 

1. The Concept of Terrorism 2. The Causes of Terrorism 

3. ’Old’ vs. ’New’ Terrorism Part 2: Explaining Terrorism: 

Organizations, Strategies, and Psychology 4. The 

Organizational Approach 5. Subjective Realities 6. The Logic 

of Terrorism 7. Psychological Constraints on Instrumental 

Reasoning Part 3: Responding to Terrorism 8. Coercive 

Diplomacy 9. Strategies and Grand Strategies 

10. Counterterrorism Policy and the Political Process 

Part 4: How Terrorism Ends 11. How Terrorism Declines 

12. Why Terrorism is Rejected or Renounced 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 280pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78050-6: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-78051-3: £22.99 



relaTed jourNal 

Contemporary Security 

Policy 

Editors: Aaron Karp and Regina Karp, 

both at Old Dominion University, USA 

One of the oldest peer reviewed journals 

in international conflict and security, 

Contemporary Security Policy promotes 

theoretically-based research on policy problems 

of armed violence, peace building and conflict 

resolution. Since it first appeared in 1980, 

CSP has established its unique place as a 

meeting ground for research at the nexus 

of theory and policy. 

For more information on the journal, 

including subscription details, please visit: 

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/fcsp


3rd Edition 

Terrorism Versus Democracy 

The Liberal State Response 

Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK 

Series: Cass Series on Political Violence 

’From one of the founding fathers of terrorism 

studies, an urgent and necessary reminder of that 

which we must hold dear in combating all forms 

of terrorism. Paul Wilkinson understands the vital 

lessons to be learned from responding to terrorism, 

and this updated edition of his landmark book is 

absolutely essential reading.’ – John Horgan, 

University of St. Andrews, UK 

‘This is a well-argued, balanced book on a subject 

where sound judgement is often lacking. Professor 

Wilkinson, one of the leading authorities on the 

subject of terrorism, discusses both the terrorist 

threat and the appropriateness of military, legal 

and diplomatic responses with clarity and persuasion. 

This book is an important addition to the literature 

on terrorism and deserves to be widely read.’ 

– Alex Schmid 

This acclaimed study examines both the new terror 

networks and those that have been around for decades. 

This new edition brings it up-to-date with the dramatic 

opening of the twenty-first century, with new chapters 

on the 9/11 attacks, the growth of international terrorism, 

the Al Qaeda network and the War on Terror. 

This text provides us with some much needed criteria for 

distinguishing between terrorists and freedom fighters 

and an explanation of the uses of terrorism as a political, 

social, religious and criminal weapon. Wilkinson also 

links the use of terrorism to a wider repertoire of 

struggle. He proposes a variety of possible countermeasures 

and valuable principles carefully distilled from 

the recent past to help design a response that is 

compatible with democratic principles, the rule of law 

and respect for human rights. 

This book is essential reading for undergraduate and 

postgraduate students of terrorism studies, political 

science and international relations, as well as for policy 

makers and journalists. 

Selected Contents: Preface. Glossary of Terrorist Groups. 

Introduction to Revised Edition 1. Terrorism, Insurgency and 

Asymmetrical Conflict 2. The Emergence of Modern 

Terrorism 3. Origins and Key Characteristics of Al Qaeda 

4. Terrorist Backed Insurgencies 5. Politics, Diplomacy and 

Peace Processes: Pathways out of Terrorism? 6. Law- 

Enforcement, Criminal Justice and the Liberal State 7. The 

Role of the Military in Combating Terrorism 8. Hostage- 

Taking, Sieges and Problems of Response 9. Aviation Security 

10. The Media and Terrorism 11. International Cooperation 

Against Terrorism 12. The Future of Terrorism 13. Conclusion. 

Further Reading and Bibliography 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58800-3: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-58799-0: £23.99 




Terrorism Studies 

A Reader 

Edited by John Horgan and Kurt Braddock, both 

at Pennsylvania State University, USA 

This book is a comprehensive 

Terrorism Studies Reader that 

aims to introduce and guide 

students through the most 

important articles on the subject 

of terrorism and political 

violence. 

Selected Contents: Studying 

Terrorism: An Introduction 

Section 1: Terrorism in Historical 

Context Section 2: Definitions 

Section 3: Understanding 

and Explaining Terrorism 

Section 4: Terrorist Movements Section 5: Terrorist Behaviour 

Section 6: Counterterrorism Section 7: Current Trends in 

Terrorism Section 8: The Future of Terrorism. Conclusions 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 480pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-45504-6: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-45505-3: £26.99 




Terrorism: The Basics 

James Lutz and Brenda J. Lutz, both at Indiana 

University-Purdue, USA 

Series: The Basics 

Terrorism: The Basics is an 

ideal starting point for anyone 

interested in one of the most 

discussed, written about and 

analysed aspects of modern life. 

Common misconceptions about 

the nature of terrorism and 

terrorists themselves are dispelled 

as the authors provide clear and 

jargon-free answers to the big 

questions: 

• What does terrorism involve? 

• Who can be classified as a terrorist? 

• What are terrorists trying to achieve? 

• Who are the supporters of terrorism? 

• Can there ever be an end to terrorist activity? 

These questions and more are answered with reference 

to contemporary groups and situations allowing readers 

to relate theory to what they have seen on the news. 

Written with clarity and insight, this book is the perfect 

first book on terrorism for students of all levels. 

Selected Contents: 1. What is Terrorism? 2. What do the 

Terrorists Want? 3. Who are the Terrorists? 4. What are the 

Techniques? 5. Who are the Targets of Terrorists? 6. Who 

Supports the Terrorists? 7. Some Major Terrorist Groups 

8. What can be Done to Counter Terrorism? 9. Will Terrorism 

Continue? 10. Conclusions 

March 2011: 198 x 129: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57333-7: £55.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-57334-4: £11.99 





Key TiTles 3 

Textbook 

Conflict, Security and 

Development 


Paul Jackson and Danielle Beswick, both at 

University of Birmingham, UK 

This new textbook addresses 

the the impact of conflict and 

security on development 

initiatives. Currently, there is 

no available textbook that 

marries academic teaching and 

approaches with practical policy 

experience in the way this one 

does. The authors integrate 

these elements through three 

key features: 

• uses the best of recent 

academic theory, field research and policy to provide 

an overview of the connections between security and 

development 

• explores the implications of these connections for the 

theory and practice of development 

• investigates the challenges that arise for post-conflict 

reconstruction when we recognise that security and 

development are mutually contingent. 

The authors are experienced in both the theory and 

practice of development and conflict, and illustrate the 

theory about the links between conflict, security and 

development with practical examples, drawing on 

up-to-date literature and personal experience. Each 

chapter is informed by student pedagogy and the book 

will be essential reading for all students of development 

studies, war and conflict studies, and human security, 

and is recommended for students of international 

security and IR in general. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Security and 

Development - Mutually Reinforcing? 3. Accounting for 

Conflict in the Developing World 4. The Changing Nature 

of Conflict and its Impact on Development 5. Development 

Actors in War 6. International and Humanitarian Intervention 

7. The Privatisation of Security 8. Development and Security 

in Post-Conflict Environments 9 . International Responses 

to the Development-Security Dilemma 10. Conclusions: 

Development and Security - Reconnecting the Threads. 

Select Bibliography 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49984-2: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-49983-5: £22.99 



4 

Key TiTles 

Textbook 

War, Conflict and 

Human Rights 

Theory and Practice 

Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and 

Johanna Herman, all at University of East London, UK 

‘What makes this book such 

a superb teaching tool? The 

text begins by providing 

separate background 

chapters on human rights 

and conflict studies. This 

makes the case studies and 

topical chapters completely 

accessible for a wide range 

of students. Clearly written 

and completely up-to-date, 

War, Conflict and Human 

Rights will undoubtedly find 

itself on the mandatory reading list of many 

syllabi.’ – Julie Mertus, American University, USA 

War, Conflict and Human Rights is an innovative new 

inter-disciplinary textbook, combining aspects of law, 

politics and conflict analysis to examine the relationship 

between human rights and armed conflict. 

Making use of both theoretical and practical approaches, 

this book: 

• examines the tensions and complementarities between 

protection of human rights and resolution of conflict 

• explores the scope and effects of human rights 

violations in contemporary armed conflicts 

• assesses the legal and institutional accountability 

mechanisms developed in the wake of armed conflict 

to punish violations of human rights law and 

international humanitarian law 

• discusses continuing and emergent global trends and 

challenges in the fields of human rights and conflict 

analysis. 

Selected Contents: Glossary. How to use this text 

Part 1: War and Human Rights: Critical Issues 1. The 

Interplay between War and Human Rights 2. Conflict: 

Fundamentals and Debates 3. Human Rights: History and 

Debates 4. Humanitarian and Human Rights Law in Armed 

Conflict Part 2: Contemporary Conflict: Critical Cases 

5. The Former Yugoslavia 6. Sierra Leone 7. The Democratic 

Republic of Congo 8. Sudan 9. The ’Global War on Terror’ 

Part 3: Building Peace and Seeking Accountability: 

Recent Mechanisms and Institutions 10. Ad Hoc 

Tribunals 11. Enforcing Human Rights Transnationally 

12. Hybrid Tribunals 13. The International Criminal Court 

15. Enduring and Emergent Challenges and Opportunities 

2009: 246 x 174: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-45205-2: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-45206-9: £23.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-87474-5 



Textbook 

Conflict Management 

and Resolution 


Ho-Won Jeong, George Mason University, USA 

Conflict Management and 

Resolution provides students 

with an overview of the main 

theories of conflict management 

and conflict resolution, and will 

equip them to respond to the 

complex phenomena of 

international conflict. 

The book covers these four 

key concepts in detail: 

• negotiation 

• mediation 

• facilitation 

• reconciliation. 

It examines how to prevent, manage and eventually 

resolve various types of conflict that originate from 

inter-state and inter-group competition, and expands 

the existing scope of conflict management and 

resolution theories by examining emerging theories 

on the identity, power and structural dimensions of 

adversarial relationships. The volume is designed to 

enhance our understanding of effective response 

strategies to conflict in multiple social settings as well 

as violent struggles, and utilizes numerous case studies, 

both past and current. These include the Iranian and 

North Korean nuclear weapons programmes, the war 

in Lebanon, the Arab-Israeli conflict, civil wars in Africa, 

and ethnic conflicts in Europe and Asia. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Anatomy of Conflict and 

Conflict Resolution 1. Perspectives on Conflict Resolution 

2. Managing Conflict Dynamics 3. Conflict Transformation 

Part 2: Dimensions of Conflict 4. Identity 5. Power 

6. Structure Part 3: Settlement and Resolution 

Procedures 7. Comparative context 8. Negotiation 

9. Mediation 10. Facilitation 11. Reconciliation 

2009: 246 x 174: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-45040-9: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-45041-6: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-86497-5 



Textbook 

International Conflict 

Management 

Michael J. Butler, Clark University, USA 

This new textbook provides 

students with an accessible 

overview of the logic, evolution, 

application and outcomes of 

the five major approaches of 

the growing field of 

international conflict 

management: 

• traditional peacekeeping 

• peace enforcement and 

support operations 

• negotiation and bargaining 

• mediation 

• adjudication. 

The book aims to provide the student with a fuller 

understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of these 

five techniques within the contemporary security 

environment. To demonstrate the changing nature of 

security in the post-Cold War world, the text contrasts 

this with competing visions of security during the Cold 

War and earlier periods, and provides numerous points 

of comparison with the dominant causes, types, strategy, 

and prosecution of warfare in other eras. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Continuity and 

Change 1. What is International Security Management? 

2. The Changing Nature of Security 3. The Challenges of 

New Wars Part 2: Concepts and Application 

4. Peacekeeping 5. A Study in Peacekeeping: UNOMIG 

in Georgia 6. Mediation 7. A Study in Mediation: IGAD 

in Sudan 8. Peace Enforcement 9. A Study in Peace 

Enforcement: INTERFET in East Timor 10. International 

Adjudication 11. A Study in International Adjudication: 

The Mapiripán Massacre 12. Conclusion 

2009: 246 x 174: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77229-7: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77230-3: £23.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-87915-3 



US Defense Politics 

The Origins of Security Policy 

Harvey Sapolsky, MIT, Cambridge, USA, Eugene 

Gholz, University of Texas, Austin, USA and Caitlin 

Talmadge, MIT, Cambridge, USA 

This new textbook explains how 

US defence and national 

security policy is formulated and 

conducted. 

Selected Contents: Preface 

Part 1: Introduction 

Part 2: America’s Security Strategy 

Part 3: Who Fights America’s 

Wars? Part 4: The Military and 

National Politics Part 5: The 

Political Economy of Defense 

Part 6: The Weapons Acquisition 

Process Part 7: Managing Defense 

Part 8: Service Politics Part 9: Congress, Special Interests, 

and the President Part 10: Homeland Security 

Part 11: Preparing for the Next War 

2008: 246 x 174: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77265-5: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77266-2: £21.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-89247-3 



Complimentary exam Copy e-inspection New in Paperback Companion Website


Intelligence and Politics 


Philip Davies, Brunel University, UK 

This book is the first introduction to the key concepts 

and issues in intelligence for students. It covers general 

ideas, methods, problems and debates in the field, and 

takes a global perspective, using examples from a range 

of national intelligence systems. The book is divided into 

three key areas: intelligence itself, the role of intelligence 

in government, and political issues and debates 

surrounding intelligence. 

Selected Contents: Introduction. Introduction for Course 

Convenors 1. What is Intelligence? The Elements of 

Intelligence 2. Collection: Sources and Methods 

3. Counter-Intelligence: Protecting Intelligence 4. Covert 

Action: War by Other Means 5. Analysis and Estimates: 

Putting the Pieces Together 6. Requirements and Priorities: 

The Need to Know Intelligence in Government 

7. Intelligence and Policy: The Producer-Consumer Interface 

8. The Intelligence Community: Coordination and Integration 

9. Causes of Intelligence Failure: Why it Goes Wrong 

10. Defence Support: Information for Combat 11. Police 

Intelligence: Information for Law Enforcement Intelligence 

and Politics 12. Ethics and Intelligence 13. Intelligence and 

Democracy I: Surveillance and Civil Liberties 14. Intelligence 

and Democracy II: Accountability and Oversight 

15. Intelligence and Democracy III: Proportionality and the 

Law 16. Intelligence in Non-Democratic States: Espionage 

and Regime Security 

June 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-42869-9: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-42868-2: £22.99 




2nd Edition 

War, Peace and International 

Relations 

An Introduction to Strategic History 

Colin S. Gray 

’The author’s discussions and clarity of thought and 

expression make this work ideal as a textbook for 

introducing civilian students and prospective 

military officers of the various military academies 

to the subject.’ – Parameters 

This updated and revised second edition of Colin Gray’s 

textbook explores the theory and practice of war and 

peace in a modern historical context. 

Selected Contents: 1. Strategic History, 1800-2025: Themes 

and Contexts 2. Carl von Clausewitz and the Theory of War 

3. From Limited War to National War: The French Revolution 

and the Napoleonic Way of War 4. The Nineteenth Century, 

I: A Strategic View 5. The Nineteenth Century, II: Technology, 

Warfare, and International Order 6. The Great War and the 

Invention of Modern Warfare, 1914-18 7. The Twenty-Year 

Armistice, 1919-1939 8. The Second World War in Europe, I: 

The Structure and Course of Total War 9. The Second World 

War in Europe, II: Understanding the War 10. The Second 

World War in Asia-Pacific, I: Politics 11. The Second World 

War in Asia-Pacific, II: Strategy 12. The Cold War, I: Politics 

and Ideology 13. The Cold War, II: The Nuclear Revolution 

14. War and Peace After the Cold War: The Interwar Decade 

15. 9/11 and the Age of Terror 

July 2011: 246 x 174: 352pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59485-1: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-59487-5: £24.99 



Strategic Studies 

A Reader 

Edited by Thomas Mahnken, Johns Hopkins 

University, USA and Joseph A. Maiolo, King’s 

College, University of London, UK 

This Reader brings together 

key essays on strategic theory 

by some of the leading 

contributors in the field. It 

guides students through both 

the theoretical and practical 

aspects of Strategic Studies, and 

includes both classic essays and 

works of contemporary 

scholarship. 


Part 1: The Uses of Strategic 

Theory Introduction. Strategy as a Science Bernard Brodie. 

Strategic Studies and the Problem of Power Lawrence 

Freedman. What is a Military Lesson? William C. Fuller 

Part 2: Interpretation of the Classics Introduction. The 

Art of War Sun Tzu. Strategy: The Indirect Approach Basil 

Liddell Hart. Arms and Influence Thomas C. Schelling 

Part 3: Instruments of War: Land, Sea, and Air Power 

Introduction. J.F.C. Fuller’s Theory of Mechanized Warfare 

Brian Holden Reid. Some Principles of Maritime Strategy 

Julian Corbett. Air Power and the Origins of Deterrence Theory 

Before 1939 Richard J. Overy. Kosovo and the Great Air 

Power Debate Daniel L. Byman and Matthew C. Waxman 

Part 4: Nuclear Strategy Introduction. The Absolute Weapon 

Bernard Brodie. The Delicate Balance of Terror Albert 

Wohlstetter Part 5: Irregular Warfare and Small Wars 

Introduction. Science of Guerrilla Warfare T.E. Lawrence. 

Problems of Strategy in China’s Civil War Mao Tse Tung. 

Counterinsurgency Warfare: Theory and Practice David 

Galula. Why Big Nations Lose Small Wars: The Politics of 

Asymmetric Conflict Andrew Mack. Countering Global 

Insurgency David J. Kilcullen. Strategic Terrorism: The 

Framework and its Fallacies Michael Smith and Peter 

Neumann Part 6: Future Warfare, Future Strategy 

Introduction. Cavalry to Computer: The Patterns of Military 

Revolutions Andrew F. Krepinevich. From Kadesh to 

Kandahar: Military Theory and the Future of War Michael 

Evans. Why Strategy is Difficult Colin S. Gray. The War 

on Terror in Historical Perspective Adam Roberts. The Lost 

Meaning of Strategy Hew Strachan 

2008: 246 x 174: 464pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77221-1: £95.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77222-8: £26.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-92846-2 




Key TiTles 5 

Textbook 

2nd Edition 

Seapower 

A Guide for the Twenty-First Century 

Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff 

College / Kings College London, UK 

Series: Cass Series: Naval Policy and History 

’A landmark work. Seapower: 

A Guide for the Twenty-First 

Century delivers gloriously 

what it promises in its subtitle… 

Till’s excellent book will 

dominate maritime reading 

lists for years to come.’ 

– Colin S. Gray, RUSI Journal 

The sea has always been 

central to human development 

as a source of resources, and 

as a means of transportation, 

information-exchange and strategic dominion. It has 

been the basis for our prosperity and security. This is even 

more the case, now, in the early twenty-first century, 

with the emergence of an increasingly globalized world 

trading system. 

This updated and expanded new edition of Geoffrey 

Till’s acclaimed book is an essential guide for students 

of naval history and maritime strategy, and anyone 

interested in the changing and crucial role of seapower 

in the 21st century. 

Selected Contents: Foreword Admiral Sir Jonathon 

Band KCB ADC 1. Seapower in a Globalised World – Two 

Tendencies 2. Defining Seapower 3. Who Said What and 

Why It Matters 4. The Constituents of Maritime Power 

5. Navies and Technology 6. Command of the Sea and Sea 

Control 7. Securing Command of the Sea 8. Exploiting 

Command of the Sea 9. Expeditionary Operations 10. Naval 

Diplomacy 11. Good Order at Sea 12. Theory and Practice: 

The Asia-Pacific Region: A Case Study 13. Conclusions? 

2009: 246 x 174: 432pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48088-8: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-48089-5: £27.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-88048-7 




US National Security Policy 

Origins, Politics, and Contemporary 

Challenges 

Alexandra Homolar-Riechmann, Warwick 

University, UK 

The text explores how the United States, as the 

hegemonic player in the international arena, defines its 

security interests and objectives, perceives and articulates 

threats to these goals, and develops polices to protect and 

enhance its security objectives to counter these threats. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Background: 

Theories, Concepts and Actors 1. Understanding Security 

2. Theoretical Perspectives on the Making of Security Policy 

3. Key Actors and Institutions in the Making of US Security 

Policy 4. The Origins of the Contemporary US Security Policy 

Apparatus and Interests Part 2: Post-Cold War US 

Approaches to Security 5. US Security Policy after the Cold 

War 6. US Security Policy in the War on Terror 7. US Security 

Policy in the Age of Obama. Conclusion: The US and the 

Governance of International Security. Select Bibliography 

June 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78190-9: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-78191-6: £23.99 



6 

CriTiCal seCuriTy sTudies 

CriTiCal 

seCuriTy 

sTudies 


of New Security Studies 

Edited by J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway 

This new Handbook gathers 

together state-of-the-art 

theoretical reflection and 

empirical research by a group 

of leading international scholars 

in the subdiscipline of Critical 

Security Studies. 

In today’s globalised setting, 

the challenge of maintaining 

security is no longer limited 

to the traditional foreign-policy 

and military tools of the 

nation-state, and security and insecurity are no longer 

considered as dependent only upon geopolitics and 

military strength, but rather are also seen to depend 

upon social, economic, environmental, ethical models 

of analysis and tools of action. The contributors discuss 

and evaluate this fundamental shift in four key areas: 

• new security concepts 

• new security subjects 

• new security objects 

• new security practices. 

Offering a comprehensive theoretical and empirical 

overview of this evolving field, this book will be essential 

reading for all students of critical security studies, human 

security, international/global security, political theory and 

IR in general. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction J. Peter Burgess 

Part 1: New Security Concepts 2. Civilizational Security 

Brett Bowden 3. Risk Oliver Kessler 4. Small Arms Keith 

Krause 5. Critical Human Security Taylor Owen 6. Critical 

Geopolitics Simon Dalby Part 2: New Security Subjects 

7. Biopolitics Michael Dillon 8. Gendered Security Laura 

Shepherd 9. Identity Security Pinar Bilgin 10. Security as 

Ethics Anthony Burke 11. Financial Security Marieke de 

Goede 12. International Law and Security Kristin B. Sandvik 

Part 3: New Security Objects 13. Environmental Security 

Jon Barnett 14. Food Security Rachel Slater and Steve 

Wiggins 15. Energy Security Roland Dannreuther 16. Cyber 

Security Myriam Dunn Cavelty 17. Pandemic Security 

Stephan Elbe 18. Biosecurity Frida Kuhlau and John Hart 

Part 4: New Security Practices 19. Surveillance Mark 

Salter 20. Urban Insecurity David Murakami Wood 

21. Privatization of Security Anna Leander 22. Migration 

William Walters 23. Security Technologies Emmanuel-Pierre 

Guittet and Julien Jeandesboz 24. Designing Security 

Cynthia Weber and Mark Lacy 25. New Mobile Crime 

Monica den Boer 

January 2010: 246 x 174: 328pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48437-4: £125.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85948-3 



new 

Critical Security Studies 


Columba Peoples, Swansea University, UK and 

Nick Vaughan-Williams, University of Exeter, UK 

Critical Security Studies 

introduces students of politics 

and international relations to 

the sub-field through a detailed 

yet accessible survey of 

emerging theories and practices. 

Written in an accessible and 

clear manner, this textbook: 

• offers a comprehensive and 

up-to-date introduction to 

critical security studies 

• locates Critical Security Studies within the broader 

context of social and political theory 

• evaluates fundamental theoretical positions in critical 

security studies against backdrop of new security 

challenges. 

The book is divided into two main parts. The first part, 

‘Approaches’, surveys the newly extended and contested 

theoretical terrain of Critical Security Studies, and the 

different schools within the subdiscipline, including 

Feminist, Postcolonial and Poststructuralist viewpoints. 

The second part offers examples of how these various 

theoretical approaches have been put to work against 

the backdrop of a diverse range of issues. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Approaches 1. Critical 

Theory and Security 2. Feminist and Gender Approaches 

3. Postcolonial Perspectives 4. Poststructuralism and 

International Political Sociology 5. Securitization Theory 

Part 2: Issues 6. Environmental Security 7. Homeland 

Security and the ‘War against Terrorism’ 8. Human Security 

and Development 9. Migration and Border Security 

10. Technology and Warfare in the Information Age 

June 2010: 246 x 174: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48443-5: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-48444-2: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-84747-3 




Critical Theory in 

International Relations 

and Security Studies 

Interviews and Reflections 

Edited by Shannon Brincat, University of 

Queensland, Australia, and Laura Lima and 

Joao Nunes, both at Aberystwyth University, UK 

Critical Theory in International Relations and Security 

Studies is the first book to present first hand interviews 

with some of the pioneering scholars of the disciplines. 

Through dialogical and reflective essays, it assesses the 

state of critical thinking in IR and security studies, and looks 

to the future of the discipline and theoretical developments. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Shannon Brincat, Laura 

Limes and Joao Nunes Part 1: Interviews Robert Cox, 

Andrew Linklater, Ken Booth, Richard Wyn Jones Part 2: 

Commentaries Brooke Ackerly, Richard Ashley, Pinar Bilgin, 

James Der Derian, Richard Devetak, John M. Hobson, Mark 

Neufeld, Mustapha K. Pasha, Martin Weber, Michael C. 

Williams, Marysia Zalewski. Conclusion Mark Hoffman 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60157-3: £80.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-60158-0: £24.99 



PRIO New Security Studies 

Series edited by J. Peter Burgess, 

PRIO, Oslo, Norway 

The aim of this new book series is to 

gather state-of-the-art theoretical reflection 

and empirical research into a core set of 

volumes that respond vigorously and 

dynamically to new challenges to security 

studies scholarship. 

new 

Critical Perspectives on 

Human Security 

Rethinking Emancipation and Power 

in International Relations 

Edited by David Chandler, University of 

Westminster, UK and Nik Hynek, Institute 

of International Relations, Czech Republic 

This new book presents critical approaches towards 

Human Security, which has become one of the key areas 

for policy and academic debate within Security Studies 

and IR. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction David Chandler and Nik 

Hynek Part 1: Human Security and Emancipation 2. ‘We 

the Peoples’: Contending Discourses of Security in Human 

Rights Theory and Practice Tim Dunne and Nicholas J. 

Wheeler 3. Development of the Human Security Field: A 

Critical Examination David Bosold 4. Has Human Security 

Had Its Day? Neil Cooper, Mandy Turner 

and Michael Pugh 5. Human Security, Biopoverty and the 

Possibility for Emancipation David Roberts 6. Emancipatory 

Forms of Human Security and Liberal Peacebuilding Oliver 

P. Richmond 7. Towards a Critical Security Paradigm? 

Reconceptualizing the ‘Vital Core’ of Human Security Giorgio 

Shani 8. The Siren Song of Human Security Ryerson Christie 

9. The Limits to Emancipation in the Human Security 

Framework Tara McCormack Part 2: Human Security and 

Regimes of Power 10. Human Security and the Securing 

of Human Life: Tracing Global Sovereign and Biopolitical Rule 

Marc G. Doucet and Miguel de Larrinaga 11. Rethinking 

Human Security: Economy, Governmentality and 

Hybridization of Individuals 12. Human Security: Sovereignty, 

Citizenship, Disorder Kyle Grayson 13. (Bio)Human Security 

Julian Reid 14. Inhuman Security Mark Neocleous 15. Living 

not Human: The Biopolitics of Security Mick Dillon 16. Human 

Security and the Globalization of the Political David Chandler. 

Conclusion 

July 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56734-3: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84758-9 





Biopolitics of Security 

in the 21st Century 

A Political Analytic of Finitude 

Michael Dillon, University of Lancaster, UK 

This work is an original introduction to the emerging 

field of the biopolitics of security, tracking its 

development into the 21st century, which will serve as 

an intellectual provocation to researchers as much as it 

will a pedagogical guide to graduate and undergraduate 

teachers. 

This volume will provide a genealogy of the biopolitics of 

security beginning with Michel Foucault’s original 

account of the rise of biopolitics at the beginning of the 

18th century, and will clarify and further develop 

Foucault’s original analytic of the biopolitics of security. 

This book will be of great interest to students of critical 

security studies, IR theory, political theory, philosophy 

and ancillary social science disciplines, such as 

criminology and sociology. 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48432-9: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-48433-6: £23.99 




Liberal Terror 

Global Security, Divine Power 

and Emergency Rule 

Brad Evans, University of Leeds, UK 

This book offers a genealogical investigation into 

the phenomenon of terror in the 21st century. 

Selected Contents: 1. Battle for the Soul of the 21st 

Century 2. The Liberal Theology 3. Life in Circulation 

4. Deliverance from Evil 5. Pure Violence 6. Terror in all 

Eventuality 

July 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58882-9: £75.00 




The Politics of Catastrophe 

Genealogies of the Unknown 

Edited by Claudia Aradau, Open University and 

Rens Van Munster, University of Southern Denmark 

This book explores the governmentality of terror as a 

complex discursive and institutional formation deployed 

at the horizon of a catastrophic future. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Governing 

Catastrophe 1. Catastrophic Futures 2. Taming the Future: 

Worst Case Scenarios 3. Domesticating Uncertainty: 

Terrorism Insurance 4. The Aestheticisation of Catastrophe 

Part 2: Rethinking Catastrophe 5. Catastrophe and 

Modernity: Lisbon 6. ‘Never again!’: Auschwitz and 

Hiroshima 7. New York: Politicising Catastrophe 

8. Conclusion: Politics in/of the Present 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49809-8: £75.00 



new 

Securitization Theory 

How Security Problems Emerge and Dissolve 

Edited by Thierry Balzacq, University of Namur and 

Louvain, Belgium 

This volume aims to provide a 

new framework for the analysis 

of securitization processes, 

increasing our understanding 

of how security issues emerge, 

evolve and dissolve. 

Selected Contents: 1. A Theory 

of Securitization: Origins, Core 

Assumptions, and Variants Thierry 

Balzacq 2. Enquiries Into Methods: 

A New Framework for 

Securitization Analysis Thierry 

Balzacq Part 1: The Rules of 

Securitization 3. Reconceptualizing the Audience in 

Securitization Theory Sarah Léonard and Christian Kaunert 

4. Securitization as a Media Frame Fred Vultee 5. The Limits 

of Spoken Words: From Meta-narratives to Experiences of 

Security Claire Wilkinson 6. When Securitization Fails: The 

Hard Case of Counter-terrorism Programmes Mark B. Salter 

Part 2: Securitization and De-securitization in Practice 

7. Rethinking the Securitization of Environment: Old Beliefs, 

New Insights Julia Trombetta 8. Health Issues and 

Securitization: HIV/AIDS as a US National Security Threat 

Roxanna Sjostedt 9. Securitization, Culture and Power: Rogue 

States in US and German Discourse Holger Stritzel and Dirk 

Schmittchen 10. Religion Bites: The Securitization of – and 

Desecuritization Moves by – Falungong Practitioners in the 

People’s Republic of China Juha A. Vuori 11. The Continuing 

Evolution of Securitization Theory Michael C. Williams 

August 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55627-9: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-55628-6: £24.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-86850-8 




The Ethical Subject of Security 

Geopolitical Reason and 

The Threat to Europe 

J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway 

This book studies the subject of security in terms of 

underlying values, and uncovers a level of security 

practice that has not been covered by other 

theorizations of security. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Ethical Subject 1. The 

Ethical Subject of Security 2. Insecurity of the European 

Community of Values 3. The Gendered Subject of Security 

4. The Ethical-Core of the Nation State Part 2: Holding 

Together 6. Identity Community, Security 7. European 

Security Identity 8. The Federalist Vision of Europe 

9. Identity and the Intolerable: Pluralism and Structure 

of Threat Part 3: Geopolitics of Community 

10. Cosmopolitan Europe 11. The Nomos of Europe 

12. Justice in the Political Community 13. War in the 

Name of Europe 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49982-8: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-49981-1: £23.99 




CriTiCal seCuriTy sTudies 7 

new 

Security and Global 

Governmentality 

Globalization, Governance and the State 

Edited by Miguel de Larrinaga, University of 

Ottawa, Canada and Marc G. Doucet, Saint Mary’s 

University, Canada 

This book examines global 

governance through Foucaultian 

notions of governmentality and 

security, as well as the complex 

intersections between the two. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: 

The Global Governmentalization 

of Security and the Securitization 

of Global Governance Miguel de 

Larrinaga and Marc G. Doucet 

Part 1: Historical Treatments 

and Critical Readings 

1. European Diplomacy and the 

Origins of Governmentality Kevin McMillan 2. Governing 

Circulation: A Critique of the Biopolitics of Security Claudia 

Aradau and Tobias Blanke Part 2: Global Governmentality 

and Global War 3. Neoliberal Political Economy and the 

Iraq War: A Contribution to the Debate about Global 

Biopolitics Nicholas J. Kiersey 4. The New Frontiers of the 

National Security State: The US Global Governmentality of 

Contingency David Grondin 5. Governmentality, Sovereign 

Power, and Intervention: Security Council Resolutions and 

the Invasion of Iraq Miguel de Larrinaga and Marc G. Doucet 

Part 3: Securitizing Global Governance: Contemporary 

Cases 6. Circulation of Desire: The Security Governance of 

the International ’Mail-Order Brides’ Industry Anne-Marie 

D’Aoust 7. Governmentalizing the State: The Disciplining 

Logic of Human Security Nadine Voelkner 8. Thinking Locally, 

Acting Globally: The Governmentalization-Securitization 

Interplay in Recent Advanced-Liberal Peace Machinery Nik Hynek 

May 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56058-0: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86573-6 



Security, Risk and 

the Biometric State 

Governing Borders and Bodies 

Benjamin J. Muller, King’s University College 

at University of Western Ontario, Canada 

This book explores how ‘virtual 

borders’ are created and the 

effect they have upon the 

politics of citizenship and 

immigration, especially how 

they contribute to the treatment 

of citizens as suspects. 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48440-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85804-2 



8 

new 

CriTiCal seCuriTy sTudies 

Conflict, Security and the 

Reshaping of Society 

The Civilization of War 

Edited by Alessandro Dal Lago and 

Salvatore Palidda, both at Universita di Genova, Italy 

Series: Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security 

This book is an examination of the effect of 

contemporary wars (such as the ’War on Terror’) 

on civil life at a global level. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Alessandro Dal Lago and 

Salvatore Palidda Part 1: The Constituent Role of Armed 

Conflicts 1. Fields Without Honour: Contemporary War as 

Global Enforcement Alessandro Dal Lago 2. The Barbarization 

of the Peace: The Neo-Conservative Transformation of War 

and Perspectives Alain Joxe 3. Norm/Exception: Exceptionalism 

and Governmental Prospects Roberto Ciccarelli 4. Reversing 

Clausewitz? War and Politics in French Philosophy: Michel 

Foucault, Deleuze-Guattari and Raymond Aron Massimiliano 

Guareschi 5. Global War and Technoscience Luca Guzzetti 

Part 2: Securisation 6. September 14, 2001: The Regression 

to the Habitus Didier Bigo 7. Revolution in Police Affairs 

Salvatore Palidda 8. Surveillance: From Resistance to Support 

Eric Heilmann 9. Enemies, Not Criminals: The Law and Courts 

Against Global Terrorism Gabriella Petti Part 3: The Reshaping 

of Global Society 10. Media at War Marcello Maneri 

11. Global Bureaucracy: Irresponsible But Not Indifferent 

Mariella Pandolfi and Laurence Mcfall 12. The Space of 

Camps: Towards a Genealogy of Places of Internment in 

the Present Federico Rahola 

July 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57034-3: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84631-5 



new 

Experiencing War 

Edited by Christine Sylvester, University 

of Lancaster, UK 

Series: War, Politics and Experience 

This edited collection explores 

aspects of contemporary war 

that affect average people – 

physically, emotionally, and 

ethically through activities 

ranging from combat to 

television viewing. 

Selected Contents: 1. Experiencing 

War: An Introduction Christine 

Sylvester 2. The Passions of 

Protection: Sovereign Authority 

and Humanitarian War Anne 

Orford 3. Gendered 

Humanitarianism: Reconsidering the Ethics of War Kimberly 

Hutchings 4. Wars, Bodies, and Development Brigitte Holzner 

5. Ruling Exceptions: Female Soldiers and Everyday Experiences 

of Civil Conflict Megan MacKenzie 6. Experiencing the Cold 

War Heonik Kwon 7. On The Uselessness of New Wars 

Theory: Lessons From African Conflicts Stephen Chan 

8. Dilemmas of Drawing War Jill Gibbon 9. Pathways 

to Experiencing War Christine Sylvester 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 152pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56630-8: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-56631-5: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-83999-7 



Forthcoming 

Critical Perspectives on the 

Responsibility to Protect 

Interrogating Theory and Practice 

Edited by Philip Cunliffe, University of Kent, UK 

Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and 

Statebuilding 

This edited volume critically examines the widely 

supported doctrine of the ’Responsibility to Protect’, and 

investigates the claim that it embodies progressive values 

in international politics. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Philip Cunliffe Part 1: The 

Responsibility to Protect: History and Politics 2. The 

Skeleton in the Closet: The Responsibility to Protect in History 

Noam Chomsky 3. Understanding the Gap between the 

Promise and Reality of the Responsibility to Protect David 

Chandler 4. The Responsibility to Protect and the End of the 

Western Century Tara McCormack Part 2: The Responsibility 

to Protect: International Law and Order 5. A Dangerous 

Duty: Power, Paternalism and the Global ‘Duty of Care’ Philip 

Cunliffe 6. Responsibility to Peace: A Critique of R2P Mary 

Ellen O’Connell 7. The Responsibility to Protect and 

International Law Aidan Hehir Part 3: The Responsibility 

to Protect in Africa 8. The Irresponsibility of the Responsibility 

to Protect in Africa Adam Branch 9. Responsibility to Protect 

or Right to Punish? Mahmood Mamdani 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58623-8: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83429-9 




Sovereignty 

Jens Bartelson, University of Copenhagen, Denmark 

Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics 

This book summarizes recent academic debates on 

sovereignty within academic international relations and 

political theory. Recent scholarship has focused on the 

changing meaning of the concept of sovereignty in a 

variety of historical and political contexts, and under 

what conditions these changes in turn spill over into 

institutional change on a global scale. This book 

furnishes new insights about the current meaning 

and function of the concept of sovereignty within 

international relations and political theory. 

June 2011: 216 x 138: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-44682-2: £70.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-44683-9: £15.99 



new 

Security, Law and Borders 

At the Limits of Liberties 

Tugba Basaran, University of Kent, Belgium 


This book focuses on security practices, civil liberties and 

the politics of borders in liberal democracies. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Limits of Liberal Rule 

2. Borders of Liberal Rule 3. Liberties on the Territory 

4. Liberties on the Seas 5. Liberties in Third Countries 

6. Conclusions 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57025-1: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84192-1 



Forthcoming 

The Contested Politics 

of Mobility 

Borderzones and Irregularity 

Edited by Vicki Squire, Open University, UK 

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations 

and Global Politics 

The Contested Politics of Mobility is the first collection to 

explore how the politics of mobility turns on the condition 

of irregularity. Timely and incisive, it brings together 

leading scholars from across the sub-disciplines of 

citizenship, migration and security studies, who show 

irregularity to be a produced and highly contested 

socio-political condition. 

Selected Contents: 1. The Contested Politics of Mobility Vicki 

Squire Part 1: Politicising Mobility 2. Politicising Mobility 

Vicki Squire 3. Freedom and Speed in Enlarged Borderzones 

Didier Bigo 4. Rezoning the Global: Technological Zones, 

Technological Work, and the (Un-) Making of Biometric 

Borders William Walters 5. Borderzones of Enforcement: 

Criminalization, Workplace Raids, and Migrant Counter- 

Conducts Jonathan Xavier Inda 6. Alien Powers: Deportable 

Labour and the Spectacle of Security Nicholas De Genova 

Part 2: Mobilising Politics 7. Mobilising Politics Vicki Squire 

8. Capitalism, Migration and Social Struggles: Towards a 

Theory of the Autonomy of Migration Sandro Mezzadra 

9. Governing Borderzones of Mobility the E-borders: The 

Politics of Embodied Mobility Kim Rygiel 10. Legal Exclusion 

and Dislocated Subjectivities: The Deportation of Salvadoran 

Youth from the United States Susan Bibler Coutin 11. Forms 

of Irregular Citizenship Peter Nyers 12. Citizens Despite 

Borders: Reflections upon the Changing Territorial Order of 

Europe Enrica Rigo 13. Epilogue, The Movements of Politics: 

Logics, Subjects, Citizenships Engin Isin 

November 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58461-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83982-9 



new 

Reimagining War in 

the 21st Century 

From Clausewitz to Network-Centric Warfare 

Manabrata Guha, National Institute of Advanced 

Studies Bangalore, India 

Series: Routledge Critical Security Studies 

This book interrogates the philosophical backdrop of 

Clausewitzian notions of war, and asks whether modern, 

network-centric militaries can still be said to serve the 

’political’. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Prelude to Clausewitz 

2. Clausewitz and the Architectonic of War 3. Machining 

(Network-centric) War 4. Theorizing War in the Age of 

Networks 5. Concept-War. Conclusion 

August 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56166-2: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84864-7 




new 

The New Spatiality of Security 

Operational Uncertainty and the US Military 

in Iraq 

Caroline M. Croser, University of New South Wales 

at the Australian Defence Force Academy 


This book provides a rigorous critical analysis of how the 

US military operates in Iraq, exploring the spatial 

practices of violence. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Spatial Operation 

of Violence Interlude: The (not-so-)Distant Roar of Battle 

2. A Praxiography of the Battlespace 3. CPOF and the 

Battlespace Multiple 4. Addressing Multiplicity in the 

Event-ful City 5. From Multiplicity to Presence in Baghdad 

6. The Mobile Possibility of the ‘Unit-in-CPOF’. Conclusion 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56522-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84203-4 



Mapping Transatlantic 

Security Relations 

The EU, Canada and the War on Terror 

Edited by Mark B. Salter, University of Ottawa, 

Canada 


This book examines how legal, political, and rights 

discourses, security policies and practices migrate and 

translate across the North Atlantic. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Mark B. Salter 1. Special 

Delivery: The Multilateral Politics of Extraordinary Rendition 

Maria Koblanck 2. Miscarriages of Justice and Exceptional 

Procedures in the ’War Against Terrorism’ Emmanuel-Pierre 

Guittet 3. Risk-Focused Security Politics and Human Rights: 

The Impossible Symbiosis Anastasia Tsoukala 4. The North 

Atlantic Field of Aviation Security Mark B. Salter 5. Tracing 

Terrorists: The EU-Canada Agreement in PNR Matters Peter 

Hobbing 6. The Global Governance of Data Privacy 

Regulation: European Leadership and the Ratcheting Up of 

Canadian Rules Abraham Newman 7. Made in the USA? The 

Impact of Transatlantic Norms on the European Union’s Data 

Protection Regime Patryk Pawlak 8. Norm and Expertise in 

the Global Fight Against Transnational Organized Crime and 

Terrorism Amandine Scherrer 9. The Accountability Gap: 

Human Rights and EU External Cooperation on Criminal 

Justice, Counterterrorism and the Rule of Law Susie Alegre 

10. The Role of NGOs in the Access to Public Information: 

Extraordinary Renditions and the Absence of Transparency 

Marton Sulyok and Andras Pap 11. Replacing and Displacing 

the Law: The Europeanization of Judicial Power Antione 

Mégie 12. Transjudicial Conversations about Security and 

Human Rights Audrey Macklin 13. A Coordinated Judicial 

Response to Counterterrorism? Counterexamples Rayner 

Thwaites 14. The Other Transatlantic: Practices, Policies, 

Fields Mark B. Salter and Can E. Mutlu 

April 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57861-5: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85067-1 



iNTerNaTioNal 

seCuriTy 

new 


of Transatlantic Security 

Edited by Jussi Hanhimäki, Georges-Henri 

Soutou and Basil Germond, University of Central 

Lancashire, UK 

This new Handbook provides 

readers with the tools to 

understand the evolution 

of transatlantic security from 

the Cold War era to the early 

21st century. 

The contributors address the 

key questions arising from the 

history of transatlantic security 

relations, covering a broad 

range of historical and 

contemporary themes, including 

the founding of NATO; the impact of the Korean War; 

the role of nuclear (non-)proliferation; perspectives of 

individual countries (especially France and Germany); the 

impact of culture, identity and representation in shaping 

post-Cold War transatlantic relations; institutional issues, 

particularly EU-NATO relations; the Middle East; and the 

legacy of the Cold War, notably tensions with Russia. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Transatlantic 

Security in the Cold War Era 1. Three Ministers and the 

World They Made: Acheson, Bevin and Schuman, and the 

Making of the North Atlantic Treaty Anne Deighton 2. The 

Korean War: Miscalculation and Alliance Transformation 

Samuel Wells 3. The Doctrine of Massive Retaliation and 

the Impossible Nuclear Defense of the Atlantic Alliance: 

From MC 48 to MC 70 (1953-1959) François David 

4. IVth Republic France and the Atlantic Alliance: Between 

Faithfulness to the Alliance and National Interests Jenny 

Raflik 5. The Fourth Republic and NATO: Loyalty to the 

Alliance versus National Demands George-Henri Soutou 

6. NATO Forever? Willy Brandt’s Heretical Thoughts on an 

Alternative Future Benedikt Schoenborn 7. Negotiating with 

the Enemy and Having Problems with the Allies: The Impact 

of the Non-Proliferation Treaty on Transatlantic Relations 

Leopoldo Nuti 8. Power Shifts and New Security Needs: 

NATO, European Identity, and the Reorganization of the 

West, 1967–75 Daniel Möckli and Andreas Wenger 9. West 

Germany and the United States during the Middle East Crisis 

of 1973: ’Nothing but a Semi-Colony’? Bernhard Blumenau 

10. The United States and the ’Loss’ of Iran: Repercussions 

on Transatlantic Barbara Zanchetta Part 2: Transatlantic 

Security Beyond the Cold War 11. The Warsaw Pact, 

NATO and the End of the Cold War Jérôme Elie 12. The 

Road to Saint Malo: Germany and EU-NATO Relations after 

the Cold War Wolfgang Krieger 13. EU-NATO Relations after 

the Cold War Hanna Ojanen 14. Security of the EU 

Boundaries in the Post Cold-War Era Axel Marion 15. Venus 

Has Learned Geopolitics: The European Union’s Frontier and 

Transatlantic Relations Basil Germond 16. The Rise and Fall 

of Criticism Towards the United States in Transatlantic 

Relations: From Anti-Americanism to Obamania Tuomas 

Forsberg 17. Strategic Culture and Security: American 

Antiterrorist Policy and the Use of Soft Power after 9/11 

Jérôme Gygax 18. European Security Identity since the End 

of the Cold War Guillaume de Rougé 19. A Realistic Reset 

with Russia: Practical Expectations for US-Russian Relations 

James Goldgeier 20. The Obama Administration and 

Transatlantic Security: Problems and Prospects Jussi M. 

Hanhimäki 21. Conclusion: Is the Present Future of 

Transatlantic Security already History? Jean Jacques De Dardel 

June 2010: 246 x 174: 336pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57283-5: £125.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84669-8 




iNTerNaTioNal seCuriTy 9 


Textbook 

Transatlantic Relations 

since 1945 


Jussi Hanhimaki, Graduate Institute 

of International Studies, Switzerland, 

Benedikt Schoenborn, University of Tampere, 

Finland and Barbara Zanchetta, Finnish Institute 

of International Affairs 

The transatlantic relationship has been the bedrock of 

international relations since the end of World War II. This 

new textbook, structured chronologically, focuses on the 

period since 1945 and is built around three key themes: 

• Security: From the Cold War to the War on Terror 

• Economics: Integration and Competition 

• ‘Soft Power’ and Transatlantic Relations. 

This book, the first comprehensive account of 

transatlantic relations in the second half of the twentieth 

century (extending to the present day), will be of great 

interest to students of transatlantic relations, NATO, US 

Foreign Policy, Cold War History, European History and 

IR/International history. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. American Commitment to 

Europe, 1945–1949 2. Institutional Frameworks, 1949–1957 

3. Tension and Coexistence, 1957–1961 4. Challenged 

America, 1961–1972 5. Transatlantic Discord, 1973–1984 

6. The Wall Comes Down, 1985–1989 7. Transitions and 

Uncertainties, 1989–1995 8. Enlargement, Integration, and 

Globalization, 1995–2001 9. A New Order, 2001–2009. 

Epilogue. Bibliography 

May 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48697-2: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-48698-9: £22.99 




The Peace In Between 

Post-Conflict Violence and Peacebuilding 

Edited by Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK 

and Astri Suhrke, Chr. Michelsen Institute, Bergen, 

Norway 

Series: Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding 

This volume examines the causes and purposes of 

post-conflict violence in contemporary intra-state wars. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Four Ideal-Types of 

Post-War Peace Astri Suhrke Part 1: Two Historical Cases 

2. Post-war Violence after the Spanish Civil Michael Richards 

3. Violence in the ex-Confederacy US States during 

Reconstruction Michael Beaton Part 2: Europe and the 

Middle East 4. Bosnia after the Dayton Accord Mats Berdal, 

Gemma Collantes and Merima Zupcevic 5. Kosovo: Violence 

Against the Serbs in the Immediate Post-War Environment 

Michael Boyle 6. Political Violence in Lebanon after the Civil 

War in 1989 Are Knudsen and Nasser Yasin Part 3: Asia 

7. ‘Armed Politics’ in Afghanistan Antonio Giustozzi 

8. Afghan Warlords in the post-Conflict Period Kristian Berg 

Harpviken 9. Cambodia and Hegemonic-Party Politics 

Sorpong Peu 10. Post-Independence Violence in Timor Leste 

Dionisio Babo Soares Part 4: Sub-Sahara Africa 11. The 

Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and Post-War Violence 

Ingrid Samset 12. Ex-Combatants in Post-war Liberia Torunn 

Wimpelmann Chaudhary 13. Post-1994 Rwanda Trine Eide 

14. Guatemala and ‘The Memory of Violence’ John-Andrew 

McNeish and Oscar Lopez Rivera 15. Conclusion Mats Berdal 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60932-6: £75.00 



10 

iNTerNaTioNal seCuriTy 

Contemporary Security Studies 

Series edited by James Gow, King’s 

College London, University of London, 

UK and Rachel Kerr 

This series focuses on new research across 

the spectrum of international peace and 

security, in an era where each year throws 

up multiple examples of conflicts that 

present new security challenges in the 

world around them. 

Global Biosecurity 

Threats and Responses 

Edited by Peter Katona, UCLA, USA, John P. Sullivan, 

National Terrorism Early Warning Resource Center, 

Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department, USA and 

Michael D. Intriligator, UCLA, USA 

This book explores a range of biohealth and biosecurity 

threats, places them in context, and offers responses and 

solutions from global and local, networked and pyramidal, 

as well as specialized and interdisciplinary perspectives. 

Selected Contents: Preface. Reflections of an Old 

Bioweaponeer William Patrick III. Introduction: Global 

Biosecurity and the Spectrum of Infectious Disease Threats 

Peter Katona, John P. Sullivan and Michael D. Intriligator 

Part 1: Assessing the Threats of Natural and Deliberate 

Epidemics 1. Emerging and Re-emerging Infectious 

Diseases Peter Katona and W. Michael Scheld 2. Biological 

Warfare and Bioterrorism: How Do They Differ from Other 

WMD Threats Philip Coyle 3. A History of Bioterrorism and 

Biocrimes Peter Katona and Seth Carus 4. Food and 

Agricultural Biosecurity Tom Frazier 5. The Economic, 

Political, and Social Impacts of Bioterrorism Michael D. 

Intriligator 6. Technology and the Global Proliferation of 

Dual-Use Biotechnologies Mark Gorwitz 7. Conflict and 

Environmental Security Setting the Stage for Humanitarian 

Crises John P. Sullivan Part 2: Gaps and Weaknesses in 

Current Public Health Preparedness and Response 

Systems 8. Problems in Coordinating Health, Law 

Enforcement and Intelligence Activities in the U.S. and 

Europe Stefan Brem and Stéphane Dubois 9. Emerging 

Roles of Reserve Forces: National Guard Role and Mission 

in Domestic Preparedness Annette L. Sobel 10. Mitigating 

Crisis Through Communication Dan Rutz Part 3: Integrated 

Approaches to Infectious-Disease Preparedness and 

Response 11a. Bioterrorism Surveillance Manfred Green 

11b. The Role of Informal Information Sources as an Adjunct 

to Routine Disease Surveillance Majorie Pollack 12. A Public 

Health Model for WMD Threat Assessment: Connecting the 

Bioterrorism Dots on the Local Level Dickson Diamond and 

Moon Kim 13. Integrating Local, State, and Federal Responses 

to Infectious Threat Jonathan E. Fielding, Elan Shultz, Noel 

Bazini-Barakat, Deborah Davenport, Jon Freedman, Robert 

Mosby and Robert Ragland 14. Vulnerable Populations in 

Disaster Planning: Children are Different Jeffrey S. Upperman 

15. Developing a New Paradigm for Biodefense in the 21st 

Century: Adapting our Healthcare Response to the Biodisaster 

Threat Joseph Rosen and C. Everett Koop 16. Biosecurity 

Neil Jacobstein 17. Towards a Global Ius Pestilentiae: The 

Functions of Law in Global Biosecurity David P. Fidler. 

Conclusion: An Integrated, Networked Approach to Infectious 

Disease Preparedness Peter Katona, John P. Sullivan and 

Michael D. Intriligator Epilogue: Reflections on the Future 

of Bioweapons Alvin Toffler 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 352pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46053-8: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86024-3 



Forthcoming 

International Justice 

after Conflict 

Outreach, Legacy and Accountability 

Jessica Lincoln 

This book critically examines the role of outreach 

within the application of international justice in 

post-conflict settings. 

The assumption that justice brings peace underpins much 

of the thinking, and indeed action, of international justice, 

yet little is known about whether this is actually the case. 

Significant questions surrounding the link between peace 

and justice remain: do trials deter would-be war criminals; 

is justice possible for the most heinous crimes; can 

international justice replace local justice? This book 

explores these questions in relation to recent developments 

in international justice that have both informed and 

shaped the creation of the hybrid tribunal in Sierra 

Leone. Few empirical studies examine how justice 

contributes to peace and within these instances, how 

the complexity of international justice mechanisms have 

been communicated to their respective audiences in order 

to foment wide-spread knowledge and understanding of 

the processes. This book addresses this deficit by testing 

these assumptions on the ground in a post-conflict 

setting in West Africa. 

This book will be of much interest to students of 

transitional justice, war crimes, peace and conflict studies, 

human rights, international law, and IR in general. 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59839-2: £75.00 



new 

Legitimacy and the 

Use of Armed Force 

Stability Missions in the Post-Cold War Era 

Chiyuki Aoi, Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo, Japan 

This book examines the notion of the legitimacy of the 

use of force in stability operations, specifying conditions 

under which intervention is most likely to occur and may 

be justified. 

Selected Contents: 1. Legitimacy in Stability Operations 

2. Liberia: Creating Peace in Africa 3. Bosnia-Herzegovina: 

From Peace Support to Coercive Diplomacy 4. Somalia: From 

Peace Enforcement to Disengagement 5. Rwanda: Failure to 

Stop Genocide 6. Iraq: From Preemption to Counterinsurgency 

7. Iraq: Transformation Failure and Intervention Performance 

8. Iraq: Non-Support of Preemptive War 9. Afghanistan: From 

Self-Defence to State-Building 10. Afghanistan: Stabilisation 

and Counterinsurgency Performance 11. Afghanistan: From 

Adequate to Dwindling Support 12. Legitimacy and the 

Conditions of Success 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55954-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86576-7 




Multipolarity in 


A New World Order 

Edited by Donette Murray and David Brown, both 

at Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, Camberley, UK 

This book seeks to help shape the debate surrounding 

power and polarity in the twenty-first century both by 

assessing the likelihood of US decline and by analysing 

what each of the so-called ’rising powers’ can do. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Donette Murray 1. The 

American Eagle Rob Singh 2. The Chinese Dragon Donette 

Murray 3. The Russian Bear Dmitri Polikanov 4. The Indian 

Tiger Sumit Ganguly and Manjeet S. Pardesi 5. The EU: A 

Different Kind of Beast? John McCormick. Conclusion: A 

New World Order – An Emerging Multipolar Framework? 

David Brown 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47547-1: £75.00 



new 

Territory, War, and Peace 

John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan, both at 

University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA 

This book presents a collection 

of new and updated essays on 

what has come to be known as 

the territorial explanation of war. 

The book argues that a key 

both to peace and to war lies in 

understanding the role territory 

plays as a source of conflict and 

inter-group violence. Of all the 

issues that spark conflict, 

territorial disputes have the 

highest probability of escalating 

to war. War, however, is hardly inevitable; much depends 

on how territorial issues are handled. More importantly, 

settling territorial disputes and establishing mutually 

recognized boundaries can produce long periods of 

peace between neighbors, even if other salient issues 

arise. While territory is not the only cause of war and 

wars arise from other issues, territory is one of the main 

causes of war, and learning how to manage it, can, in 

principle, eliminate an entire class of wars. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory 1. Why Do Neighbors 

Fight? Proximity, Interactions, or Territoriality John A. Vasquez 

2. Distinguishing Rivals That Go To War from Those That Do 

Not: A Quantitative Comparative Case Study of the Two 

Paths to War John A. Vasquez Part 2: Territory and War 

3. Territorial Disputes and the Probability of War, 1816-1992 

John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan 4. Mapping the 

Probability of War: The Role of Territorial Disputes Compared 

to the Role of Contiguity John A. Vasquez 5. The Effect of 

Territory on Dispute Escalation among Initiators Marie T. 

Henehan 6. The Probability of War, 1816-1992 John A. 

Vasquez Part 3: Identifying Paths to War 7. Territorial 

Paths to War: Their Probability of Escalation, 1816-2001 John 

A. Vasquez 8. Paths to War: The Territorial Origins of War 

John A. Vasquez Part 4: Territory and Peace 9. The 

Changing Probability of Interstate War, 1816-1992 Marie T. 

Henehan and John A. Vasquez 10. Peace, Globalization, and 

Territoriality John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan 

Part 5: Conclusion 11. The Significance of Territory 

John A. Vasquez 

July 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-42413-4: £95.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-42414-1: £24.99 




Private Security Contractors 

and New Wars 

Risk, Law, and Ethics 

Kateri Carmola, Middlebury College, Vermont, USA 

This book addresses the ambiguities of the growing use 

of private security contractors and provides guidance as 

to how our expectations about regulating this expanding 

‘service’ industry will have to be adjusted. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Complex Identity 

of the PMSC 2. The Multifaceted Origins of the PMSC 

Industry 3. Contracting and Danger in the Risk Society 

4. PMSCs and the Clash of Legal Cultures 5. Frontier Ethics. 

Epilogue: Recommendations 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77171-9: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85689-5 



US Hegemony and 

International Legitimacy 

Norms, Power and Followership in 

the Wars on Iraq 

Lavina Rajendram Lee, Macquarie University, Australia 

This book examines US hegemony and international 

legitimacy in the post-Cold War era, focusing on its 

leadership in the two wars on Iraq. 

Selected Contents: Acknowledgments 1. Introduction 

and Theoretical Framework 2. Legitimacy and Followership 

in the Gulf Crisis 3. Material Interests and Followership in 

the Gulf Crisis 4. Legitimacy and Followership in the Iraq 

Crisis 5. Material Interests and Followership in the Iraq Crisis 

6. Comparative Analysis and Theoretical Implications 

7. Conclusion 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55236-3: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85949-0 



Rethinking Security 

Governance 

The Problem of Unintended Consequences 

Edited by Christopher Daase and 

Cornelius Friesendorf, both at Goethe 

University, Frankfurt, Germany 

This book explores the unintended consequences of 

security governance actions and explores how their 

effects can be limited. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: Security Governance and 

the Problem of Unintended Consequences Christopher Daase 

and Cornelius Friesendorf 1. Strengthening Autocracy: The 

World Bank and Social Reform in Egypt Florian Kohstall 

2. Security Governance, Complex Peace Support Operations 

and the Blurring of Civil-Military Tasks Susan E. Penksa 

3. Unintended Consequences of International Statebuilding 

Ulrich Schneckener 4. Unintended Consequences of 

International Security Assistance: Doing More Harm than 

Good? Ursula C. Schroeder 5. Unintended Criminalizing 

Consequences of Sanctions: Lessons from the Balkans Peter 

Andreas 6. Unintended Consequences of Measures to 

Counter the Financing of Terrorism Thomas J. Biersteker 

7. Neither Seen Nor Heard: The Unintended Consequences 

of Counter-Trafficking and Counter-Smuggling Benjamin S. 

Buckland 8. Unintended Consequences of Targeted Sanctions 

Mikael Eriksson 9. The Privatization of Force and its 

Consequences: Unintended but not Unpredictable Jörg 

Friedrichs. Conclusion: Analyzing and Avoiding Unintended 

Consequences of Security Governance Cornelius Friesendorf 

and Christopher Daase 

April 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48535-7: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85115-9 




Understanding NATO 


Alliance Strategies, Security and Global 


Edited by Graeme P. Herd, Geneva Centre for 

Security Policy, Switzerland and John Kriendler, 

George C. Marshall European Center for Security 

Studies, Germany 

This volume provides an overview of the evolution of 

NATO, alliances and global security governance in the 

twenty-first century. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: NATO 20/20 2. NATO 

Transformation 3. Crisis Response Operations 4. NATO’s 

Role in Combating International Terrorists 5. NATO 

Enlargement 6. NATO Partnerships 7. NATO and Mutually 

Supporting Institutions 8. NATO HQ Reform 9. NATO’s 

Future: 2020 Alternative Scenarios 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-43633-5: £75.00 






War, Ethics and Justice 

International Security in a Post-9/11 World 

Edited by Mark Phythian and Annika Bergman- 

Rosamond, both at University of Leicester, UK 

This edited volume addresses the key issues of ethics, 

war and international relations in the post-9/11 world. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: War, Ethics and Justice 

in a Post-9/11 World Annika Bergman-Rosamond and Mark 

Phythian 1. Tactics of Mistake: Torture, History and the Ethics 

of Liberal Wars After 9/11 Caroline Kennedy-Pipe 2. Ethics 

and the British Military: The Dilemmas and Demands of the 

‘War on Terror’ Wyn Rees 3. An Australian Approach to 

Ethical Warfare? Australia and the ‘War on Terror’ Thomas 

Moore 4. The Internationalisation of Swedish Military Policy: 

Political Economy and Ethical Legitimisation Annika 

Bergman-Rosamond 5. Symbolics of Power and the 

Return of the Sacrificial Soldier to Canadian Soil Tina 

Managhan 6. Warrior Diplomats: Locating Gender and 

Power in the ‘War on Terror’ Annika Bergman-Rosamond 

and Thomas Moore 7. Do Forces for Good contain Real Men? 

Military Masculinities in the British Army on Operations Other 

Than War Claire Duncanson 8. Ethics, Gender and Intelligence 

in the ‘War on Terror’ Cynthia Enloe 9. Intelligence Ethics – An 

Oxymoron? Mark Phythian 10. Intelligence Ethics in the War 

against Terrorism: The Case of Israel Shlomo Shapiro 

11. ‘Burning a Path to Peace’? War, Ethics and Justice in the 

Israel-Palestine Conflict Adrian Hyde-Price 12. The ‘War on 

Terror’: Intelligence, Ethics, and Justice in Pakistan and 

Afghanistan Rob Johnson. Conclusion: Towards a Global 

Ethics in an Age of Terror? Prospects and Challenges 

Mark Phythian 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55234-9: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86852-2 




Law, Ethics and Security 

Policy Challenges in the post-911 World 

Edited by Aidan Hehir, University of Westminster, 

UK, Natasha Kuhrt, King’s College London, UK and 

Andrew Mumford, University of Hull, UK 

This volume explores the nexus of the issues of 

international law and ethics in the context of the ’War 

on Terror’, and the misalignment of contemporary 

security demands with existing law. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Andy Mumford and 

Natasha Kuhrt Part 1: Framing the Issue 2. Terrorism, 

Security and International Law Nigel White 3. Terrorism or 

Insurgency? Al Qaeda’s Networked Threat and the State 

Response Andy Mumford 4. Self-Defence in a New Era 

James Gow Part 2: International Law and Security 

5. Who Killed the Right to Self-Defence? Thomas Jones 

6. Computer Network Attacks, Self-Defence and International 

Law Elaine Korzak 7. The Nexus of Self-Determination and 

Security in a Time of Terror: Implications for Humanitarian 

Intervention Natasha Kuhrt 8. Law and War in a Time of 

Terror? Rachel Kerr and James Gow Part 3: Self Defence 

9. In the Shadow of Guantanamo Bay: Judicial Responses to 

the ‘War on Terror’ Emma MacClean 10. Security, Discretion 

and International Law Aidan Hehir 11. Conclusion Aidan Hehir 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60742-1: £75.00 



12 

new 


Defending Democracy 

and Securing Diversity 

Edited by Christian Leuprecht, Royal Military 

College of Canada 

Starting with the premise that population change at 

home and abroad is among the greatest security and 

defence challenges of the twenty-first century, this book 

draws on theory and practice to exemplify means by 

which diversity is a key asset to defence and security. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introductory Note Christian Leuprecht 

2. Rethinking Diversity and Security Alan Okros 3. Evolution 

of Policing and Security: Implications for Diverse Security 

Sectors David Last 4. Evolving UK Policy on Diversity in the 

Armed Services: Multiculturalism and its Discontents David 

Mason and Christopher Dandeker 5. Harnessing Social 

Diversity in the British Armed Forces: The Limitations of 

‘Management’ Approaches Victoria Marie Basham 6. Sex, 

Gender and Cultural Intelligence in the Canadian Forces 

Karen D. Davis 7. Ethnic Cultural Minorities and their Interest 

in a Job in the Royal Dutch Army Jelle van den Berg and Rudy 

Richardson 8. Can Women Make a Difference? Female 

Peacekeepers in Bosnia and Kosovo Liora Sion 9. Diversity 

in the Canadian Forces: Lessons from Afghanistan Anne 

Irwin 10. Ethnic Diversity and Police–Community Relations 

in Guyana Joan Mars 11. The Politics of Race and Gender in 

the South African Armed Forces: Issues, Challenges, Lessons 

Lindy Heinecken and Noelle van der Waag-Cowling 12. Gender 

Mainstreaming: Lessons for Diversity Donna Winslow 

13. Diversity as Strategy: Democracy’s Ultimate Litmus 

Test Christian Leuprecht 

July 2010: 216 x 138: 260pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57649-9: £75.00 




International Security & Peace 

Science 

Origins & Evolution 

J. David Singer, University of Michigan, USA 

Edited by Jody Lear, Merideth Reid Sarkees 

and Diane Macaulay 

Professor J. David Singer has 

been arguably the most 

important influence on 

quantitative research into the 

causes and attributes of war. 

This collection is a carefully 

selected overview of his work 

which provides not only an 

excellent introduction to his 

considerable methodological, 

theoretical and empirical 

contributions but also an 

intellectual history of developments in the field of 

international relations which are reflected in Professor 

Singer’s work. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Making of a Peace 

Researcher 2. Earlier Evaluations of National Security Policy 

3. Public Dove but Policy Wonk 4. Querulous and Suggestive 

Interventions 5. Conceptual and Methodological Insights 

6. From Conventional Concepts to Operational Indicators 

7. Scientific Research Payoffs 8. Sermons for the Next 

Generation 

February 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77959-3: £80.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77960-9: £25.99 



New International Relations 

Series edited by Richard Little, 

University of Bristol, UK, Iver B. 

Neumann, NUPI Norwegian Institute of 

International Affairs, Norway and Jutta 

Weldes, University of Bristol, UK 

The field of international relations has 

changed dramatically in recent years. This 

series covers the major issues that have 

emerged and reflects the latest academic 

thinking in this particularly dynamic arena. 

Forthcoming 

Constructing Global Enemies 

Hegemony and Identity in International 

Discourses on Terrorism and Drug 

Prohibition 

Eva Herschinger, Universitaet der Bundeswehr 

Munich, Germany 

Examines efforts to counteract terrorism at the 

international level and drug prohibition policies. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. On Hegemony and 

Identity in International Security Discourses 3. Opening the 

‘Black Box’: The Construction of International Hegemonies 

4. International Drug Prohibition: Constructing the 

‘Drug-Free World’ 5. Writing the ‘War on Terror’: The 

Struggle of Hegemonic Projects 6. Comparing the ‘War on 

Drugs’ and the ‘War on Terror’ 7. Conclusion. Appendix 

November 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59685-5: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83638-5 




Non-Great Powers in 

International Politics 

The English School and Nordic 

Internationalism 

Annika Bergman-Rosamond, University of 

Leicester, UK 

This book develops a theoretical framework drawn from 

the English School of international theory to explore the 

contribution of non-great powers within the 

international society of states. In doing so the author 

asks whether the analysis of such actors, as well as their 

distinct contributions to global justice and order, can 

sustain the normative and analytical rigour of the English 

School. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Revising the 

English School 3. Non-Great Powers in International Society 

4. Nordic Welfare Internationalism as a Form of Solidarism 

5. Humanitarian (Forcible) Intervention and the Limits of 

Solidarist Arguments 6. Gendered Internationalism and the 

English School 7. Adjacent Internationalism 8. Conclusion 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46179-5: £75.00 




NATO’s Security Discourse 

After the Cold War 

Representing the West 

Andreas Behnke, University of Reading, UK 

This book provides is a critical investigation into the 

discursive processes through which the North Atlantic 

Treaty Organisation (NATO) reproduced a geopolitical 

order after the end of the Cold War and the demise of 

its constitutive enemy, the Soviet Union. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. On Methodology: 

From Space to Spatialisation 3. Space and Identity in IR 

Theory 4. Reading/Writing NATO 5. Mapping the Post-Cold 

War Order: From the London Declaration to the Strategic 

Concept 6. The ‘Home-Coming’: NATO and the Central and 

Eastern European States 7. From ‘Pangolin’ to ‘Partner’: The 

Construction of Russia in NATO’s Discourse 8. ’Arc of 

Tension and Crisis’: The South and the Mediterranean 

9. ‘Out of Area or Out of Business’ – Bosnia and the 

Deconstruction of NATO 10. NATO Unlimited – The 

Washington Summit 1999 11. Conclusion. Bibliography 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58453-1: £75.00 




Forthcoming 

War and Ideas 

Selected Essays 

John Mueller, Ohio State University, USA 

Mueller has maintained that war 

(and peace) are, in essence, 

merely ideas, and that war has 

waned as the notion that 

’peace’ is a decidedly good idea 

has gained currency. The first 

part of the book updates this 

argument, and assesses and 

critiques more recent theories 

arguing that this phenomenon is 

caused by the rising acceptance 

of democracy and/or capitalism. 

The second part updates his argument that the Cold 

War was at base a clash of ideas that were seen to be 

threatening, not of arms balances, domestic systems, 

geography, or international structure. 

The third section deals with the role public opinion plays 

in foreign policy, and argues that many earlier conclusions 

about opinion during the Korean and Vietnam Wars apply 

to more recent military ventures in the Persian Gulf, 

Bosnia, Iraq, and Afghanistan. The final part focuses on 

the conduct of war itself, particularly on evaluations of 

the enemy, and argues that much of what has been called 

’ethnic’ warfare has been more criminal in nature. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: War, Ideas, and 

Peace 1. War Has Almost Ceased to Exist: An Assessment 

2. Faulty Correlation, Foolish Consistency, and Fatal 

Consequence: Democracy, Peace, and Theory in the Middle 

East 3. Capitalism, Peace, and the Historical Movement of 

Ideas Part 2: Threat Perception, Ideas, and Foreign 

Policy 4. What Was the Cold War About? Evidence from Its 

Ending 5. Simplicity and Spook: Terrorism and the Dynamics 

of Threat Exaggeration 6. Questing for Monsters to Destroy: 

11/9 as 9/2 and 9/11 as 6/25 7. Why Isn’t There More 

Violence? Part 3: Public Opinion, Foreign Policy, and 

War 8. American Foreign Policy and Public Opinion in a New 

Era: Eleven Propositions 9. The Iraq War and the 

Management of American Public Opinion Part 4: Ideas 

about the Enemy: The Conduct of Modern War 10. The 

Search for the ’Breaking Point’ in Vietnam: The Statistics of a 

Deadly Quarrel 11. The Perfect Enemy: Assessing the Gulf 

War 12. The Banality of ’Ethnic War’. Bibliography 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78176-3: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-78177-0: £23.99 




Statebuilding, Security-Sector 

Reform and the Liberal Peace 

The Freedom of Security 

Barry Ryan, University of Keele, UK 

Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding 

This book contextualises the rapid growth of Security 

Sector Reform (SSR) in state-building, and provides a 

critique of the liberal peace theories that lay behind it. 

Selected Contents: 1. The Freedom of Security 2. Security 

Sector Reform and Statebuilding 3. The Logos of a Liberal 

Peace 4. The European Security Strategy and SSR 5. Bilateral 

Actors in SSR 6. Democratization and SSR 7. Socioeconomic 

Development and SSR 8. The Logos of Liberal 

War. Bibliography 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55833-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86774-7 



Security and Governance 

Series edited by Fiona B. Adamson, 

School of Oriental and African Studies, 

UK, Roland Paris, University of Ottawa, 

Canada and Stefan Wolff, University of 

Birmingham, UK 

This series publishes high quality original 

research that reflects broadening 

conceptions of security and the growing 

nexus between the study of governance 

issues and security issues. Titles in the 

series meet the highest academic 

standards, and is at the cutting edge of 

debates taking place at the intersection of 

security studies and governance studies. 

Emerging Transnational (In) 

security Governance 

A Statist-Transnationalist Approach 

Edited by Ersel Aydinli, Bilkent University, Turkey 

‘Emerging Transnational 

(In)security Governance 

provides a significant 

contribution to the social 

science literatures on 

terrorism, transnational 

organised crime, security 

governance, and the nexus 

between these topics. Written 

by a team of subject experts 

and edited by a highly 

respected scholar, Ersel 

Aydinli, the chapters in 

this study deliver thought-provoking and rigorous 

analysis of the current landscape of and future 

prospects for transnational security governance. 

The great strength of the study is that it relates 

existing mechanisms designed to facilitate 

domestic and transnational cooperation in the 

fight against crime to the urgent task of countering 

the threat of transnational terrorism. This is valuable 

reading for students and researchers of terrorism 

and transnational governance.‘ – Alex Braithwaite, 

University College London, United Kingdom 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Two Worlds at 

War: The International vs. the Transnational 2. Statist 

Transnationalism for a Security Cooperation Regime Ersel Aydinli 

Part 2: Visions for Transnational Intelligence Cooperation: 

Challenges and Prospects 3. Beyond the State: The Impact 

of Transnational Terrorist Threats on Security and Intelligence 

Cooperation Derek Reveron 4. Intelligence Sharing and United 

States Counter-Terrorism Policy James I. Walsh 5. Rendition in 

a Transnational Insecurity Environment Peter Gill Part 3: 

Pioneers of Post-International Security Governance 

6. Is the UK Stepping Towards Transnationalization? The Serious 

Organised Crime Agency Glen Segell 7. Structure and Agency 

in Transnational Cooperation in the Fields of Security Otwin 

Marenin 8. Police Liaisons as Builders of Transnational Security 

Cooperation Hasan Yon 9. First Preventers: The Necessity 

of Globalizing and Localizing Counter-Terrorism Intelligence 

Sharing Brian Nussbaum 10. Police and Counter-Terrorism: 

A Sociological Theory of International Cooperation Mathieu 

Deflem 11. Adaptive States and the New Transnational Security 

Regime Ersel Aydinli 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56360-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85745-8 






Power and Progress 

International Politics in Transition 

Jack Snyder, Columbia University, USA 

Series: Security and Governance 

Jack Snyder is a leading 

American International 

Relations scholar who has 

developed an international 

reputation for his research on 

IR theory and US Foreign policy. 

This book draws together many 

of his essays to explore a liberal 

realist theory of international 

politics. It tackles the question 

of change in a heterogeneous, 

incompletely modern 

international system from a 

perspective that draws on realism in stressing pragmatism 

in tactics and on liberalism in defining the ultimate goals 

of change. The book features a new introduction that 

explains the general themes that unify the prescriptive 

articles on international justice, the marketplace of ideas, 

and democratization. 

This fascinating and must-have collection will be of 

interest to students and scholars of international 

relations, especially those interested in the debates on 

liberalism and realism, and comparative politics. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Anarchy and Its Effects 

2. Chain Gangs and Passed Bucks with Thomas Christensen 

3. Averting Anarchy in the New Europe 4. Civil War and the 

Security Dilemma with Robert Jervis 5. Anarchy and Culture 

The Challenges of Democratic Transition 6. Turbulent 

Transitions: Why Emerging Democracies Go to War with 

Edward Mansfield 7. Nationalism and the Marketplace of 

Ideas with Karen Ballentine 8. Democratization and Civil 

War, with Edward Mansfield 9. Russian Backwardness and 

the Future of Europe Empire and the Promotion of a 

Liberal Order 10. Myths of Empire and Strategies of 

Hegemony 11. Trials and Errors: Principles and Pragmatism 

in International Justice, with Leslie Vinjamuri 12. Conclusion 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57572-0: £70.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-57573-7: £17.99 




The Securitization of Migration 

in the Post-Cold War Era 

A Study of Movement and Order 

Philippe Bourbeau, University of Ottawa, Canada 


Provides an overview of the integration of migration into 

international security frameworks emphasizing policing 

and defence. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Developing 

an Analytical Framework 1. Securitized Migration 

2. Constructivism, Security and the Movement of People 

Part 2: The Securitization of Migration in Canad and 

France 3. Political Agents and theor Security Speech Acts 

4. Media, Migration and Security: An Obvious Link? 

5. Contextual Factors 6. Conclusion 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59451-6: £75.00 



14 


Routledge Global Security 

Studies 

Series edited by Aaron Karp and 

Regina Karp, both at Old Dominion 

University, Norfolk, USA 

Global Security Studies is a series for 

cutting-edge monographs and books on 

international security. It emphasizes 

cutting-edge scholarship on the forces 

reshaping global security and the 

dilemmas facing decision-makers the 

world over. The series stresses security 

issues relevant in many countries and 

regions, accessible to broad professional 

and academic audiences as well as to 

students, and enduring through explicit 

theoretical foundations. 


Unipolarity and World Politics 

A Theory and its Implications 

Birthe Hansen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark 

This new book offers a coherent model of a unipolar 

world order. 

Selected Contents: 1. What is Unipolarity? 2. Unipolarity 

and Balancing 3. The System 4. International Management 

5. Management Challenges and the Structure 6. The World 

Order 7. The Distinctiveness of the Unipolar World Order 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 160pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47820-5: £75.00 




Regional Powers and Security 

Orders 

A Theoretical Framework 

Derrick Frazier, University of Illinois, Urbana- 

Champaign, USA and Robert Stewart-Ingersoll, 

Grand Valley State University, USA 

This book provides a coherent new theoretical 

framework for understanding regional security orders 

and the behaviour of states within them. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to the Regional 

Powers and Security Framework 2. Regional Security 

Orders 3. Regional Structures and Regional Power 

Capabilities 4. Regional Leadership 5. Regional 

Custodianship 6. Regional Protection 7. Status Quo vs. 

Revisionist Orientations 8. Unilateralist vs. Multilateralist 

Orientations 9. Proactive vs. Reactive Orientations 

10. Incorporating the Global System Level. Conclusion. 

Bibliography 

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56919-4: £75.00 



The Globalization of NATO 

Intervention, Security and Identity 

Veronica M. Kitchen, University of Waterloo, 


This book examines NATO’s transition from a Cold War 

mutual defence organization into a global alliance, and 

puts the recent crisis over the Afghanistan mission in the 

context of long-standing debates over out-of-area 

interventions. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Identity, Security, and 

Political Talk 2. The Suez Crisis: Establishing the Out-of-Area 

Norm 3. The Cold War Community and the Vietnam War 

4. Changing Notions of Security and the Intervention in 

Bosnia 5. September 11th and the Dispute over Iraq 6. The 

Post-9/11 Alliance and Changing Notions of Mutual Defence 

in Afghanistan. Conclusion: A New Strategic Concept and 

New Norms? 

April 2010: 234 x 156: 176pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57017-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84948-4 




Disarmament Diplomacy 

and Human Security 

Regimes, Norms and Moral Progress in 


Denise Garcia, Northeastern University, Boston, USA 

This book assesses the evolution of normative regimes 

on the international arms trade, one of the largest 

threats to human security worldwide. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Norms: Progress and 

Evolution in the Conduct of International Affairs 2. The 

Arms Trade Treaty 3. The Small Arms and Light Weapons 

Regime and the Geneva Declaration on Armed Violence 

4. Banning Cluster Munitions. Conclusions. Bibliography 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58003-8: £75.00 




The Politics of Nuclear 

Cooperation 

A Diversionary Peace Theory of Non- 

Proliferation 

Sung-Ju Cho, University of Virginia, USA 

Series: Routledge Global Security Studies 

This book theorises why states, such as Brazil and South 

Africa, which could easily have become nuclear-weapon 

states, chose instead to reverse their courses and 

renounce nuclear weapons. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. A Diversionary Peace 

Hypothesis 2. South Africa’s Metamorphosis 3. Argentina 

and Brazil: Cooperation between Rivals for Nuclear 

Autonomy 4. South Korea’s Insecurity under a U.S. Nuclear 

Umbrella 5. The Deviant Path toward Proliferation: Why 

Diversionary-Peace Had Not Occurred in India 6. Conclusions: 

Findings, Implications, and Future Study. Bibliography 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58625-2: £75.00 



Forthcoming 

Causes and Consequences of 

Nuclear Proliferation 

A Quantitative-Analysis Approach 

Edited by Robert Rauchhaus, University of California, 

Santa Barbara, USA, Matthew Kroenig, Georgetown 

University, Washington DC, USA and Erik Gartzke, 

University of California, San Diego, USA 

This edited volume offers a systematic account of the 

process of nuclear proliferation and its consequences, 

using quantitative research methods. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. A Strategic 

Approach to Nuclear Proliferation Erik Gartzke, Matthew 

Kroenig and Robert Rauchhaus Part 2: The Causes of 

Nuclear Proliferation 2. Why Delegate for Non- 

Proliferation? Explaining International Cooperation through 

the International Atomic Energy Agency Robert Brown 

3. Membership Has Its Privileges: Conventional Arms and 

Influence within the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty Jennifer 

Erickson and Christopher Way 4. Importing the Bomb: Sensitive 

Nuclear Assistance and Nuclear Proliferation Matthew 

Kroenig 5. Taking a Walk on the Supply-Side: The Determinants 

of Civilian Nuclear Cooperation Matthew Fuhrmann 6. Nuclear 

Politics: The Political Decision to Acquire, Sustain or Discard 

a Nuclear Arsenal James Wirtz 7. A Bargaining Model of 

Nuclear Weapons Development and Disarmament Brett V. 

Benson and Quan Wen Part 3: The Consequences of 

Nuclear Proliferation 8. Bargaining, Nuclear Proliferation, 

and Interstate Disputes Erik Gartzke and Dong-Joon Jo 

9. The Spread of Nuclear Weapons and International 

Conflict: Does Experience Matter? Michael Horowitz 

10. Evaluating the Nuclear Peace Hypothesis: A Quantitative 

Approach Robert Rauchhaus 11. Winning with the Bomb 

Kyle Beardsley and Victor Asal 12. Risk Analysis of Nuclear 

Deterrence Martin Hellman 13. Nuclear Disarmament: 

Can Risk Analysis Inform the Debate? Paul Nelson 

Part 4: Conclusion 14. The Perils of Predicting Proliferation 

Alexander Montgomery and Scott Sagan. Bibliography 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59833-0: £75.00 



new 

Nuclear Disarmament and 

Non-Proliferation 

Towards a Nuclear-Weapon Free World 

Sverre Lodgaard, Norwegian Institute of 

International Affairs, Oslo, Norway 


This book examines the current debate on nuclear 

non-proliferation and disarmament, notably the 

international non-proliferation regime and how to 

implement its disarmament provisions. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Power Shifts and Nuclear 

Weapons 1. Power Shifts and Nuclear Weapons Part 2: 

The Legacies of Nuclear History and the Requirements 

of a New Consensus on Non-proliferation and 

Disarmament 2. The First Nuclear Era 3. Post Cold War 

Doctrines 4. A Global Consensus on Non-Proliferation and 

Disarmament Part 3: Proliferation Problems and the 

Role of Nuclear Disarmament 5. The Three-State Problem 

6. Rollback Experiences 7. The Case of Iran 8. How to 

Understand North Korea 9. The Relationship Between 

Disarmament and Non-Proliferation Part 4: Towards a 

Nuclear-Weapon-Free World 10. Towards a Nuclear- 

Weapon-Free World 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58634-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84259-1 




new 

Nuclear Proliferation and 

International Order 

Challenges to the Non-Proliferation Treaty 

Edited by Olav Njølstad, Norwegian Nobel Institute, 

Oslo, Norway 


This book examines the state of the nuclear nonproliferation 

regime and the issues it faces in the early 

21st century. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Present Nuclear 

Order, How it Came About, Why it May Not Last Hans Blix 

Part 1: Challenge from Outside: The Problem of 

Non-Legal Nuclear Weapon States 2. The Indian Nuclear 

Program: Motivations, Effects, and Future Trajectories S. Paul 

Kapur 3. Pakistan’s Nuclear Weapons Programme: Past and 

Future Bhumitra Chakma 4. Israel’s Nuclear Capability: 

Implications on Middle East Security Mohamed Kadry Said 

Part 2: Challenge from Within: The NPT Defectors 

5. How to bring North Korea back into the NPT Leon V. Sigal 

6. Challenge from Within: The Case of Iran Sverre Lodgaard 

Part 3: Challenge from Below: Nuclear Trafficking and 

Terrorism 7. The Threat of Nuclear Terrorism Morten Bremer 

Mærli 8. The Atomic Terrorist? John Mueller 

Part 4: Challenge from Above: The Unfulfilled Nuclear 

Disarmament Pledge of the Five Legal Nuclear-Weapon 

States 9. The United States and the NPT ’Double Bargain’ 

David Holloway 10. The Nuclear Policy of Russia and the 

Perspectives for Nuclear Disarmament Vladimir Dvorkin 

11. Creating ’Nuclear Order’: An Open-Ended Process Sergey 

Oznobishchev 12. The UK, Responsible Nuclear Sovereignty 

and the Disarmament Threshold William Walker 13. France 

and Nuclear Non-Proliferation: From Benign Neglect to Active 

Promotion Bruno Tertrais 14. Departing Revolution: China’s 

Changing Nuclear Policies during the Cold War Chen Jian 

15. China’s Policy on Nuclear Weapons and Disarmament 

Yao Yunzhu 

July 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58098-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84482-3 




A Perpetual Menace 

Nuclear Weapons and International Order 

William Walker, University of St. Andrews, UK 


Written by a leading scholar in the field of nuclear 

weapons and international relations, this book examines 

‘the problem of order’ arising from the existence of 

weapons of mass destruction. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Problem of 

International Nuclear Order 2. The Awakenings 3. Sculpting 

an Order out of Disorder: Nuclear Weapons and the Cold 

War, 1945-1970 4. Two Crises of Nuclear Order, 1973-1986 

5. A Fortuitous Sequence of Events: The Nuclear Order’s 

Consolidation, 1986-1997 6. The Shifting and Expanding 

Problems of Nuclear Order, 1997-2008: The Regular and 

Irregular Domains of Interaction 7. Towards the Recovery or 

Breakdown of Nuclear Order? 8. Conclusion: Reflections on 

the Evolution of Order and Disorder. Bibliography 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-42105-8: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-42106-5: £23.99 



new 

National Security Cultures 

Patterns of Global Governance 

Edited by Emil J. Kirchner, University of Essex, UK 

and James Sperling, University of Akron, USA 

‘National Security Cultures 

offers a tightly argued, 

deeply researched, and 

empirically encompassing 

analysis. It establishes the 

enduring imprints 

Westphalian and post- 

Westphalian state structures 

have on governance in East 

and West, and it tracks the 

variable effects of national 

security cultures on policies 

spanning the full governance 

spectrum. An impressive achievement that will 

become required reading in the field of security 

studies.‘ – Peter J. Katzenstein, Cornell University, USA 

This edited collection examines changes in national 

security culture in the wake of international events 

that have threatened regional or global order, and 

analyses the effects of these divergent responses on 

international security. 

Selected Contents: 1. National Security Cultures, 

Technologies of Public Goods Supply and Security 

Governance James Sperling Part 1: Europe 2. France: A 

Departure from Exceptionalism Bastien Irondelle and Sophie 

Besancenot 3. Germany: The Continuity of Change 

Sebastian Harnisch and Raimund Wolf 4. Italy: Hard Tests 

and Soft Responses Paolo Foradori and Paolo Rosa 5. United 

Kingdom: How Much Continuity? How Much Change? 

Martin Smith 6. European Union: Moving Towards a 

European Security Culture? Emil J. Kirchner Part 2: North 

America 7. Canada: Facing up to Regional Security 

Challenges Osvaldo Croci 8. Mexico: Current and Future 

Security Challenges Roberto Dominguez 9. United States: 

A Full Spectrum Contributor to Governance? James Sperling 

Part 3: Euroasia 10. China: Power, Complementarity and 

Reflexivity Anthony Coates 11. Japan: From Deterrence to 

Prevention Haruhiro Fukui 12. Russia: A Global Power? 

Derek Averre 13. Conclusion: Structure, Agency and the 

Barriers to Global Security Han Dorussen, Emil J. Kirchner 

and James Sperling 

June 2010: 234 x 156: 336pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77742-1: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77743-8: £28.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-85061-9 



new 

Narcos Over the Border 

Gangs, Cartels and Mercenaries 

Edited by Robert J. Bunker, Counter-OPFOR 

Corporation, USA 

The book takes a hard hitting look at the drug wars 

taking place in Mexico between competing gangs, 

cartels, and mercenary factions; their insurgency against 

the Mexican state; the narco-violence and terrorism that 

is increasingly coming over the border into the United 

States, and its interrelationship with domestic prison and 

street gangs. Analysis and response strategies are 

provided by leading writers on 3GEN gang theory, 

counterterrorism, transnational organized crime, and 

homeland security. 

August 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56072-6: £80.00 





Forthcoming 

Realism and World Politics 

Edited by Ken Booth, Aberystwyth University, UK 

This book contributes to the 

rethinking of realism through 

multiple analyses of the keys 

works of Kenneth Waltz, 

arguing that a sophisticated 

appreciation of realism is needed 

to truly understand world politics 

and International Relations. 


1. Realism Redux: Contexts, 

Concepts, Contests Ken Booth 

Part 1: Political Ideas in 

Waltzian Realism 2. Anarchy 

and Violence Interdependence Daniel Deudney 3. Bringing 

Realism to American Liberalism: Kenneth Waltz and the 

Process of Cold War Adjustment Michael Foley 4. Waltz, 

Realism and Democracy Michael C. Williams Part 2: 

Challenges to Structural Realist Theory 5. Waltz’s 

Theory of Theory Ole Wæver 6. Structure? What Structure? 

Nicholas Onuf 7. ‘Big and important things in IR’: Structural 

Realism and the Neglect of Changes in Statehood Georg 

Sørensen 8. Reckless States and Realism John Mearsheimer 

Part 3: Realist Theories and Human Nature 9. Structural 

Realism, Classical Realism and Human Nature Chris Brown 

10. Human Nature and World Politics: Rethinking ‘Man’ Neta 

Crawford 11. Women, the State, and War Jean Bethke 

Elshtain Part 4: War and Security, Causes and 

Consequences 12. Understanding Man, the State and War 

Hidemi Suganami 13. Lost in Transition: A Critical Analysis of 

Power Transition Theory Richard Ned Lebow and Benjamin 

Valentino 14. Hegemony, Equilibrium and Counterpower: A 

Synthetic Approach Cornelia Beyer 15. Nuclear Weapons in 

Waltz’s World: More Trust may be Better Nicholas J. Wheeler 

Part 5: Continuity and Change in the International and 

in the World 16. How Hierarchical can International Society 

Be? Ian Clark 17. Waltz and World History: The Paradox of 

Parsimony Barry Buzan and Richard Little 18. Human 

Interconnectedness Andrew Linklater Part 6: Conclusion 

19. International Politics: The Inconvenient Truth Ken Booth 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 352pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57057-2: £95.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-57058-9: £26.99 




Realism Reader 

Colin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University, 

USA 

Despite some years in the doldrums, political realism is 

recovering its previously dominant role as the leading 

paradigm in the international relations sub-field. 

Realism’s return to prominence has been accompanied 

by a surge of new research, and by the development of 

several distinct variants within the research tradition. 

The Realism Reader provides a ’one-stop-shop’ for 

undergraduates and masters students taking a course 

in contemporary international relations theory, with a 

particular focus on realism. 

The reader collects centrally important realist works, 

organized around different approaches (for example, 

neoclassical realism); important critiques of realism (for 

example, the institutionalist critique); and some debates 

realists and their critics have engaged in concerning 

recent events (for example, whether different realist 

theories can account for the collapse of the Soviet Union 

and the end of the Cold War). 

June 2011: 246 x 174: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77354-6: £75.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77357-7: £24.99 



16 



Textbook 

Recovering Realism 

Colin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University, 

USA 

After a period of being criticized for being out-dated, 

political realism is once again recovering its position as 

the dominant approach in the international relations 

sub-field. So far there is no book that systematically 

collects and collates the different strands of 

contemporary realism, accounting for their different 

predictions and explaining their prescriptions for 

policymakers. This book provides a broad survey of 

contemporary realist scholarship, and builds on Elman’s 

earlier work on the relationship between realism and 

foreign policy; balance of power theory; realism and 

typologies; and the metatheoretic status of realism. 

The book serves as a companion volume to The Realism 

Reader and the chapters have been matched accordingly. 

Selected Contents: 1. Recovering Realism: The Return of 

Pessimism 2. The Roots of the Realist Tradition 3. Classical 

Realism: The Twentieth Century 4. Balance of Power Theory 

5. Neorealism 6. Defensive Structural Realism 7. Offensive 

Structural Realism 8. Rise and Fall Realism 9. Neoclassical 

Realism 10. The Liberal Critique 11. The Institutionalist 

Critique 12. The Constructivist Critique 13. Realism and 

European Cooperation 14. Realism, American ’Hegemony,’ 

and ’Soft’ Balancing 15. Realism and the Rise of Nonstate 

Actors 16. Conclusion 

June 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77358-4: £75.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77359-1: £22.99 




The Liberal Peace 


Michael W. Doyle, Columbia University, USA 

This volume is a collection of the best essays by Prof. 

Michael Doyle on the topics of liberalism and peace. 

The connection between liberalism and peace is important 

because liberal republics have proven to be the dominant 

practice in the international system. For many, they are the 

ideal of modern politics and their separate peace has 

emerged as the most significant and stable zone of peace 

in modern world history. This collection includes Prof. 

Doyle’s seminal articles from the 1980s, which helped 

launch the ’Democratic Peace’ debate, through to the 

policy implications of liberal internationalism in the 

post-Cold War era. The volume concludes with a new 

essay that addresses a variety of criticisms that have been 

made of his interpretation of the liberal peace. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Kantian Theory 

of Liberalism 1. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs: 

Part I (1983) 2. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs: 

Part II (1983) 3. Liberalism and World Politics (1986) 

Part 2: Liberalism in Theoretical Context 4. Politics and 

Grand Strategy (1993) 5. The Voice of the People: Political 

Theorists on the International Implications of Democracy 

(1994) 6. One World, Many Peoples: International Justice 

in John Rawls’s The Law of Peoples (2006) Part 3: Liberal 

Grand Strategies: Ethics and Politics 7. An International 

Liberal Community (1992) 8. A More Perfect Union? The 

Liberal Peace and the Challenge of Globalization (2000) 

9. A Few Words on Mill, Walzer and Nonintervention (2009) 

Part 4: Conclusion 10. Conclusion: Liberal Peace revisited 

(2010). References 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78174-9: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-78175-6: £22.99 




China, Oil and Global Politics 

Philip Andrews-Speed, University of Dundee, UK 

and Roland Dannreuther, University of 

Westminster, UK 

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series 

This book provides a critical overview of China’s 

international energy strategy and the implications of this 

for regional and international security. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. China’s Energy 

Challenges and Policy Priorities 3. Explaining China’s Energy 

Policy 4. China’s Growing Presence in the International Oil 

and Gas Arena 5. Integration, the West and Energy: 

Conceptualising China’s International Energy Policy 

6. The Revisionist Alternative: Energy and the Sino-Russian 

Axis 7. Regional Hegemony and the Quest for Energy 

Security 8. Global Expansion and the Neo-Imperialist 

Temptation 9. Conclusion 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60395-9: £85.00 




China’s Strategic Competition 

with the United States 

Russell Ong, University of Manchester, UK 

Series: Routledge Security in Asia Series 

China’s rise as an economic, political, and military power 

and the expansion of its diplomatic activism beyond Asia 

into Europe, Latin America, Africa, and the Middle East 

has profoundly transformed its relationship with the 

United States. This book examines the transformation 

and the multifaceted nature of the relationship between 

US and China in the twenty-first century, and argues 

that it is more competitive than co-operative, even in 

areas that are amenable to co-operation such as trade 

and nuclear non-proliferation. 

Selected Contents: Acknowledgements. Introduction 

1. US Global Supremacy 2. US and the Export of Liberal 

Democracy 3. US and the World Economic System 4. US 

and the Taiwan Issue 5. The US-Japanese Alliance 6. The 

North Korean Nuclear Issue 7. The US-South Korea Alliance 

8. Central Asia. Conclusions. Endnotes. Selected 

Bibliography. Index 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56107-5: £80.00 




new 

China’s Rise – Threat 

or Opportunity? 

Edited by Herbert S. Yee, Macau Polytechnic 

University, China 

Series: Routledge Security in Asia Series 

This book presents a comprehensive overview of how 

China’s rise is perceived in a wide range of countries and 

regions; these include China’s neighbours, other world 

powers, the parts of China not part of mainland China 

– Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau – and regions of the 

world where China is having an unexpected impact, 

such as the Middle East. 

Selected Contents: 1. Power Transition Theory: A Challenge 

to the Peaceful Rise of World Power China 2. Core Elements 

in a Rising China’s Foreign Policy and Key Issues in 

Sino-American Relations 3. China’s Rise and Russia’s Interests 

4. European Perspectives on China’s Rise 5. Sino-Vatican 

Relations on China’s Rise 6. Middle-Eastern Perceptions of 

China’s Rise 7. Too Close for Comfort?: Japanese and Korean 

Perspectives on China’s Rise 8. Political and Economic Friction 

between China and Japan 9. Indian Perspectives on China: 

Concerns and Prospects 10. Accommodation with Hedging: 

Southeast Asia’s Changing Perspectives toward China 

11. Indonesia’s Perceptions of the ’China Threat’: From ’Yellow 

Threat from the North’ to ’Strategic Partner’ 12. The ’China 

Threat’ in the Context of China’s Peaceful Development: 

A View from Australia 13. A New Era of Mainland-Taiwan 

Relations? 14. The Response of Hong Kong and Macao to 

Mainland China’s Emergence: Trends and Prospects 15. From 

’China Threat’ to ’China Responsibility’: Changing Perceptions 

about China in the Western Media and China’s Response 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57606-2: £85.00 




China’s Soft Power and 


Edited by Hongyi Lai and Yiyi Lu, both at University 

of Nottingham, UK 

Series: China Policy Series 

This book provides a comprehensive overview of China’s 

use of ’soft power’ and assesses the impact this is having 

on the world and on the process of international 

relations. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Soft Language, Soft 

Imagery and Soft Power in China’s Diplomatic Lexicon David 

Scott 3. The Failure of China’s Soft Power Rhetoric: The 

‘Peaceful Rise’ and the Internal Debate over the Concept in 

China Dominik Mierzejewski 4. China’s Cultural Diplomacy: 

Going for Soft Power Hongyi Lai 5. Challenges for China’s 

International Communication Yiyi Lu 6. Challenges for 

China’s Harmonious Diplomacy Xiaohui (Anne) Wu and 

Cheng Qian 7. Debunking the Myth of China’s Soft Power: 

Changes in China’s Use of Foreign Assistance from 1949 to 

the Present Merriden Varrall 8. Is China Rising at America’s 

Expenses? Anti-Americanism and Pro-China Sentiments in 

Global Public Opinion Zixiao Yang, David Zweig, Zhengxu 

Wang 9. Drifting between Taoguangyanghui and Diplomatic 

Activism: China’s Foreign Policy as a Rising Power Suisheng 

Zhao 10. Managing Chinese Soft Power Yongnian Zheng 

and Chi Zhang 

April 2011: 234 x 156 

Hb: 978-0-415-60401-7: £80.00 



The Domestic Sources of 

China’s Foreign Policy 

Regimes, Leadership, Priorities and Process 

Lai Hongyi, University of Nottingham, UK 

Series: China Policy Series 

This book offers an accessible, informative and 

up-to-date systemic analysis of the foreign policy of 

China. It demonstrates how domestic factors have 

profoundly shaped China’s foreign policy, from the late 

Mao’s era to the reform era, presenting its argument 

through an in-depth analysis of major cases of Chinese 

foreign policy. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Analytical Framework 

1. Introduction: Bringing Back Domestic Politics in Studies 

of Foreign Policy 2. Internal Sources of External Policy: An 

Analytical Framework Part 2: Cases of China’s Foreign 

Policy 3. Domestic Regimes and Leaders’ Vision: Relations 

with Southeast Asia 4. Leadership Succession, Priority, 

Debates, and Shocks: WTO Accession 5. Managing 

Domestic-External Interaction: China-U.S. WTO Agreement 

6. Securing Strategic Resources for Domestic Economy: 

Oil Diplomacy 7. Institutions and Players: Diversified Policy 

Making Process Part 3: Conclusion 8. Understanding a 

Rising China 

April 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56237-9: £85.00 



new 

Islam in the Eyes of the West 

Images and Realities in an Age of Terror 

Edited by Tareq Y. Ismael, University of Calgary, 

Canada and Andrew Rippin, University of 

Victoria, Canada 

Series: Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic 

World Series 

After the terrorist attacks of 

9/11 in New York, and the 

Madrid and London bombings, 

Muslim communities in the 

West have generated security 

issues and political concern. 

This book challenges the 

authenticity of popular myths 

about the Islamic world and 

examines these myths as 

ideological cover for the 

’war on terror’ and Iraq war. 

Selected Contents: 1. The 

‘West’ and the Islamic World: Patterns of Confrontation 

and Paths to Reconciliation 2. The Origin of Difference: 

Edward Said, Michel Foucault and the modern image of Islam 

3. Demonizing the Enemy in the War on Terror 4. Islam and 

Muslims as seen by the Christian Zionists 5. Vigilante 

Masculinity and the ‘War on Terror’ 6. Islam in the US: The 

Contemporary Scene 7. ‘Jihadiology’ and the Problem of 

Reaching a Contemporary Understanding of Jihad 8. Muslims, 

Neighbours in Asia? The Transformation of Japan’s Perceptions 

of Islam as Shown in Its Media 9. US Politics, Media and 

Muslims in the Post 9/11 Era 10. Media and Societal Discourse 

on Western-Muslim Relations 11. Understanding the Muslim 

World: We Can Do Better 12. Applying ’the McCarthy Test’ 

to Canadian and American Security Legislation: A 10-Year 

Retrospective on the Impact of September 11, 2001 on Privacy 

Rights 13. Huntington’s ‘Clash of Civilizations’: Rumours and 

Clarification 14. Getting it Wrong Yet Again: America and the 

Islamic Mainstream 

June 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56414-4: £80.00 



Adelphi series 

The Adelphi series is The International 

Institute for Strategic Studies’ flagship 

contribution to policy-relevant, original 

academic research. 

Climate Conflict 

How Global Warming Threatens 

Security and What to Do about It 

Jeffrey Mazo 

This Adelphi explores how 

cultures have met the climate 

challenge and provides lessons 

for how the modern world can 

handle the new security threats 

posed by unprecedented global 

warming. 

March 2010: 234 x 156: 168pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-59118-8: £9.99 



new 

Sanctions as Grand 

Strategy 

Brendan Taylor 

This Adelphi focuses on the 

different sanctions strategies 

of the United States, China, 

Russia, Japan and the EU, with 

regard to the unfolding nuclear 

crises in Iran and North Korea. It 

examines how these measures, 

designed to marginalise the 

regimes in both countries and 

restrict their ability to develop 

nuclear weapons, have also 

influenced the sanctioning 

states’ international partners. 

As such, they are not just a tool of statecraft: they are 

potentially an important facet of grand strategy. 

May 2010: 234 x 156: 124pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-59529-2: £9.99 





Towards Nuclear Zero 

Raimo Väyrynen and David Cortright 

April 2010: 234 x 156: 182pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-59528-5: £9.99 



This book examines practical 

steps for achieving progress 

toward disarmament, 

realistically assessing both 

challenges and opportunities 

associated with achieving a 

world without nuclear 

weapons. 

Building Peace After War 

Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK 

The widespread practice of 

external intervention aimed at 

building ‘sustainable peace’ 

within societies ravaged by war 

and violence has been a striking 

feature of the post-Cold War 

era. This book examines the 

record of such interventions, 

from Cambodia in the early 

1990s to ongoing efforts in 

Afghanistan and the 

Democratic Republic of the 

Congo. It examines the variety 

of forms that these interventions have taken and 

identifies the sources of success and failure in individual 

cases. Although the book draws on a wide range of case 

studies, its overall approach to the subject is thematic 

and covers three major areas. 

2009: 234 x 156: 186pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-47436-8: £10.99 



18 

iNTerNaTioNal 

seCuriTy 

Defining and Defying 

Organised Crime 

Discourse, Perceptions and Reality 

Edited by Felia Allum and Panos A. Kostakos, 

both at University of Bath, UK, and Francesca Longo 

and Daniela Irrera, both at Università degli Studi di 

Catania, Italy 



Organised crime is now a major threat to all industrial and 

non-industrial countries. Using an inter-disciplinary and 

comparative approach this book examines the existing, 

official institutional discourse on organised crime to 

examine whether, or not, it has an impact on perceptions 

of the threat and on the reality of organized crime. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Discourse and Definitions 

1. Discoursing Organized Crime: Towards a Two Level 

Analysis? 2. The Criminal not the Crime: Practitioner Discourse 

and the Policing of Organized Crime in England and Wales 

3. The Evolution of the European Union’s Understanding 

of Organized Crime and its Embedment in EU Discourse 

4. International Policy Discourses on Transnational Organized 

Crime: The Role of an International Expertise Part 2: 

Perceptions 5. Transnational Organized Crime and the 

Global Security Agenda: Different Perceptions and Conflicting 

strategies? 6. Evolving Perceptions of Organized Crime: The 

Use of RICO in the United States 7. The Yakuza and its 

Perceived Threat 8. The Social Perception of Organized 

Crime in the Balkans: A World of Diverging Views? 

Part 3: Reality 9. The Fire behind the Smoke: The Realities 

of Human trafficking in Northern Ireland 10. Organized 

Crime in Transition-Era Bulgaria: The Elites and the State 

11. Organized Crime and Local Politics in Contemporary 

Italy: Willing or Unwilling Bedfellows? 12. The Crime- 

Terror Nexus: Do Threat Perceptions Align with ‘Reality’? 

Conclusion: Getting to Grips with the Deconstruction of 

Organized Crime 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-54852-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86034-2 




The Nuclear Non-Proliferation 

Treaty and India 

Edited by Rajiv Nayan, Institute for Defence Studies 

& Analysis, India 

This book examines the international perspectives on 

India’s involvement with the NPT, as well as those from 

India itself. 

It was published as a special issue of The Strategic 

Analysis. 

Selected Contents: 1. Between Power & Justice: Current 

Problems and Perspectives of NPT Regime Harald Muller 

2. Nuclear Disarmament in a Non-Proliferation Context: 

A Russian Perspective Alexander Nikitin 3. The Current 

Problems of the NPT: How to Strengthen the Nonproliferation 

Regime Nobuyasu Abe 4. NPT Review Conference 2010: 

Issues and Prospects Arvind Gupta 5. Previewing the 2010 

Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty Review Conference Miles A. 

Pomper 6. NPT RevCon 2010: An Opportunity to Refocus 

Priorities Manpreet Sethi 7. India and the NPT’ Leonard 

Weiss 8. India and the NPT Aaron Tovish 9. India and the 

NPT: Separating Substantive Facts from Normative Fiction 

Anupam Shrivastava and Seema Gahlaut 10. Reforms in 

the NPT and Prospects for India’s Accession: A Situational 

Analysis A. Vinod Kumar 11. The NPT and India: 

Accommodating the Exception Rajiv Nayan 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59391-5: £80.00 



ForeigN PoliCy 



Why Did the US 

Invade Iraq? 

Edited by Jane K. Cramer, University of Oregon, 

USA and A. Trevor Thrall, University of Michigan, 

Dearborn, USA 


This volume presents the best scholarly thinking about 

why the US invaded Iraq in 2003, a pivotal event in 

modern US foreign policy and international politics. 

The years since the announcement of the invasion of 

Iraq by George W. Bush in 2003 have revealed that the 

WMD threat was not the urgent threat the 

administration declared and that Saddam Hussein was 

not involved with Al Qaeda or 9/11. At least in part 

because of these revelations a majority of Americans 

(not to mention a majority of people globally) now 

believe that invading Iraq was a mistake and that the 

Bush administration misled the public to build support 

for war. Lending credibility to public doubts is a growing 

number of critical scholarly analyses and in-depth 

journalistic investigations about the invasion, which 

mostly suggests that the administration was not fully 

candid about its reasons for wanting to move against 

Iraq when it did. 

Thus the question remains: Why did the United States 

invade Iraq? The central purpose of this volume is to 

spur and inform the debate by organizing the best 

recent thinking of foreign policy and international 

relations experts about why the US invaded Iraq. Taking 

a broad range of arguments – about the role of ideas, 

Israel, and oil, in particular – and organizing them 

around a coherent structure, the book highlights current 

areas of agreement and disagreement, and allows 

scholars directly to talk to each other. 

The volume will be of much interest to students of the 

Iraq War, US foreign and security policy, strategic studies, 

Middle Eastern politics and IR/Security Studies in general. 

Selected Contents: Preface: The Causes of War Stephen 

Van Evera 1. Introduction: Hypotheses on Iraq War: 

Reflections from a Survey of Experts Jane K. Cramer and A. 

Trevor Thrall 2. WMD, the Stated Motive: Pretext or Sincere 

Belief? Robert Jervis Part 1: The Role of Ideas in the Iraq 

Decision 3. Ideas and Alternatives in American Grand 

Strategy, 2000-04 Colin Dueck 4. The Road to Baghdad: 

Ideas and Intellectuals in Explanations of the Iraq War 

Andrew Flibbert Part 2: The Israel Lobby and the 

Neoconservatives 5. The Iraq War and the Israel Lobby 

Jerome Slater 6. Neoconservative Motives and Influence 

Michael Lind Part 3: Oil and Profits 7. A Motive Hiding in 

Plain Sight: War for Oil Michael Klare 8. Oil and the Iraq War 

John S. Duffield 9. The Myth of Neoconservative Power and 

Invading Iraq for Primacy and Profits Jane K. Cramer and 

Edward Duggan Part 4: Other Views of the Iraq War 

10. Why Iraq? The View from Britain Jane M.O. Sharp 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78212-8: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-78213-5: £23.99 




new 

European-American Relations 

and the Middle East 

From Suez to Iraq 

Edited by Victor Mauer and Daniel Möckli, both at 

Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zürich, 

Switzerland 

Series: CSS Studies in Security and International 

Relations 

This book examines the evolution of European-American 

relations with the Middle East since 1945. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Daniel Möckli and Victor 

Mauer Part 1: Changing Roles and Interests: From Suez 

to Iraq 1. Suez 1956: European Colonial Interests and US 

Cold War Prerogatives Tore T. Petersen 2. Iraq 2003: Regime 

Change and Its European Discontents Victor Mauer 

Part 2: The Arab-Israeli Conflict and the West 

3. Anglo-American Relations and the Palestine Question, 

1945-56 John Sakkas 4. At Odds in the Middle East: Paris, 

Washington, and the Six-Day War, 1967 Garret Martin 5. The 

EC-Nine and Transatlantic Conflict During the October War 

and the Oil Crisis, 1973/74 Daniel Möckli 6. The Euro-Arab 

Dialogue, the Venice Declaration, and Beyond: The Limits of 

a Distinct EC Policy, 1974-89 David Allen and Andrin Hauri 

7. From Madrid to Camp David: Europe, the US, and the 

Middle East Peace Process in the 1990s Patrick Müller and 

Claire Spencer 8. The Middle East Quartet: A New Role for 

Europe? Constanza Musu Part 3: Gulf Security and 

Transatlantic Relations 9. Dealing with Iran: The US, Britain, 

and Regime Change 1951-3 Malcolm Byrne 10. Securing Gulf 

Oil: Britain, NATO, and the Question of Military Intervention 

East of Suez, 1949-68 Stephen Blackwell 11. Subcontracting 

Security: The US, Britain, and Gulf Security Before the Carter 

Doctrine Roland Popp 12. Great Game Redux: The US, 

Europe, and Gulf Security in the Late Cold War Peter John 

Brobst 13. Europe, the US, and the Gulf After the Cold War 

Gerd Nonneman 14. Iran and the Bomb: Washington, the 

EU, and Iranian Nuclear Ambitions Harsh V. Pant. Conclusion: 

Major Trends in European-American Relations and the Middle 

East since 1945 Daniel Möckli and Victor Mauer 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47664-5: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85144-9 




Explaining Pakistan’s 

Foreign Policy 

Escaping India 

Aparna Pande, Hudson Institute, USA 

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series 

Pakistan has over the decades become a hotbed for the 

terrorist ideology often referred to as Jihadism. Pande 

investigates the underlying principles of Pakistan’s 

foreign policy from 1947 until the present day and 

explains the rise of Jihadism as an offshoot of Pakistan’s 

security concerns. In the eyes of Pakistan’s policy makers, 

Pakistan’s interests lay in ‘containing’ India, ‘seeking 

parity’ with India in military and political terms, ‘gaining’ 

allies against India and ‘escaping’ an Indian identity by 

disowning shared heritage. Pakistan’s policies towards 

India, Afghanistan, United States, China and the Muslim 

world reflect various aspects of this very construct. 

Selected Contents: 1. Constructing Political Identity 

2. Existential Threat 3. Strategic Depth 4. An Alliance 

to Ensure Survival 5. All Weather Friendship 6. Virtual 

Relocation 7. Pragmatic Bilateralism 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59900-9: £85.00 



new 

European Union Sanctions and 


When and Why do they Work? 

Clara Portela, Singapore Management University 

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics 

This book examines sanctions 

as a political tool of influence 

and evaluates the efficacy of 

sanctions imposed by the 

European Union (EU) against 

countries from the early 1990s 

to present day. 


1. Introduction 2. Sanctions and 

their Efficacy 3. EU Sanctions: 

Evolution, Legal Framework and 

Policy 4. What Determines the 

Efficacy of EU Sanctions? 5. The 

Efficacy of Sanctions Imposed under the Common Foreign 

and Security Policy (CFSP) 6. The Efficacy of ‘Informal’ 

Sanctions 7. The Efficacy of Development Aid Suspensions 

in the Context of the Partnership 8. Withdrawal of Trade 

Privileges under the Generalized System of Preferences 

9. Sanctions Theory and the Efficacy of EU Sanctions: Some 

Fresh Air coming into the Sanctions Debate. Bibliography. 

Annex 1: Dataset of EU Sanctions Cases. Annex 2: Truth Table 

July 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55216-5: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84751-0 



Textbook 

National Security in 

the Obama Administration 

Reassessing the Bush Doctrine 

Stanley A. Renshon, City University of New York 

Graduate Center, USA 

This book examines the 

Bush Doctrine and its effect 

and influence on the new 

national security agenda of 

President Obama. 


1. The Obama Presidency and 

the World He Inherits Part 1: The 

Bush Doctrine Reconsidered 

2. The Evolution of a Post 9/11 

National Security Perspective 

3. The Real Bush Doctrine 

4. The Bush Doctrine: Myths 

and Criticisms Part 2: The Strategic World After 9/11 

5. The New Calculus of Risk 6. Deterrence, Containment 

and Adversarial Bargaining Post 9/11: North Korea and Iran 

7. Dangerous Threats and the Use of Force 8. Strategic 

Options and the Future of the Bush Doctrine Part 3: The 

Politics of Post 9/11 National Security 9. The Politics 

of Risk Assessment 10. The Politics of Post 9/11 National 

Security: A Profound Worldview Divide 11. Obama’s 

National Security Tasks: Worldview, Leadership and Judgment 

2009: 229 x 152: 312pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-80406-6: £95.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-80405-9: £24.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-87451-6 





Bush’s Foreign and 

Security Policy 

Principle or Partisanship? 

Donette Murray, Royal Military Academy, 

Sandhurst, Camberley, UK 

This book offers a fresh assessment of the Bush 

presidency. This account challenges readers to look more 

closely at the strengths and weaknesses of Bush’s 

two-term administration. Carefully reached, it provides 

compelling evidence to support its two main arguments: 

first, that this was a more complex administration than 

its actions, often judged crude and ill-conceived, and 

one that was capable of crafting much praised and 

politically sound positions. The second argument 

contends that the Bush administration largely (though 

not entirely) failed to grasp how the international system 

was changing and thus failed to position the US to meet 

the challenges of the twenty-first century. 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48661-3: £75.00 



new 

Justifying America’s Wars 

The Conduct and Practice of US Military 

Intervention 

Nicholas Kerton-Johnson, Bristol University, UK 

This book examines the justifications for, and practice 

of, war by the US since 1990, and examines four case 

studies, the Gulf War, Kosovo, Afghanistan and Iraq. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Setting the Context: 

Intervention and Norms in International Society 3. The Gulf 

War 4. The Kosovo Intervention 5. The Intervention in 

Afghanistan 6. The Iraq War 7. Conclusion 

July 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56168-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86167-7 





ForeigN PoliCy 19 


US Collective Memory, 

Intervention and Vietnam 

The Cultural Politics of US Foreign Policy 

since 1969 

David Ryan, University College Cork, Ireland 

The Vietnam War has generated significant diplomatic 

and cultural influences on US foreign policy. This book 

will explore the construction and interaction of US 

collective memory with the politics of US intervention 

since the late 1960s. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Collective 

Memory, Vietnam and US Post-War Strategy 1. On 

Collective Memory & Vietnam 2. Counterpoint: War and 

Historiography 3. Vietnam: Strategic Implications Part 2: US 

Intervention Since Vietnam 4. ’We Will Not be the Paper 

Tigers of Saigon’: Ford and the Immediate Aftermath 5. ’We 

Are Now Free of that Inordinate Fear’: Carter and Non- 

Intervention 6. The United States of Amnesia and the Reagan 

Doctrine 7. We’ve Kicked the Vietnam Syndrome? Bush and 

the Gulf War 8. Clinton’s Criteria: The Crisis of Intervention 

and Cultural Adjustments 9. 9/11: The War on Terrorism and 

the End of the Vietnam Syndrome? 10. Iraq. Conclusions 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-40564-5: £75.00 



new 

US Foreign Policy and Iran 

American-Iranian Relations since the 

Islamic Revolution 

Donette Murray, Royal Military Academy, 

Sandhurst, Camberley, UK 

US Foreign Policy and Iran is a study of US foreign policy 

decision-making in relation to Iran and its implications 

for Middle Eastern relations. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Iran Syndrome 1. The 

Crucible of Revolution: Carter’s Bitter Legacy 2. Reagan: 

After the Revolution, in Search of a Policy 3. George H.W. 

Bush: War and Peace 4. Clinton: Volte-Face 5. George W. 

Bush: The Enemy of my Enemy. Conclusion: The Carcass of 

Dead Policies. Select Bibliography 

June 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-58139-4: £23.99 



Security Index 

A Russian Journal on International Security 

New to Routledge in 2010 

Journal of The Russian Center for Policy Studies (PIR Center) 

Editor-in-Chief: Vladimir A. Orlov, PIR Center, Russia 

Security Index provides readers with serious, professional, and unbiased 

examinations of urgent issues in the sphere of international security that 

are relevant to Russian interests. It contains articles by leading Russian 

governmental and nongovernmental experts and young researchers that 

cover a broad range of international security matters - from climate change 

and demography to nuclear non-proliferation and disarmament, from the 

situation in North Korea to defence contracts in Latin America. The journal has an established reputation 

as an independent source of information for decision-makers from Russia and abroad, for international 

organizations and the academic community. 

For more information on the journal, including subscription details, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rsec

20 


Buying National Security 

How America Plans and Pays for Its 

Global Role and Safety at Home 

Gordon Adams, School of International Service, 

American University, USA and Cindy Williams, 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA 

The tools of American statecraft 

– defense, diplomacy, foreign 

and security assistance, 

homeland security and 

intelligence – are rarely 

examined together. Adams 

and Williams fill this gap by 

examining how these tools 

work, how they are planned for, 

and how they are budgeted. 

Buying National Security 

weaves a tapestry around 

the institutions, organizations, 

tools, and processes that support planning and resource 

allocation across the breadth of the American national 

security enterprise. The authors analyze the planning 

and resource integration activities across agencies of the 

Executive branch as well as examine the structure and 

processes the Congress uses to carry out its national 

security oversight and budgetary responsibilities. Finally, 

they review the adequacy of the current structures and 

process and evaluate proposals for ways both might be 

reformed to fit the demands of the twenty-first century 

security environment. 

Selected Contents: 1. Money is Policy: Planning and 

Budgeting for Security and Foreign Affairs 2. Resource 

Planning for International Affairs and State Operations 

3. Foreign Economic Assistance Budgeting and Programs 

4. Political and Security Assistance Budgeting and Programs 

5. Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution in the 

Department of Defense 6. Intelligence Planning and 

Budgeting 7. Resource Allocation and Budgeting for 

Homeland Security 8. The Role of the Executive Office of 

the President in National Security Budgeting 9. Resource 

Allocation and Budgeting in Congress 10. The Politics of 

National Security Budgeting 11. The Road Ahead: How 

Might Budgeting Change? 

2009: 229 x 152: 368pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-95439-6: £95.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-95440-2: £32.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-86150-9 



Forthcoming 

EU Foreign Policy and Post- 

Soviet Conflicts 

Stealth Intervention 

Nicu Popescu, European Council on Foreign 

Relations, UK 


This book examines EU intervention and nonintervention 

in conflict resolution, with a specific focus 

on the EU’s role in the post-soviet conflicts of Moldova, 

Abkhazia and South Ossetia in Georgia and Azerbaijan. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Europeanization 

of Foreign Policy 3. Foreign Policy and State Identity 4. The 

Europeanization of Finnish Foreign and Security Policy Discourse: 

From Neutrality to Alignment Identity 5. The Europeanization of 

British Foreign and Security Policy Discourse: Re-articulating the 

Great Power Identity 6. Comparing the Reproduction of State 

Identities in Finland and Britain 7. Conclusion 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58720-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83478-7 



Routledge Studies in US Foreign 

Policy 

Series edited by John Dumbrell, 

University of Durham, UK and I. Parmar, 

University of Manchester, UK 

This new series sets out to publish high 

quality works by leading and emerging 

scholars critically engaging with United 

States Foreign Policy. The series includes 

a variety of approaches to the subject and 

draws on scholarship from international 

relations, security studies, international 

political economy, foreign policy analysis 

and contemporary international history. 

new 

American Foreign Policy and 

Postwar Reconstruction 

Comparing Japan and Iraq 

Jeff Bridoux, Aberystwyth University, UK 

This book provides a detailed comparison of the 

reconstruction of Japan from 1945 to 1952 with the 

current reconstruction of Iraq, evaluating the key factors 

affecting the success or failure of such projects. 

The book seeks to understand why American officials 

believed that extensive social reengineering aiming at 

seeding democracy and economic development is 

replicable, through identifying factors explaining the 

outcome of US-led post-conflict reconstruction projects. 

The analysis reveals that in addition to the effective use 

of material resources of power, the outcome of 

reconstruction projects depends on a variety of other 

intertwined factors, and Bridoux provides a new 

analytical framework relying on a Gramscian concept 

of power to develop a greater understanding of these 

factors, and the ultimate success or failure of these 

reconstruction projects. 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56397-0: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84341-3 




American Intellectuals 

and US Strategy 

Forging the National Security Strategy 

during and after the Cold War 

Paulo J.B. Ramos, Universidade Independente, 

Portugal 

This book examines the relationship between academics 

and government, studying the other voices that are usually 

forgotten when national security issues are discussed. 

Selected Contents: Introduction. Politics, Strategy and 

Knowledge, 1935-1945. Constructing American Strategic 

Doctrine, 1945-1960. Scientific Strategists and the Seat of 

Power, 1960s. Strategy, Personalities and Circumstances, 

1970s. American Strategic Hegemony, 1980s. (Re) 

Constructing American Grand Strategy, 1990s. After 9/11: 

A new American Grand Strategy?. Conclusion 

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-43739-4: £70.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-94617-6 



new 

America’s Freedom Agenda 

Towards the Middle East 

Democracy or Domination 

Oz Hassan, University of Warwick, UK 

This book looks at how and why the Bush administration 

constructed democracy promotion for 

the Middle East as an American national interest. It then 

proceeds to demonstrate how new institutions were 

created, within the American foreign policy bureaucracy, 

which pursued a particular mode of democratisation 

that would be congruent with other American national 

interests. As such, it highlights how the crisis presented 

by September 11 2001 led to regime change in 

Afghanistan and Iraq, but more broadly how American 

policy towards the region had a softer imperial side, 

which drew on broader economic theories of 

democratisation and modernisation. 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60310-2: £75.00 




Race and US Foreign Policy 

The African-American Foreign Affairs Network 

Mark Ledwidge, University of Manchester, UK 

The book provides a cutting edge insight into the racial 

aspect of US foreign affairs, documenting through 

case-specific analyses of the evolutionary development of 

the African American foreign affairs network (AAFAN). 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Forging of the 

African-American Foreign Affairs Community 3. The 

Italo-Ethiopian War 4. From Isolationism to Globalism: 

African-Americans’ Response to US Entry into the Second 

World War 5. African-Americans and the Formation of the 

United Nations 6. Human Rights, Racial Reconstruction and 

the Cold War 7. Malcolm and Martin and the Shadow of US 

Foreign Policy 8. Conclusion 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48211-0: £75.00 





Beyond Anti-Americanism 

The Case for Criticism not Prejudice 

Brendon O’Connor, Griffith University, Australia 

Beyond Anti-Americanism presents a case for seeing 

anti-Americanism as principally a counterproductive 

prejudice. Brendon O’Connor argues that while there are 

many reasons to be frustrated with American policies, 

politics and even American society, a crucial distinction 

should be drawn between criticism and prejudice. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: What is Anti-Americanism? 

1. The Anti-American Tradition 2. American Power and 

Complicating the Anti-American Tradition 3. George W. 

Bush and the Resurgence of the Anti-American Tradition 

4. Violent Anti-Americanism: bin Laden, al Qaeda and 

Terrorism Conclusion: Beyond the Anti-American Tradition 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47428-3: £75.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-47429-0: £22.99 



Forthcoming 

Constructing US Foreign Policy 

The Curious Case of Cuba 

David Bernell, Oregon State University, USA 

This book addresses the roots of the hostility that has 

characterized the United States’ relationship with Cuba 

and has persisted for decades, even in the wake of the 

end of the Cold War. It answers the question of why 

America’s Cold War era policy toward Cuba has not 

substantially changed, despite a radically changed 

international environment. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Imagining Latin 

America and Cuba 3. Constructing Reagan’s Castro 

4. Waiting for Fidel 5. Conclusion 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78067-4: £75.00 



new 

Neoconservatism and 

American Foreign Policy 

A Critical Analysis 

Danny Cooper, Griffith University, Australia 

At the time of America’s 2003 invasion of Iraq, the term 

’neoconservative’ was enjoying wide currency. To this 

day, it remains a term that engenders much debate and 

visceral reaction. Exploring the historical significance of 

this ongoing movement and its impact on American 

foreign policy traditions, this book will be of great interest 

to all scholars of foreign policy, American politics and 

American history. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Neoconservatism 

and its Authors 3. Neocons and the Idea of Human Rights 

4. The Neocons and the War of Ideology 5. Neocons, 

Preponderance and Order 6. Neocons, American Power 

and Preventive War 7. Conclusion 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59221-5: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84052-8 



Textbook 

Soft Power and 

US Foreign Policy 

Theoretical, Historical and Contemporary 

Perspectives 

Edited by Inderjeet Parmar, University of 

Manchester, UK and Michael Cox 

The rise of widespread negative 

attitudes towards US foreign 

policy, especially due to the 

war of aggression against Iraq 

and the subsequent military 

occupation of the country – 

has brought new attention to 

the meaning and instruments 

of soft power. In this edited 

collection, an outstanding line 

up of contributors provides the 

most extensive discussion of 

soft power to date. 

Soft Power has become part of popular political discourse 

since it was coined by Harvard’s Joseph Nye, and this 

volume features a brand new chapter by Nye outlining his 

views on soft, hard and smart power and offers a critique 

of the Bush administration’s inadequacies. He then goes 

on to examine the challenges for the incoming US 

president. The other contributions to the volume respond 

to Nye’s views from a range of theoretical, historical and 

policy perspectives giving new insights in to both soft 

power and the concept of power itself. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Inderjeet Parmar and 

Michael Cox 1. The Future of Soft Power in US Foreign Policy 

Joseph Nye Jr. 2. From Hegemony to Soft Power Geraldo 

Zahran and Leonardo Ramos 3. Soft Power and Strategy: 

Developing a ’Strategic’ Concept of Power Edward Lock 

4. The Unbearable Lightness of Soft Power Christopher Layne 

5. The Power Game, Soft Power and the International 

Historian Till Geiger 6. Challenging Elite Anti-Americanism in 

the Cold War Inderjeet Parmar 7. Technological Leadership 

and American Soft Power John Krige 8. The Military Use of 

Soft Power – Information Campaigns: The Challenge of 

Application, their Audiences and Effects Angus Taverner 

9. Public Diplomacy and the Information War on Terror 

Philip Taylor 10. Soft Power in an Era of US Decline Giles 

Scott-Smith 11. Cheques and Balances: The EU’s Soft Power 

Strategy Christopher Hill 12. The Myth and Reality of China’s 

Soft Power Shogo Suzuki 13. Responding to my Critics and 

Concluding Thoughts Joseph Nye 

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49203-4: £80.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-49204-1: £25.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-85649-9 




new 

ForeigN PoliCy 21 

The US Public and American 


Edited by Andrew Johnstone, University of 

Leicester, UK and Helen Laville, University of 

Birmingham, UK 

Though often overlooked, public opinion has always 

played a significant role in the development and 

promotion of US foreign policy and this work seeks to 

comprehensively assess the impact and nature of that 

opinion through a collection of historical and 

contemporary essays. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Andrew Johnstone and 

Helen Laville Section 1: The Public and War 2. From Coast 

Defence to Embalmed Beef: The Influence of the Press and 

Public Opinion on McKinley’s Policymaking during the 

Spanish-American War Joseph Smith 3. To Mobilize a Nation: 

Citizens Organizations and Intervention and on the Eve of 

WWII Andrew Johnstone 4. Power to the People? American 

Public Opinion and the Vietnam War Andrew Priest Section 

2: Public Interests and Ideology 5. Organized Labor and 

the Social Foundations of American Diplomacy, 1898-1920 

Rhodri Jeffreys-Jones 6. Religion and World Order at the 

Dawn of the American Century Andrew Preston 7. Gender 

Apartheid? American Women and Women’s Rights in 

American Foreign Policy Helen Laville Section 3: Interests 

and Ethnicity 8. African Americans and US Foreign Policy: 

The American Negro Leadership Conference on Africa and 

the Rhodesian Crisis Carl P. Watts 9. The American Public 

and the US-Israeli ’Special’ Relationship Elizabeth Stephens 

10. The Cuban Lobby and US Policy toward Cuba Jessica 

Gibbs Section 4: The Public and the War on Terror 

11. Neoconservatism and the American Public: Was 9/11 

a Hegemonic Moment? Maria Ryan 12. ’You Don’t Launch 

a Marketing Campaign in August’: The Bush Administration 

and the Public Before and After the Iraq Invasion Scott Lucas 

June 2010: 234 x 156: 232pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55315-5: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84927-9 



Forthcoming 

US Policy Towards Cuba 

Since the Cold War 

Jessica Gibbs, Aberystwyth University, UK 

This is a comprehensive examination of US policy 

towards Cuba with a particular emphasis on the 

post-Cold War era. As well as providing a detailed 

account of US policy and actions towards Castro’s 

regime, Jessica Gibbs also illustrates how this case study 

provides a revealing insight into wider debates about US 

foreign policy and international relations theory. 

Selected Contents: 1. The United States and Cuba: From the 

Cuban Revolution to the Fall of the Berlin Wall 2. The Cuban 

Democracy Act: ‘Putting the Hammer down on Fidel Castro’? 

3. Continuity and Change under Clinton 4. The Rafter Crisis 

of 1994 5. The Helms-Burton Act: ‘Adios Fidel’? 6. The 

Transformation of the Anti-Embargo Movement 7. The Elian 

Gonzalez Case: ‘We won’t Forget, We Vote’ 8. George W. 

Bush: Champion of the Anti-Castro Cause? 9. Conclusion 

November 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-43747-9: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-94612-1 



22 

regioNal seCuriTy: asia 

regioNal 

seCuriTy: asia 

The Routledge Handbook of 

Asian Security Studies 

Edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, USA, 

Andrew Scobell, Texas A&M University, USA and 

Joseph Liow, Nanyang Technological University, 

Singapore 

The Handbook of Asian Security 

Studies provides a detailed 

exploration of security dynamics 

in the three distinct subregions 

that comprise Asia, and also 

bridges the study of these regions 

by exploring the geopolitical links 

between each of them. 


Part 1: Northeast Asia 1. China’s 

Rise: How Peaceful? 2. Japan’s 

Security Future 3. The Security of 

the Korean Peninsula 4. The Taiwan Issue 5. The Tibetan 

Question 6. The Shanghai Cooperation Organization and Its 

Implications for Regional Security 7. US-China Relations 

Part 2: South Asia 8. Kashmir and the Indo-Pakistani Conflict 

9. Nuclear Weapons and Crisis Stability in South Asia 10. The 

Sino-Indian Rivalry 11. India’s Experiences with Insurgency and 

Counter-Insurgency 12. The Sri Lankan Civil War 13. Pakistan’s 

Quest for Security 14. Insurgency, Instability, and the Security 

of Afghanistan Part 3: Southeast Asia 15. The Association 

of Southeast Asian Nations 16. Bilateral Tensions in ASEAN 

17. Great Power Politics and Southeast Asian Security 

18. Maritime Security in Southeast Asia 19. Internal Conflicts 

in Southeast Asia 20. Islamic Extremism in Southeast Asia 

21. Burma/Myanmar: How Flourishing the ’Disciplined 

Democracy’? Part 4: Cross Regional Issues 22. Maritime 

Rivalry in Asia 23. The ASEAN Regional Forum 24. The New 

Security Agenda in Asia: Making Spaces for Non-Traditional 

Security Formulations of Emerging Security Challenges 

2009: 246 x 174: 336pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77781-0: £125.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86510-1 




Asia’s Nuclear Futures 

Chung Min Lee, National University of Singapore 

Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series 

This book provides a comprehensive assessment of 

the role of nuclear weapons in Asia since 1945, its 

implications for regional and global security, and the 

conditions under which more Asian countries might 

seek to acquire a nuclear capability in the future. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Proliferation Networks 

Preface. Introduction 1. Nuclear Weapons in Asia and 

Proliferation Networks Part 2: Nuclear Pandora’s Arc 

2. Proliferation Before and After the A.Q. Khan Network 

3. Failed States and Nuclear Weapons Part 3: Tipping 

Points and New Security Dilemmas 4. Tipping Points: 

Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan 5. Deterrence and New 

Security Dilemmas Part 4: A Brave New World? 6. Nuclear 

Proliferation in Asia and Consequences for Global Security 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-42825-5: £80.00 




3rd Edition 


of the Asia Pacific 

Since 1945 

Michael Yahuda, London School of Economics and 

Political Science, University of London, UK 

Series: Politics in Asia 

This fully revised third edition of Michael Yahuda’s 

extremely successful textbook brings the region bang 

up-to-date, introducing students to the international 

politics of the Asia-Pacific region since 1945. As well as 

assessing the post-cold War uncertainties that challenged 

balance and power with the region, Yahuda also examines 

the first decade of the new millennium, new political 

administrations in all the key player-states and increased 

cooperative security between some nations, polarised by 

volatile relationships between others. Anyalzing politics 

in terms of global, regional and local trends, this new 

edition features: 

• examination of the continued Rise of China in terms 

of politics, security and economic dominance 

• ongoing debates concerning the ’war on terror’ and 

how this shifts, forms and reforms relationships 

• Asia-Pacific security issues. 

Selected Contents: Section 1: The Cold War, 1945–1989 

Part 1: The International Politics of the Asia-Pacific 

Introduction 1. The Impact of the Cold War and the 

Struggles for Independence, 1945–1954 2. The Application 

of Bipolarity, 1954–1970 3. The Period of Tripolarity, 

1971–1989 Part 2: The Policies of the Great Powers 

4. The United States and the Asia-Pacific 5. The Soviet 

Union/Russia and the Asia-Pacific 6. China and the 

Asia-Pacific 7. Japan and the Asia-Pacific Section 2: The 

post-Cold War Period Part 1: The Era of American 

Pre-Eminence 8. From Unipolarity to Multipolarity 

1991-2010 9. The United States: From the End of the Cold 

War to the War on Terrorism and Beyond 10. China: China’s 

Ascent to Global Economic Power and Political Influence 

11. Japan: Coping with Relative Decline 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 344pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47479-5: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-47480-1: £22.99 




Routledge Handbook 

of Asian Regionalism 

Edited by Mark Beeson, University of Western 

Australia and Richard Stubbs, McMaster University, 


The Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism 

is a definitive introduction to, and analysis of, the 

development of regionalism in Asia, including coverage 

of East Asia, Southeast Asia and South Asia. The result 

is a comprehensive exploration of what is arguably the 

most dynamic and important region in the world. 

The Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism will be 

an indispenable resource for students and scholars of 

Asia politics, international relations and regionalism. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Conceptualizing the Asian 

Region Part 2: Economic Issues Part 3: Political Issues 

Part 4: Strategic Issues Part 5: Organizations 

June 2011: 246 x 174: 400pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58054-0: £110.00 




2nd Edition 

The New Global Politics of the 

Asia Pacific 

Michael Connors, La Trobe University, Australia, 

Remy Davison, Monash University, Australia and 

Jörn Dosch, University of Leeds, UK 

The fully up-dated 2nd edition 

of this introductory textbook 

presents a coherent framework 

for understanding the complex 

international and global politics 

of the Asia Pacific region. The 

authors provide an overview of 

the main actors, institutions and 

contemporary issues, such as 

security and transnational actors. 


1. Introduction: New Global 

Politics of Asia Pacific 2. The United States in Asia Pacific 

3. Japan in Asia Pacific 4. China in Asia Pacific 5. Southeast 

Asia and Asia Pacific 6. Australia in Asia Pacific 7. Europe 

and Asia Pacific 8. Russia and Asia Pacific 9. India and Asia 

Pacific 10. Regional Security in Asia Pacific: Sources of 

Conflict and Prospects for Cooperation 11. Globalization 

and Regionalism in Asia Pacific 12. The Asian Economic 

Miracle and its Unmaking 13. Transnational Actors in Asia 

Pacific 14. Culture and Politics in the Asia-Pacific: Asian 

Values and Human Rights 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 288pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46496-3: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-46497-0: £22.99 



new 

Religion and Security 

in South and Central Asia 

Edited by K. Warikoo, Jawaharlal Nehru University, 

India 

Series: Central Asia Research Forum 

This book provides local perspectives on religion, security, 

history, geopolitics and geostrategy in South Asia and 

Central Asia in an integrated manner. Presenting a holistic 

and updated view of the developments inside and across 

South and Central Asia, it offers coherent and concise 

analyses by experts on the region. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction K. Warikoo 2. Taliban’s 

Resurgence in Afghanistan and Pakistan Frederic Grare 

3. Pakistan’s Slide Towards Talibanisation Sushant Sareen 

4. Resurgence of the Taliban and Al Qaeda in Afghanistan: 

Implications for Regional Security Deepali Gaur Singh 

5. Roads to Perdition: The Politics and Practice of Islamist 

Terrorism in India Praveen Swami 6. Islamist Extremism in 

Kashmir K. Warikoo 7. Communal Peace in India: Lessons 

from Multicultural Banaras Priyankar Upadhyaya 8. Islamist 

Extremism and Terror Network in Bangladesh Smruti S. 

Pattanaik 9. Religious Radicalism in Bangladesh: Security 

Challenges to India C.A. Josukutty 10. Hizb ut-Tahrir: The 

Destabilising Force in Central Asia Mahesh R. Debata 

11. Islamic Radicalism in Central Asia Murat Laumulin 

12. Islam in Contemporary Tajikistan: Role of Muslim 

Leaders Muzaffar Olimov 13. Ethnic-Religious Separatism 

in Xinjiang: Challenge to China’s Security K. Warikoo 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57590-4: £80.00 




Asian Security Studies 

Series edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana 

University, USA and Andrew Scobell, 

RAND Corporation, Washington DC, USA 

Few regions of the world are fraught with as 

many security questions as Asia. This series 

publishes the best possible scholarship on 

the security issues affecting the region, and 

includes detailed empirical studies, 

theoretically oriented case studies and 

policy-relevant analyses as well as more 

general works. 


Autonomy and Ethnic Conflict 

in South and South-East Asia 

Rajat Ganguly, Murdoch University, Australia 

This book addresses the question as to whether 

territorial or regional autonomy can offer a viable option 

for the pacific settlement of intractable nationalist and 

secessionist ethnic conflicts in South and SE Asia. 

Selected Contents: 1. Is Autonomy a Solution or an 

Obstacle to Resolving Separatist Ethnic Conflicts? Rajat 

Ganguly 2. Ethnic Peacemaking in Sri Lanka: The Politics 

of Autonomy Solution P. Sahadevan 3. Limits of Autonomy: 

Cross-Border Demographic Dynamics and Ethnic Conflict in 

Assam, India Sanjib Baruah 4. Addressing Different Aspirations 

in Jammu and Kashmir: From Autonomy to Self-Rule D. Suba 

Chandran 5. Ending the War in Aceh: Leadership, Money 

and Autonomy in Yudhoyono’s Indonesia Marcus Mietzner 

6. When Autonomy is Not an Option? Governing Violence in 

Southern Thailand Chaiwat Satha-Anand 7. The Pitfalls in 

Working for Peace in a Time of Political Decay in the Philippines 

Nathan Quimpo 8. Conclusion Rajat Ganguly. Bibliography 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57016-9: £75.00 



Forthcoming 

Crime-Terror Nexus 

in South Asia 

States, Security and Non-state Actors 

Ryan Clarke, Nanyang Technological University, 

Singapore 

This book examines the crime-terror nexus in South Asia, 

focusing in particular on the activities of non-state actors 

that operate out of Pakistan, and challenges the 

conventional wisdom that the Pakistan Taleban (TTP) and 

Al-Qaeda are Pakistan’s most serious security threats. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Misgovernance and 

Proxy Warfare in Kashmir: Laying the Groundwork for the 

Crime-Terror Nexus 3. The Crime-Terror Nexus and Chinese 

Arms in Indian-held Kashmir 4. Lashkar-i-Taiba: The Fallacy of 

Subservient Proxies and the Future of Islamist Terrorism in India 

5. LeT and D-Company in Pakistan: Selective Justice, 

Sectarianism and Artificial Distinctions 6. Breakdown of Order 

in FATA: Driven by the Pakistani Taliban and Al-Qaeda but 

ideologically Underwritten by LeT 7. The Pakistani Economy: 

Imbalances and Contradictions, Incomplete Islamisation and 

D-Company as a Strategic Asset 8. Conclusion. Bibliography 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-61031-5: £75.00 



new 

China, Europe and 


Interests, Roles, and Prospects 

Edited by Frans-Paul van der Putten, Netherlands 

Institute of International Relations and Chu 

Shulong, Tsinghua University, China 

This book examines the roles played by China and 

Europe in the domain of international security in the 

21st century. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Frans-Paul van der Putten 

and Chu Shulong 1. Europe’s Views on China’s Role in 

International Security May-Britt Stumbaum 2. China’s Views 

on Europe’s Role in International Security Zhang Yanbin 

3. Bilateral Security Relations between China and Europe 

Wang Bo 4. Space and Defence Technology in European- 

Chinese Security Relations Nicola Casarini 5. Hegemonic 

Cycles and Sino-European Cooperation in Global Governance 

Xuan Xingzhang and Yang Xiaoping 6. US-China-Europe 

Security Relations: The Global Security Structure and Order in 

the Twenty-First Century Chu Shulong and Chen Songchuan 

7. China, Europe and Russia Feng Feng 8. The European 

Union and East Asian Security: Prepared for the Future? 

Gudrun Wacker 9. Cooperation and Competition on the 

Iran Nuclear Dispute: The Role of the European Union and 

China Willem van Kemenade 10. Chinese and European 

Engagement in UN Peace Operations Janka Oertel 

11. Europe Sails East, China Sails West: Somali Piracy and 

Shifting Geopolitical Relations in the Indian Ocean Susanne 

Kamerling and Frans-Paul van der Putten. Conclusion 

Frans-Paul van der Putten and Chu Shulong 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58580-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84460-1 



US-China-EU Relations 

Managing the New World Order 

Edited by Robert Ross, Harvard University, USA, 

Øystein Tunsjø, Norwegian Insititute of Defence 

Studies, Norway and Zhang Tuosheng, China 

Foundation for International & Strategic Studies, China 

This volume brings together a 

group of leading international 

scholars to discuss how 

US-China-EU relations will 

shape the future of 

international politics. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 

Part 1 2. The United States and 

the Future Global Order 3. On 

China’s Concept of the International 

Security Order 4. The European 

Union as Civilian Power: Aspirations, 

Potential, Achievements Part 2 

5. Changes and Continuities in EU-China Relations: A 

German Perspective 6. Travelling Hopefully, Acting Realistically? 

UK-China Interactions 7. China and European Security and 

Economic Interests: A French Perspective 8. China and US 

Security and Economic Interests: Challenges and 

Opportunities 9. An Analysis of Chinese Images of the 

United States and EU Part 3 10. China-US-EU Relationship 

in a Changing Era 11. Strategy, Politics, and World Order 

Perspective: Comparing the EU and US Approaches to 

China’s Resurgence Part 4 12. Global Imbalances and 

Currency Politics: China, Europe and the United States 

13. Managing Tension and Promoting Cooperation: 

US-Europe Approaches on Security Issues with China 

14. US-China-EU Relations: Towards a New World Order? 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55233-2: £80.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86020-5 




regioNal seCuriTy: asia 23 

new 

International Conflict 

in the Asia-Pacific 

Patterns, Consequences and Management 

Jacob Bercovitch, University of Canterbury, 

New Zealand and Mikio Oishi 


This book analyses four major long-standing and 

intractable conflicts in the Asia-Pacific region (the Korean 

Peninsula; the Taiwan Strait; the South China Sea (Spratly 

Islands); and India-Pakistan), and aims to identify the 

mechanisms used to manage these conflicts. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Conflicts in the Asia-Pacific 

Region in the Post-World War II Period 2. Conflict Management 

and its Application to Conflicts in the Asia-Pacific Region 

3. Management of Conflict on the Korean Peninsula: From 

Confrontation to Sustaining a Failing State 4. Management 

of the Rivalry across the Taiwan Strait: Addressing the 

Transformation from Ideological Rivalry to Ethnic Conflict 

5. Management of Dispute over the Spratly Islands: Taming 

a Dragon in the South China Sea 6. Management of the 

Indo-Pakistani Conflict: Siamese Twins Inflicting Lethal Blows 

on Each Other 7. Conclusion. Bibliography 

May 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58004-5: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84708-4 



Forthcoming 

Changing Power Relations 

in Northeast Asia 

Implications for Relations between 

Japan and South Korea 

Edited by Marie Soderberg, Stockholm Economics 

School, Sweden 

Series: European Institute of Japanese Studies East 

Asian Economics and Business Series 

The aim of this book is to analyse the Japan-South 

Korean relationship from various angles such as politics, 

security, economics, culture and immigration issues and 

how the relationship is affected by the changing power 

relations in Northeast Asia. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Japan–South Korea 

Relations at a Crossroads Marie Söderberg 2. How Can 

We Cope with Historical Disputes? The Japanese and South 

Korean Experience Kan Kimura 3. A Whirlpool of Historical 

Controversies in Widening Waters of Cooperation Cheol Hee 

Park 4. Japan and the Two Koreas: The Foreign Policy Power 

of Domestic Politics T.J. Pempel 5. Historical Memory versus 

Democratic Reassurance: The Security Relationship between 

Japan and South Korea Paul Midford 6. Hallyu: New 

Politico-Cultural Discourse in East Asia? Ingyu Oh 

7. Lingering Memory Problems: Compromising Hearts 

and Resentful Resistance Mikyoung Kim 8. Substituting 

Multilateralism, Guiding Trilateralism: The Japan–ROK 

Investment Agreement in the Growing East Asian 

Regionalism Yoichiro Sato 9. The Struggle for a Decent Life 

in Japan: The Korean Minority Adapting to Changing Legal 

and Political Conditions Marie Söderberg 10. A Multilayered 

Analysis of Japan–South Korea Relations Marie Söderberg 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58747-1: £75.00 



24 

regioNal seCuriTy: asia 


ASEAN Regionalism 

Co-operation, Values and Institutionalisation 

Christopher Roberts, University of Canberra, Australia 

Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series 

This book examines the key motivations for and challenges 

to greater regional integration in Southeast Asia. It 

demonstrates how security and economic concerns – 

domestic, regional and international – have either 

contributed to, or detracted from, an increased level of 

unity and cooperation in ASEAN. It also explores how the 

patterns of interaction and socialization generated by 

these issues, together with the nature of domestic political 

systems, have affected the emergence of common values, 

norms and interests. It covers the full range of issues 

confronting ASEAN at present, and the full range of 

ASEAN countries, and discusses both developments in 

ASEAN to date and also likely future developments. 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49001-6: £80.00 



Strategic Partnerships 

in Asia 

Balancing Without Alliances 

Vidya Nadkarni, University of San Diego, USA 

This book examines the 

nature and implications of the 

increasing interaction among 

three secondary powers in the 

world: China, Russia and India. 

It provides an in-depth analysis 

of the complex and often 

contradictory goals underlying 

their emerging strategic 

partnerships along with an 

assessment of the role these 

partnerships play in the larger 

regional and global contexts. 

In particular, it focuses on the important region of Asia/ 

Eurasia, where these countries seek to increase their 

influence and compete against the prominence of 

the United States. 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77774-2: £80.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77775-9: £23.99 




Japan’s Security Identity 

From a Peace-State to an International-State 

Bhubhindar Singh, University of Sheffield, UK 

Series: Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge 

Series 

This book examines Japanese post-Cold War security 

policy, analysing how Japan reacted to the end of the 

Cold war, the results of the transformation in the 

post-Cold War security environment, and exactly how 

Japanese security has changed from its cold war design. 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46336-2: £75.00 



new 

China’s Multilateral 

Co-operation in Asia 

and the Pacific 

Institutionalizing Beijing’s ’Good 

Neighbour Policy’ 

Chien-peng Chung, Lingnan University, Hong Kong 

Series: Politics in Asia 

Explores the meaning, scope and repercussion in the 

drive that a rising China has for institutionalizing 

multilateral cooperative processes in the Asia-Pacific 

region, the extent to which its actions are motivated by 

concerns of politics, economics or security, and the 

obstacles it faces for so doing. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. China’s Good 

Neighbor Policy 3. China’s Approaches to Asia-Pacific 

Economic Cooperation 4. China’s Approaches to the ASEAN 

Regional Forum 5. China’s Participation in Shanghai Five and 

the Shanghai Cooperation Organization 6. China’s Participation 

in the ASEAN plus Three and ASEAN plus China 7. China’s 

Participation in the Four-Party Talks and Six-Party Talks 

8. China Venture into the Pacific 9. Conclusion 

June 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56914-9: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85231-6 




Xinjiang and China’s 

Rise in Central Asia 

Michael Clarke, Griffith University, Australia 

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series 

The recent conflict between indigenous Uighurs and 

Han Chinese demonstrates that Xinjiang is a major 

trouble spot for China, with Uighur demands for 

increased autonomy, but where the Chinese are keen 

to integrate the province more firmly within China. 

This book traces the development of Xinjiang from 

the collapse of the Qing empire in the early twentieth 

century to the present. It outlines the Chinese policy 

of integration, showing how the Chinese have pursued 

this through economic development and in-migration of 

Han Chinese, and how the policy of integration is related 

to China’s concern for security and to its pursuit of 

increased power and influence in Central Asia. It shows 

how China’s concerns and policies, although pursued 

with vigour in recent decades, are of long-standing, and 

how domestic problems and policies in Xinjiang have for 

a long time been closely bound up with wider 

international relations issues. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The ‘Pawn and Pivot’ of 

Asia: Xinjiang from the Collapse of the Qing to the Triumph of 

Chinese Communism 2. Xinjiang in the People’s Republic of 

China: The Resurgence of the State’s Integrationist Project, 

1949-1978 3. ‘Stepping from Stone to Stone in a Stream’: 

Xinjiang under Deng Xiaoping, 1978-1991 4. A ‘Great Wall 

of Steel’ and a ‘New Silk Road’: China’s Response to Resurgent 

Central Asian Geopolitics and Ethnic Minority Opposition in 

Xinjiang, 1991-2000 5. ‘Taking Advantage of Misfortune’: 

Xinjiang and China’s Rise in Post-9/11 Central Asia, 2001-2009 

6. Conclusion 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58456-2: £85.00 




Routledge Handbook of 

Japanese Politics 

Edited by Alisa Gaunder, Southwestern University, 

USA 


Japanese Politics is an advanced 

level reference guide which 

surveys the current state of 

Japanese Politics, featuring both 

traditional topics and cutting 

edge research. 


Part 1: Domestic Politics 

Part 2: Civil Society Part 3: Social 

Policy Part 4: Political Economy 

Part 5: International Relations and 

Security 

April 2011: 246 x 174: 400pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55137-3: £110.00 



Japan’s Remilitarisation 

Christopher W. Hughes 

Series: Adelphi series 

Is Japan on a path towards 

assuming a greater military role 

internationally, or has the recent 

military normalisation ground to 

a halt since the premiership of 

Junichiro Koizumi? In this book, 

Christopher W. Hughes assesses 

developments in defence 

expenditure, civil–military 

relations, domestic and 

international military–industrial 

complexes, Japan’s procurement 

of regional and global 

power-projection capabilities, the expansion of US–Japan 

cooperation, and attitudes towards nuclear weapons, 

constitutional revision and the use of military force. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Trajectory of Japan’s 

Remilitarisation 2. Japan’s Military Doctrine, Expenditure and 

Power Projection 3. The Transformation of Civilian Control 

4. Japan’s Military-Industrial Complex 5. Japan’s External 

Military Commitments 6. The Erosion of Japan’s Anti-militaristic 

Principles. Conclusion: Japan’s Remilitarisation: Implications 

and Future Directions. Appendix: Tables and Charts 

2009: 234 x 156: 188pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-55692-7: £9.99 




new 

The Diplomatic History 

of Postwar Japan 

Edited by Makoto Iokibe, National Defence 

Academy of Japan & Kobe University, Japan 

Translated and Annotated by Robert D. Eldridge, 

Osaka University, Japan 

Winner of the prestigious 

Yoshida Shigeru Prize 1999 for 

the best book in public history 

when it was published in it’s 

original Japanese, this book 

presents a comprehensive and 

up-to-date overview of Japan’s 

international relations from the 

end of the Pacific War to the 

present. Written by leading 

Japanese authorities on the 

subject, it makes extensive use 

of the most recently declassified 

Japanese documents, memoirs, and diaries. It introduces 

the personalities and approaches Japan’s postwar leaders 

and statesmen took in dealing with a rapidly changing 

world and the challenges they faced. Importantly, the 

book also discusses the evolution of Japan’s presence on 

the international stage and the important – if 

underappreciated role – Japan has played. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: Japanese Diplomacy from 

Prewar to Postwar Iokibe Makoto 1. Diplomacy in Occupied 

Japan: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1940s Iokibe Makoto 

2. The Conditions of an Independent State: Japanese 

Diplomacy in the 1950s Sakamoto Kazuya 3. The Model 

of an Economic Power: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1960s 

Tadokoro Masayuki 4. Overcoming the Crises: Japanese 

Diplomacy in the 1970s Nakanishi Hiroshi 5. The Mission 

and Trials of an Emerging International State: Japanese 

Diplomacy in the 1980s Murata Koji 6. Japanese Diplomacy 

After the Cold War Iokibe Makoto. Conclusion: What was 

Postwar Japanese Diplomacy? 

August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49847-0: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-49848-7: £25.95 




Southeast Asia and 

the Rise of China 

Ian Storey, Asia-Pacific Center for Security Studies, 

Hawaii, USA 

This book examines ASEAN-Chinese relations over recent 

years, showing how worries about China’s developing 

role have been a significant factor in shaping the nature 

of ASEAN and its policies. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. ASEAN’s Relations with 

the PRC during the Cold War: From Hostility to Alignment 

2. ASEAN-China Relations in the Post-Cold War Era 

3. ASEAN and the Engagement of China 4. Indonesia 

5. Malaysia 6. Singapore 7. Thailand 8. The Philippines 

9. Brunei 10. Vietnam 11. Burma/Myanmar 12. Cambodia 

13. Laos. Conclusion 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-32621-6: £85.00 



Routledge Security in Asia 

Pacific Series 

Series edited by Leszek Buszynski, 

International University of Japan and 

William Tow, Australian National 

University 

This series puts forward important new 

work on key security issues in the region. 

It embraces the roles of the major actors, 

their defense policies and postures and 

their security interaction over the key 

issues of the region. 


The East Asian Security 

Community 

Donna Weeks, University of the Sunshine Coast, 

Australia 

This book examines the concept of ‘security community’ 

as put forward by international relations theorists, and 

explores how such a concept might be applied in practice 

in East Asia. It also discusses various international 

organisations in Asia, including ASEAN. 

Selected Contents: Acknowledgements/Preface. 

Introduction 1. Framing a Security Community in the 

Asia-Pacific Region 2. Securing Community—Japan’s ‘in/ 

security’ and the Region 3. Reframing Security: Japan’s 

Tentative Re-Engagement 4. When a Security Community 

Can Work: Australia and Japan in Iraq 5. From Bilateral to 

Multilateral: Japan and the East Asia Community 6. The Next 

Step: The Six-Party Talks 7. Security Communities, Trust and 

the Asia-Pacific Security Environment. Conclusion. 

Bibliography. Index 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49448-9: £80.00 



Forthcoming 

India and the South Asian 

Strategic Triangle 

Ashok Kapur, University of Waterloo, Canada 

This book traces the triangular strategic relationship of 

India, Pakistan and China over the second half of the 

twentieth century, and shows how two enmities – Sino- 

Indian and Indo-Pakistani – and one friendship – Sino- 

Pakistani – defined the distribution of power and the 

patterns of relationships in a major centre of 

international conflict and international change. 

November 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-45466-7: £80.00 




regioNal seCuriTy: asia 25 

Southeast Asia and the 

Rise of Chinese and Indian 

Naval Power 

Between Rising Naval Powers 

Edited by Sam Bateman and Joshua Ho, both 

at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore 

This book examines the emerging maritime security 

scene in Southeast Asia, considering the highly topical 

implications for the region of possible strategic 

competition between rising naval powers China and 

India with a possible naval ’arms race’ emerging both 

with naval force development and operations. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Regional Strategic Environment: 

Contemporary Regional Relations Part 2: Contemporary 

Regional Maritime Security 

April 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55955-3: £80.00 




South Asia’s Nuclear Security 

Bhumitra Chakma, University of Hull, UK 

This book examines the dynamics of nuclear deterrence 

in the Second Nuclear Age. It focuses on South Asia, as 

it is the most dominant and, to some, the most 

dangerous case of contemporary nuclear stand-off, 

where deterrence can fail. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section 1 2. Nuclear 

Deterrence and South Asia Section 2 3. Nuclear Postures of 

India and Pakistan. Nuclear Use Doctrines. Command and 

Control Systems 4. Nuclear Deterrence: Pre-Tests Era. 

Ambiguity and Opacity 5. Nuclear Deterrence: Post-Tests Era. 

Deterrence Stability and Nuclear Learning. Challenges to the 

South Asian Deterrence System. Stability-Instability Paradox 

6. Contending Perspectives on South Asia’s Nuclear 

Deterrence. Two Views. Counting the Cost of Nuclear 

Deterrence. The Future of Indo-Pakistani Nuclear Arms Race 

Section 3 7. Nuclear Arms Control in South Asia. 

Confidence Building Measures. A Nuclear Restraint Regime 

for South Asia 8. Conclusions 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49449-6: £80.00 



new 

Human Security in 

Southeast Asia 

Yukiko Nishikawa, Mahidol University, Thailand 

There is a growing interest in human security in 

Southeast Asia. This book firstly explores the theoretical 

and conceptual basis of human security, before focusing 

on the region itself. It shows how human security has 

been taken up as a central part of security policy in 

individual states in Southeast Asia, as well as in the 

regional security policy within the Association of 

Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN). 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Human Security: A New 

Label for Old Challenges? 2. Human Security in Southeast 

Asia at a Turning Point 3. Domestic Challenges for Human 

Security 4. Regional Challenges for Human Security 5. The 

ASEAN Way and Human Security. Conclusion 

July 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47868-7: £80.00 



26 

regioNal seCuriTy: euroPe 

regioNal 

seCuriTy: 

euroPe 



of European Security 

Edited by Sven Biscop, Royal Institute 

for International Relations, Belgium and 

Richard Whitman, University of Bath, UK 

This new Handbook brings together key experts on 

European security from the academic and policy worlds 

to examine the European Union (EU) as an international 

security actor. While the focus is on the politico-military 

dimension, security will be put in the context of the 

holistic approach advocated by the EU. 

The volume is organized in five parts: 

• Part 1 offers a historical overview of the development 

of European security institutions and an assessment of 

today’s multipolar order. It analyzes the holistic ’grand 

strategy’ underlying EU policies and assesses whether 

a European strategic culture has emerged. 

• Part 2 looks at the institutions that make and 

implement policy in the different dimensions covered 

by the ’grand strategy’; charts the instruments and 

means at their disposal; and assesses to which extent 

’sub-strategies’ in each area are linked up with the 

overall objectives put forward in the ESS. 

• Part 3 then assesses the effectiveness of the actual 

policies and actions undertaken, putting the 

politico-military dimension in the context of the 

holistic approach. 

• Part 4 analyzes the role of partnerships with other 

actors in these policies. 

• Part 5 offers a theoretical perspective on all of these 

developments. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: A Secure Europe in a Better 

World - European Security through the EU Part 1: The EU as 

an International Security Actor 1. The Emergence of 

European Security Institutions (1945-2010) Jolyon Howorth 

2. Theoretical Perspective (I): A ’Realist/Traditional’ Perspective 

Adrian Hyde-Price 3. Theoretical Perspective (2): A ’Liberal/ 

Constructivist/Critical’ Perspective Knud Erik Jorgensen 4. The 

Age of Interpolarity Giovanni Grevi 5. The European Security 

Strategy Sven Biscop 6. European Strategic Culture Christoph 

O. Meyer Part 2: Institutions, Instruments and Means 

7. CFSP and Diplomacy Geoffrey Edwards 8. Military ESDP 

Daniel Keohane 9. Civilian ESDP Catriona Gourlay 

10. Industry and Technology Jan Joel Andersson 

11. Democracy and Human Rights Richard Youngs 

12. Security and Development Jan Orbie Part 3: Policies 

13. The Balkans Michael Merlingen 14. Eastern 

Neighbourhood and Russia Hiski Haukkala 15. Southern 

Neighbourhood (including the Middle East) Costanza Musu 

16. Iran and the Gulf Walter Posch 17. Sub-Sahara Africa 

Richard Whitman 18. Asia (including Central Asia) Eva Gross 

19. New Geopolitical Horizons: Maritime, the Arctic James 

Rogers 20. Terrorism Wyn Rees 21. Non-proliferation, Arms 

Control and Disarmament Gerrard Quille 22. Energy Sami 

Andoura Part 4: Partners 23. NATO and the US Leo Michel 

24. The UN Richard Gowan 25. The OSCE Oleksandr Pavlyuk 

26. The African Union Malte Brosig 27. Strategic Partners: 

The BRICs and Others Thomas Renard. Bibliography 

June 2011: 246 x 174: 384pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58828-7: £110.00 




European Union Security 

From Cold War to Terror War 

Steve Marsh, University of Cardiff, UK and 

Wyn Rees, University of Nottingham, UK 

A new and comprehensive guide to the European 

Union’s role and development in European security since 

the end of the Cold War, which explores the interface 

between the EU and other organizations and states, 

specifically NATO, the US and Russia. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction The EC and Cold War 

Security and Conceptual Issues of Actors and Security 

Part 1: EU Post-Cold War Foreign and Security Policy 

Adaptation 2. EU Competence and Post-Cold War 

Adaptation 3. Britain 4. France 5. Germany 6. Anglo- 

Franco-German Relationship 7. US Foreign Policy Towards 

Europe Part 2: Contemporary EU Security Issues 

8. Immigration and Asylum 9. Environmental Security 

10. Interventionism 11. Institutional Synergy Part 3: The 

EU and Post-Cold War Security Crises 12. The Balkans 

13. Stabilizing Central and Eastern Europe 14. Iraq 15. The 

’War’ on Terrorism 16. Conclusion: Capability, Competence 

and Confidence 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-34122-6: £75.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-34123-3: £20.99 



EU Conflict Management 

Edited by James Hughes, London School 

of Economics, London, UK 

Series: Association for the Study of Nationalities 

The EU’s self promotion as a ‘conflict manager’ is 

embedded in a discourse about its ‘shared values’ and 

their foundation in a connection between security, 

development and democracy. This book provides a 

collection of essays based on the latest cutting edge 

research into the EU’s active engagement in conflict 

management. It maps the evolution of EU policy and 

strategic thinking about its role, and the development 

of its institutional capacity to manage conflicts. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Making of EU 

Conflict Management Strategy: Development through 

Security? James Hughes 2. Paying for Peace: Comparing 

the EU’s Role in the Conflicts in Northern Ireland and Kosovo 

James Hughes 3. The EU’s Role in the Cyprus Conflict: 

System Failure or Structural Metamorphosis? Christalla 

Yakinthou 4. The Stabilization and Association Process in 

the Western Balkans: An Effective Instrument of Post-Conflict 

Management? Claire Gordon 5. The Role of the EU in the 

Reform of Dayton in Bosnia-Herzegovina Sofia Sebastian 

6. Was the EU’s Role in Conflict Management in Macedonia 

a Success? Zoran Ilievski and Dane Taleski 7. The European 

Neighbourhood Policy and Conflict Management: A 

Comparison of Moldova and the Caucasus Gwendolyn Sasse 

8. Firm in Rhetoric, Compromising in Reality: The EU in the 

Israeli–Palestinian Conflict Nathalie Tocci 9. EU Conflict 

Management in Africa: The Limits of an International 

Actor Catherine Gegout 

April 2010: 246 x 174: 150pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56747-3: £75.00 




A European Army 

Security Strategy and Defence 

Integration in Europe 

Sven Biscop, Royal Institute for International 

Relations, Belgium 

Series: Cass Military Studies 

This book examines the idea of military integration 

in Europe by elaborating on the possible size and 

composition of a ‘European army’ and assessing in 

detail how it can be achieved. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. EU Ambitions 

2. EU Forces 3. EU Command 4. EU Civilian Capabilities 

5. EU Partners 6. EU Strategic Culture 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46625-7: £75.00 



Forthcoming 

The European Union, Civil 

Society and Conflict 

Edited by Nathalie Tocci, Transatlantic Academy, 

Washington DC, USA 

Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European 

Studies 

Explores the EU’s relations with civil society organizations 

in an effort to improve the effectiveness and relevance 

of its conflict and peace policies. 

Selected Contents: 1. The European Union, Civil Society 

and Conflict: An Analytical Framework Nathalie Tocci 

2. Civil Society and Conflict Resolution in Abkhazia, 

Nagorno-Karabakh, Transnistria, Israel-Palestine and Western 

Sahara Nona Mikhelidze and Nicoletta Pirozzi 3. Conflict 

Transformation by Civil Society in the European 

Neighbourhood: Towards a New Impact Assessment 

Framework Natalia Mirimanova 4. The EU and Civil Society 

in the Georgian-Abkhaz Conflict Nicu Popescu 5. Engaging 

Civil Society in the Nagorno Karabakh Conflict: What Role 

for the EU and its Neighbourhood Policy? Licínia Simão 

6. The EU and Moldova’s Civil Society: Partners in Solving the 

Transnistria Conflict? George Dura 7. Coming too Late? The 

EU’s Mixed Approaches in Transforming the Israeli-Palestinian 

Conflict Through Civil Society Benoit Challand 8. Civil 

Society as the Continuation of War? The EU and Conflict 

Transformation in Western Sahara Hakim Darbouche 9. The 

EU, Civil Society and Conflict Transformation: A Comparative 

Analysis Nathalie Tocci and Nona Mikhelidze 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59671-8: £75.00 





European Security Governance 

in Transition 

Changing of the Guard 

Ursula Schroeder, Free University Berlin, Germany 


Analyses the emergence of new forms of security 

governance in Europe in response to changing domestic 

and external challenges. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Dual 

Transformation of the State Monopoly on Violence 

3. The Organizational Basis of European Security 4. The EU’s 

Security Policy Machinery 5. Europe’s Fight against Terrorism 

6. EU Crisis Management: Dealing with the Aftermath of 

Violent Conflict 7. Conclusions: Limits of Convergence 

February 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60159-7: £75.00 




The EU and Counter-Terrorism 

Politics, Polity and Policies after 9/11 

Javier Argomaniz, University of St. Andrews, UK 

Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies 

This book offers a theoretically informed analysis of how 

coherently the European Union fights terrorism in the 

post-9/11 era. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Politics 

2. Post-9/11 Institutionalisation of European Union 

Counter-Terrorism Part 2: Polity 3. The Institutional 

Framework of EU Counter-terrorism 4. Institutional 

Consistency Part 3: Policies 5. The EU Counter-Terror Policy 

Response 6. Horizontal Consistency 7. Vertical Consistency 

8. Conclusion: Institutionalisation, Consistency Weaknesses 

and Implications. Bibliography 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56525-7: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86170-7 




Security Challenges in 

the Euro-Med Area in 


Mare Nostrum 

Stephen Calleya, University of Malta 


This book provides an empirical analysis of security 

challenges in the Euro-Mediterranean area and 

highlights the political, military, economic, societal and 

environmental issues that are already serving as a source 

of instability in the region. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Overview of Security 

Challenges in the Euro-Mediterranean Area 2. Regional 

Relations in the Euro-Med Area 3. Security Challenges in the 

Mediterranean 4. Regional Initiatives in the Euro-Mediterranean 

Area 5. Geo-Strategic Scenarios in the Euro-Mediterranean 

Area 6. Looking Ahead: Policy Recommendations for 

Enhancing Co-operative Euro-Mediterranean Relations 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56625-4: £75.00 



Kosovo, Intervention and 

Statebuilding 

The International Community and the 

Transition to Independence 

Edited by Aidan Hehir, University of Westminster, UK 


Statebuilding 

This book examines international engagement with 

Kosovo since NATO’s intervention in 1999, and looks 

at the three distinct phases of Kosovo’s development; 

intervention, statebuilding and independence. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Kosovo and the 

International Community Aidan Hehir 2. Responding to 

Kosovo’s Call for Humanitarian Intervention: Public Opinion, 

Partisanship, and Policy Objectives Alynna J. Lyon and Mary 

Fran T. Malone 3. Kosovo and the Advent of Sovereignty as 

Responsibility Alex Bellamy 4. Conflicting Rules: Global 

Constitutionalism and the Kosovo Intervention Anthony F. Lang, 

Jr 5. De Facto States in the Balkans: Shared Governance versus 

Ethnic Sovereignty in Republika Srpska and Kosovo Rick Fawn 

and Oliver P. Richmond 6. Policing the State of Exception in 

Kosovo Barry J. Ryan 7. Explaining the International 

Administration’s Failures in the Security and Justice Areas 

Giovanna Bono 8. Kosovo – The Final Frontier? From 

Transitional Administration to Transitional Statehood James 

Gow 9. Kosovo, Sovereignty and the Subversion of UN 

Authority James Kerr-Lindsey 10. Microcosm, Guinea Pig or 

Sui Generis? Assessing International Engagement with Kosovo 

Aidan Hehir. Appendix: Interview with Dr Fatmir Sejdiu, 

President of the Republic of Kosovo 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56167-9: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86179-0 




African Security Review 

New to Routledge in 2010 

Co-published with UNISA Press 

Editor: Deane-Peter Baker, United States 

Naval Academy, USA 

African Security 

Review, the 

respected quarterly 

journal of the 

Institute for 

Security Studies, 

creates an essential 

forum for African 

perspectives and 

practitioner insights, 

as well as the best 

of international 

scholarship, to inform and influence security 

policy and practice. 

It publishes thought-provoking and highly 

relevant articles on the spectrum of human 

security issues, including security sector 

transformation, civil-military relations, crime, 

justice and corruption, small arms control, 

peace support initiatives and conflict 

management, as well as papers dealing with 

the interplay between economics, politics, 

society and culture with human security 

and stability. 

For more information on the journal, including 

subscription details, please visit: 

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rasr 


regioNal seCuriTy: 

Middle easT & aFriCa 

regioNal 

seCuriTy: 

Middle easT 

& aFriCa 



of Political Islam 

Edited by Shahram Akbarzadeh, University 

of Melbourne, Australia 

This Handbook provides a multidisciplinary overview of 

one of the key political movements of our time. Drawing 

on the expertise from some of the top scholars in the 

world it examines theoretical and historical backgrounds, 

terrorism, strategy, case studies of Islamist movements in 

the developing world and the West, and the relationship 

with democracy and gender issues. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Political Thoughts 

of Seyyed Qutb 3. The Emerging Political Philosophy of 

Contemporary Islamism 4. Muslim Brotherhood 5. Hamas 

between Pragmatism and Radicalism 6. Velayat-e Faqih 

7. Hizbullah in Lebanon 8. Hizb ut-Tahrir 9. Emergence of 

Political Islam in Central Asia 10. Preserving Muslim Identity 

under Secular Rule in Turkey 11. Merging Islam and Democracy 

in Iran? 12. Rise of Islamism in Pakistan 13. Limits of Islamic 

Legitimacy in Saudi Arabia 14. Islamic Radicalism in Indonesia 

15. The Significance of the Arab Israeli Conflict 16. Islamism 

and Political Violence – Al Qaeda 17. The Challenge of Muslim 

Integration in the West 18. Radicalism in the United Kingdom 

19. Islamic Education as Incubator of Radicalism? 20. Attitude 

Towards Women 21. Islamism and the US Policy 22. The Clash 

of Civilizations 23. Islam and Modernity 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 424pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48473-2: £110.00 




Somalia: Too Dangerous, 

Too Important to Ignore 

Edited by Brian J. Hesse, Northwest Missouri State 


The situation in Somalia today embodies some of the 

most pressing issues in international relations. How 

should the international community deal with the failed 

state that is Somalia? From the presence of al-Qaeda 

operatives to pirates, to what extent is Somalia a threat 

to global peace and commerce? What are the 

humanitarian obligations and realities of the 

international community in Somalia? This book sheds 

light on all of these topics. 

The book is published as a special issue of the Journal 

of Contemporary African Studies. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: ’Somalia – More than 

Clans over Flags Brian Hesse 2. Somalia and its Failed State/ 

US Foreign Policy Dynamics Ken Mekhaus 3. Somalia and its 

Region/Neighbours Osman Farah 4. Somalia and Multilateral 

Institutional Relations Ken Rutherford 5. Somalia and Global 

Terrorism Shaul Shay 6. Somalia and Global Piracy Roger 

Middleton 7. Conclusion: ’Where Somalia Works – And 

Other Lessons Going Forward’ Brian Hesse 

February 2011: 246 x 174: 176pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59463-9: £80.00 



27

28 

regioNal seCuriTy: Middle easT & aFriCa 


Routledge Handbook of the 

Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 

Edited by David Newman, Ben-Gurion University 

of the Negev, Israel and Joel Peters, Virginia Tech 


This Handbook provides a comprehensive and accessible 

overview of the most contentious and protracted 

political issue in the Middle East. The editors have 

gathered together a range of the top experts from Israel, 

Palestine, Europe and North America to tackle a range of 

topics from historical background through to peace 

efforts, domestic politics, critical issues such as refugees 

and settler movements, and the role of outside players 

such as the Arab states, US and EU. 

Selected Contents: Section 1: Origins and History 

1. Palestinian Nationalism Ahmad Khalidi 2. Zionism Colin 

Schindler 3. Israeli Narratives on the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 

Paul Scham 4. Palestinian Narratives on the Israeli-Palestinian 

Conflict Walid Salem Section 2: Critical Junctures 5. 1948 

War: Origins and Consequences Kristen Schulze 6. 1967 War: 

Origins and Consequences Joel Peters 7. The Oslo Declaration 

Daniel Levy 8. The Palestinian Intifadahs Rami Nasrallah 

9. Camp David Joel Peters Section 3: Seeking Peace 

10. Peace Plans: 1967-1993 Laura Zittrain Eisenberg 

11. Peace Plans 1993-2008 Galia Golan Section 4: Domestic 

Society and Actors 12. The Israeli Settler Movement David 

Newman 13. Palestinian Citizens of Israel Amal Jamal 

14. Israeli Peace Movement Naomi Chazan 15. The PLO Nigel 

Parsons 16. The Palestinian Authority Nigel Parsons 17. 

Hamas Khaled Hroub 18. Palestinian Civil Society Michael 

Schulz Section 5: Critical Issues 19. Refugees Rex Brynen 

20. Jerusalem Michael Dumper 21. Borders and Territory 

David Newman 22. Unilateralism and Separation Gerald 

Steinberg 23. Terrorism and Political Violence Magnus Norell 

24. Economic Relations Arie Arnon 25. Human Rights Edy 

Kaufman 26. Religion and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 

Yehezkel Landau 27. Water and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 

Julie Trottier Section 6: International and Regional 

Involvement 28. Jewish Diapora Dov Waxman 29. The 

United States and Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Steven Spiegel 

30. Russia and Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Robert Freedman 

31. Europe and Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Rosy Hollis 32. The 

Arab World and Israeli-Palestinian Conflict D.R. Kumaraswamy 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 424pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77862-6: £110.00 



Forthcoming 

Arms Control and Proliferation 

in the Middle East 

Overcoming the Security Dilemma 

Edited by Bernd W. Kubbig, Peace Research 

Institute, Frankfurt, Germany 


This edited volume provides a comprehensive, systematic 

and innovative analysis of the missile threat/proliferation 

issue in the Middle East. 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60111-5: £75.00 



Adelphi series 

Iran under Ahmadinejad 

The Politics of Confrontation 

Ali M. Ansari 


This book looks at the details of 

Ahmadinejad’s political rise and 

assesses his presidency to date 

within the context of the 

dynamics of Iranian politics. The 

author argues that Ahmadinejad 

is very much a product of the 

social and political changes 

which have occurred since the 

end of the Iran–Iraq War; that 

his populism represents an ad 

hoc, and somewhat incoherent, 

attempt to disguise the growing 

contradictions which afflict the Islamic Republic, and the 

conservative vision of an unaccountable Islamic autocracy 

in the face of growing dissatisfaction, especially among 

key sections of the élite. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Background 

to Ahmadinejad’s Rise 1. The Rafsanjani and Khatami 

Presidencies 2. The Triumph of the Authoritarians 

Part 2: The ‘Third Islamic Revolution’ 3. The Ahmadinejad 

Presidency: Image and Foreign Policy 4. The Ahmadinejad 

Presidency: Domestic Policy. Conclusion 

2007: 234 x 156: 104pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-45486-5: £17.99 



Iraq’s Sunni Insurgency 

Ahmed S. Hashim, University of New South Wales, 

Australia 

From 2003 to 2008, the Sunni 

Arab insurgency in Iraq posed a 

key challenge to political stability 

in the country and to Coalition 

objectives there. This book 

explains the onset, composition 

and evolution of this insurgency. 

It begins by addressing both 

its immediate and deeper 

sociopolitical origins, and goes 

on to examine the multiple 

ideological strands within the 

insurgency and their often 

conflicting methods and goals. 

2009: 234 x 156: 89pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-46655-4: £15.99 



Iraq’s Future 

The Aftermath of Regime Change 

Toby Dodge 

2005: 234 x 156: 112pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-36389-1: £18.99 



Iraq’s Future investigates the 

difficult and costly regime 

change in Baghdad, taking into 

account US troops, the new 

Iraqi government and the future 

of state-building. The book 

describes what is involved in 

building a new government 

from scratch. 

The Iranian Nuclear Crisis 

Avoiding Worst-Case Outcomes 

Mark Fitzpatrick 

This book explains how Iran 

has developed its nuclear 

programme to the point where 

it threatens to achieve a 

weapons capability within a 

short time frame, and analyses 

Western policy responses aimed 

at forestalling that capability. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 

1. Framing the Problem: Iran’s 

Pursuit of Fissile Material 

2. Western Strategy So Far 

3. Can Iran’s Capability Be 

Kept Non-Weaponised? Conclusion 

2008: 234 x 156: 100pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-46654-7: £15.99 




Forthcoming 

Surveillance and Control 

in Israel/Palestine 

Population, Territory and Power 

Edited by Elia Zureik and David Lyon, both at 

Queen’s University, Canada and Yasmeen Abu- 

Laban, University of Alberta, Canada 

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics 

Surveillance is always a means to an end, whether that 

end is influence, management or entitlement. This book 

examines the several layers of surveillance that control 

the Palestinian population in Israel and the occupied 

territories, showing how they operate, how well they 

work, how they are augmented, and how in the end 

their chief purpose is population control. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Theories 

of Surveillance in Conflict Zones Part 3: Civilian Surveillance 

Part 4: Political Economy and Globalization of Surveillance 

Part 5: Citizenship Criteria and State Construction 

Part 6: Surveillance, Racialization, and Uncertainty 

Part 7: Territory and Population Management in Conflict Zones 

Part 8: Social Ordering, Biopolitics and Profiling 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 400pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58861-4: £75.00 



The Politics and Security 

of the Gulf 

Anglo-American Hegemony and the 

Shaping of a Region 

Jeffrey R. Macris, US Naval Academy 

Since the nineteenth century 

the Gulf region has been an 

area of intense interest, having 

been influenced first by the 

British and more recently by the 

Americans. This book charts the 

changing security and political 

priorities of these two powers 

and how they have shaped the 

region. 

Selected Contents: 1. Great 

Britain’s Legacy in the Persian Gulf 

2. World War II and the Arrival of 

the Americans 3. The Early Cold War, the Loss of India, and 

Nasser’s Revolt Against the British, 1946–1958 4. The British 

Position in the Gulf under Assault 5. America Watches as 

the British Birth a New Gulf Order, 1968–1971 6. The 

Chaotic Interregnum: America Cries Enough, 1972–1991 

7. Pax Americana - Bellum Americanum, 1991–Present. 

Conclusion 

2009: 234 x 156: 336pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77870-1: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77871-8: £23.99 



new 


regioNal seCuriTy: Middle easT & aFriCa 29 

NATO and the Middle East 

The Geopolitical Context Post-9/11 

Mohammed Moustafa Orfy, Embassy of Egypt, 

Moscow 


Despite having been active in the region since the 

mid-1990s, the role of NATO in the Middle East has 

attracted particular attention since the events of 11th 

September 2001. This book analyses the limits of NATO’s 

role in the Middle East region and examines whether or 

not the Alliance is able to help in improving the fragile 

regional security environment through cooperative links 

with select Middle Eastern partners. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Geopolitical Context 

of NATO’s Role in the Middle East 1. Western Interests and 

Stability in the Middle East 2. NATO’s New Global Role and 

its Relevance to the Middle East 3. NATO’s Role in the Middle 

East Before 9/11 4. NATO’s Role in the Middle East Post-9/11 

5. The United States and NATO’s Role in the Middle East. 

Conclusion: NATO and Security Challenges in the Middle East 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59234-5: £75.00 



new 

Textbook 

Government and Politics of the 

Contemporary Middle East 

Continuity and Change 

Tareq Y. Ismael and Jacqueline S. Ismael, both 

at University of Calgary, Canada 

This exciting new book for 

students of Middle Eastern 

politics provides a comprehensive 

introduction to the complexities 

of the region, its politics and 

people. Combining a thematic 

framework for examining 

patterns of politics with 

individual chapters dedicated 

to specific countries, the book 

explores current issues within 

an historical context. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Middle East Politics in 

the 21st Century: Patterns of Continuity and Change 

Part 1: Dynamics in Middle East Politics 2. The Burden 

of History: From Empire to Nation State 3. Legacy of Islam: 

Continuity and Change Part 2: Major Governments and 

Politics: The Northern Belt 4. The Republic of Turkey 

5. The Islamic Republic of Iran with Ali Rezai The Fertile 

Crescent 6. The Republic of Iraq with Shereen T. Ismael 

7. The Syrian Arab Republic and the Lebanese Republic 

8. The State of Israel and the Palestinian National Authority 

with Glenn E. Perry West and East of the Red Sea 9. The 

Arab Republic of Egypt 10. The Gulf Cooperation Council 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 512pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49144-0: £80.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-49145-7: £21.99 




Iranian Foreign Policy 

Past, Present and Future Scenarios 

Abbas Maleki, Harvard University, USA 

Series: Iranian Studies 

This book evaluates the vision, 

mission, goals, strategies, policies, 

trends and approaches of Iranian 

foreign policy since the revolution 

through to the present day. It also 

provides a range of possible 

scenarios for the future. 

Selected Contents: 1. Making 

Sense of Foreign Policy 2. What is 

Iran? 3. Substantial Resources in 

Iran’s Foreign Policy 4. Analysis of 

Theoretical Challenges of Iran’s 

Foreign Policy 5. Decision Making 

in Foreign Policy 6. Political Factions in Iran and Foreign 

Policy 7. Major Levels of Iran’s Relations with the Rest of the 

World 8. Future of Iran’s Foreign Policy 9. Uncertainties on 

Global Trends to 2015 10. Scenarios on Iran’s Foreign Policy 

February 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-43733-2: £80.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-43734-9: £23.99 




Iran and the International 

System 

Edited by Anoush Ehteshami and Reza Molavi, 

both at Durham University, UK 


World Series 

Much attention in the West has focused on Iran as 

a problem. This book goes further however by discussing 

how international relations are viewed from inside Iran 

itself, outlining the factors which underpin Iranian thinking 

on international relations and considering what role Iran, 

as a large and significant country in the Middle East, 

ought to play in a fairly constructed international system. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Anoush Ehteshami and 

Reza Molavi 2. The Ideological and Ethical Foundations of 

Iran’s Foreign Policy Ali Akbar Alikhani 3. Political Rationality 

of the Islamic Republic of Iran in Comparison with 

Contemporary Fundamentalism Morteza Bahrani 4. The 

Islamic Republic of Iran and the Ideal International System 

Dehghani Firooz-Abadi 5. Peace and Security in the 

International System: An Iranian Approach Afshar Efekhari 

6. The Islamic Republic of Iran’s Constitution and the 

International System Mohammad Bagher Khorramshad 

7. Iran and World Order/Disorder: The Future Abbas Maleki 

8. The Islamic Republic of Iran and the World International 

System Clash with the Domination Paradigm Manouchehr 

Mohammadi 9. Two Different Faces of Iran-West Relations: 

Incompatibility of Official Levels with Everyday Life Vahid 

Shalchi 10. Concluding Remarks Ariabarzan 

Mohammadighalehtaki and Eskandar Sadeghi 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55966-9: £80.00 



30 

new 

regioNal seCuriTy: Middle easT & aFriCa 

The Kurds and US 


International Relations in the Middle East 

since 1945 

Marianna Charountaki, Independent Scholar 


This book provides a detailed survey and analysis of 

US-Kurdish relations and their interaction with domestic, 

regional and global politics. Using the Kurdish issue to 

explore the nature of the engagement between 

international powers and weaker non-state entities, 

the author analyses the existence of an interactive US 

relationship with the Kurds. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Multi-Faceted 

Nature of the Kurdish Issue 3. US Foreign Policy: Structures, 

Determinants and Pressures 4. US Foreign Policy Towards the 

Kurds, 1945-1990 5. US Foreign Policy Toward the Kurds, 

1991-2003 6. US and the Kurds in the Post-Saddam Era 

(2003-2009) 7. Conceptual Implications and General 

Conclusions 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58753-2: £75.00 



Forthcoming 

The Iran-Iraq War 

Antecedents and Conflict Escalation 

Jerome Donovan, Swinburne University, Australia 


Explaining the systemic nature of conflict within the 

Middle East, and specifically between Iran and Iraq, the 

book illustrates how IR theory can be utilised in explaining 

conflict dynamics in the Middle East. The author’s 

integrated approach to understanding interstate conflict 

escalation demonstrates that when taken together issues, 

interaction and power capabilities lend themselves to a 

much richer account of the dyadic relationship between 

Iran and Iraq in the lead up to war in 1980. 

Addressing a disparity between international relations 

and Middle Eastern area studies, this book fills an 

important gap in the existing scholarly literature on the 

causes of war. As such, it will be of great interest to 

scholars of peace and conflict studies, Middle Eastern 

studies and International Relations. 

December 2010: 216 x 138: 160pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57989-6: £70.00 



Forthcoming 

International Law and 

the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 

A Rights-Based Approach to Middle 

East Peace 

Edited by Susan M. Akram, Michael Dumper, 

University of Exeter, UK, Michael Lynk, University of 

Western Ontario, Canada and Iain Scobbie, School 

of Oriental and African Studies, University of 

London, UK 

The Israeli-Palestinian conflict 

has long been intertwined 

with, and has had a profound 

influence on, the principles of 

modern international law. 

Placing a rights-based approach 

to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict 

at the centre of discussions over 

its peaceful resolution, this book 

provides detailed consideration 

of international law and its 

application to political issues. 

The book illustrates through both theory and practice 

how international law points the way to a just and 

durable solution to the conflict in the Middle East. 

Contributions from leading scholars in their respective 

fields give an in-depth analysis of key issues that have 

been marginalized in most mainstream discussions of 

the Israeli-Palestinian conflict: 

• Palestinian refugees 

• Jerusalem 

• Security 

• Legal and political frameworks 

• The future of Palestine. 

Written in a style highly accessible to the non-specialist, 

this book is an important addition to the existing 

literature on the subject. 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 368pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57322-1: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-57323-8: £25.99 




Conflict and Peacemaking 

in Israel-Palestine 

Theory and Application 

Sapir Handelman, Harvard University, USA 


Presenting and evaluating interactive models of 

peacemaking and the phenomenon of intractable 

conflict, the book takes an in-depth look into specific 

models for peacemaking and applies them to the 

situation in Israel/Palestine. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: General 

Background 1. Intractable Conflict as a Complex 

Phenomenon 2. The Palestinian-Israeli Conflict 

3. Between Conflict-Resolution and Conflict-Management 

Part 2: Interactive Models of Peacemaking 4. The 

Strong-Leader Model 5. The Social-Reformer Model 

6. The Political-Elite Model 7. The Public-Assembly Model. 

Summary and Conclusion 

January 2011: 216 x 138: 160pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49215-7: £70.00 




National Security Law in Israel 

Dynamics and Development 

Stuart Cohen, Bar-Ilan University, Israel and 

Amichai Cohen, Ono Academic College, Israel 

Series: Israeli History, Politics and Society 

This book analyses both the substance of Israel’s 

National security law and the dynamics of its historical 

development. It examines the normative principles up on 

which Israel’s national security law is based, institutional 

arrangements for the formulation and protection of 

national security law, and the style in which Israeli 

national security law is formulated. 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-54914-1: £75.00 



Islamic Extremism in Kuwait 

From the Muslim Brotherhood to Al-Qaeda 

and other Islamic Political Groups 

Falah Abdullah al-Mdaires, Kuwait University 


World Series 

This book is the first to provide 

a complete overview of Islamic 

extremism in Kuwait. It traces 

the development of Islamist 

fundamentalist groups in 

Kuwait, both Shiite and Sunni, 

from the beginning of the 

twentieth century. 

Selected Contents: 1. The Roots 

of the Islamist Political Groups 

2. Sunni Islamist Political Groups 

3. Shi’ite Islamist Political Groups 

4. The Relationships between the 

Kuwaiti Regime and the Islamist Political Groups 5. Spread 

of the Islamist Political Groups in the Social Body 6. Islamist 

Political Groups and Religious Violence, International 

Terrorism 7. The Armed Islamist Sunni Jihadist Groups 

8. The Armed Islamist Shi’ite Jihadist Groups 

April 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56719-0: £85.00 




Conflict, Diplomacy and 

Society in Israeli-Lebanese 

Relations 

Edited by Efraim Karsh, Michael Kerr and 

Rory Miller, all at Kings College London, UK 

This book is a wide-ranging and innovative study of 

Israeli-Lebanese relations from the birth of the Jewish 

state in 1948 to the Israel-Lebanon War of 2006. 

Selected Contents: 1. The Evolution of Israeli-Lebanese 

Relations: From Implicit Peace to Explicit Conflict Hilal 

Khashan 2. Point of Departure: The 1967 War and the Jews 

of Lebanon Kirsten E. Schulze 3. ’A Positive Aspect to the 

Tragedy of Lebanon’: The Convergence of US, Syrian and 

Israeli Interests at the Outset of Lebanon’s Civil War Michael 

Kerr 4. History Revisited or Revamped? The Maronite Factor 

in Israel’s 1982 Invasion of Lebanon Laurie Eisenberg 5. The 

Israeli-Syrian-Lebanese Triangle: The Renewed Struggle over 

Lebanon Eyal Zisser 6. Between Israel and Lebanon: The 

Druze Intifawda of October 2007 John Maher 7. Lebanon 

2006 and the Front of Legitimacy Alan Craig 8. Building 

Blocks for a Future Israeli-Lebanese Accord? Adir Waldman 

April 2010: 234 x 156: 168pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56063-4: £75.00 



US Strategy in Africa 

AFRICOM, Terrorism and Security Challenges 

Edited by David J. Francis, University of Bradford, UK 


This book outlines the construction, interpretations and 

understanding of US strategy towards Africa in the early 

twenty-first century. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: AFRICOM and US Security 

Policy in Africa 1. Introduction: AFRICOM: US Strategic 

Interests and African Security David J. Francis 2. Africa: A 

New Strategic Perspective Theresa Whelan 3. AFRICOM: 

What is It and what will It do? Daniel Volman 4. AFRICOM: 

Terrorism and Security Challenges in Africa J. Peter Pham 

5. AFRICOM and Challenges to African Security Mohamed 

Salih 6. Solutions Not Yet Sought: A Human Security 

Paradigm for the 21st Century Shannon Beebe 

Part 2: African Responses: Threats and Opportunities 

7. AFRICOM: Its Reality and Future Jeremy Keenan 8. African 

Union and AFRICOM Tom Teiku 9. Into Africa - Always 

Something New: AFRICOM and the History of Telling Africans 

what their Security Problems Are David Chuter 10. AFRICOM 

and the New Aid and Security Partnerships Josephine 

Osikena. Conclusion: AFRICOM and the future of US 

Africa Relations David J. Francis 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48510-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85530-0 



new 

Peacebuilding and Rule of Law 

in Africa 

Just Peace? 

Edited by Chandra Lekha Sriram, 

Olga Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman, 

all at University of East London, London, UK 


‘This is a valuable volume from a wide range of 

scholars offering not just cogent analysis on 

challenges to the rule of law in vulnerable and 

post-conflict societies but also insightful policy 

recommendations. Scholars and practitioners 

equally will find it stimulating and useful.‘ 

– David M. Malone, International Development 

Research Centre, Canada 

Selected Contents: 1. Promoting the Rule of Law: From Liberal 

to Institutional Peacebuilding Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga 

Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman 2. Traditional Justice as 

Rule of Law in Africa: An Anthropological Perspective Juan 

Obarrio 3. The Rule of Law in Liberal Peacebuilding Oliver 

Richmond 4. Rule of Law, Peacekeeping and the United 

Nations Rob Pulver 5. (Re)creating the Rule of Law, Post 

Conflict, in Africa: From Constitutional Protections to Oversight 

Mechanisms Muna Ndulo 6. Rule of Law in the Democratic 

Republic of Congo Pall Davidsson with Fríða Thoroddsen 

7. (Re)building the Rule of Law in Sierra Leone: Beyond the 

Formal Sector? Chandra Lekha Sriram 8. Narrowing Gaps in 

Justice: Rule of Law Programming in Liberia Johanna Herman 

and Olga Martin-Ortega 9. Creating Demand in Darfur: Circling 

the Square Sarah Maguire 10. The Anti-Politics of Transitional 

Justice: Lessons from Rwanda Stephen Brown 11. Just Peace? 

Lessons Learned and Policy Insights Chandra Lekha Sriram, 

Olga Martin-Ortega, and Johanna Herman 

July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57736-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84849-4 



new 

Regional Organizations 

in African Security 

Edited by Fredrik Soderbaum, University of 

Gothenburg, Sweden and Rodrigo Tavares, United 

Nations University, Belgium 

This book examines the role of regional organizations in 

Africa’s security from a theoretical and practical perspective. 

It is published as a special issue of African Security. 

Selected Contents: 1. Problematizing Regional Organizations 

in African Security Fredrik Söderbaum and Rodrigo Tavares 

2. The African Union’s New Peace and Security Architecture: 

Toward an Evolving Security Regime? Ulf Engel and João Gomes 

Porto 3. The African Union’s Peace Operations: A Comparative 

Analysis Paul D. Williams 4. Economic Community of West 

African States on the Ground: Comparing Peacekeeping in 

Liberia, Sierra Leone, Guinea Bissau, and Côte D’Ivoire Cyril I. 

Obi 5. Inter-Governmental Authority on Development on the 

Ground: Comparing Interventions in Sudan and Somalia Tim 

Murithi 6. Regional Conflict Management in Central Africa: 

From FOMUC to MICOPAX Angela Meyer 7. Southern African 

Development Community as Regional Peacekeeper: Myth or 

Reality? Maxi Schoeman and Marie Muller 8. Regional 

Organizations in African Security: A Practitioner’s View João 

Gomes Cravinho 9. Regional Organizations and African 

Security: Moving the Debate Forward James J. Hentz, Fredrik 

Söderbaum and Rodrigo Tavares 

October 2010: 246 x 174: 160pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59787-6: £80.00 





russia aNd easTerN 

euroPe 

regioNal 

seCuriTy: russia 

aNd easTerN 

euroPe 


Russian Imperialism Revisited 

Neo-Empire, State Interests and 

Hegemonic Power 

Domitilla Sagramoso, Kings College London, UK 

Series: Contemporary Security Studies 

By examining Russia’s military, economic, political, and 

diplomatic policies towards the former Soviet states since 

1991, this book assesses whether Russian leaders have 

been able to discard the country’s imperial legacy. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Setting: 

Russia’s Policies Towards the Near Abroad under 

President Yeltsin 1. The Underlying Principles of Russia’s 

Policy Towards the ’Near Abroad’ 2. Russia and the 

Commonwealth of Independent States 3. Russia’s Role in the 

Military Conflicts in the Near Abroad 4. Russia’s Energy Trade 

with the former Soviet Space 5. Russian Minorities in the 

Baltic States, Ukraine and Kazakhstan Part 2: The Evolution 

of Russia’s Policies Towards the ’Near Abroad’ under 

President Putin 6. Russia’s Policies Towards the Near Abroad 

from 1999 to 2004 7. Russia’s Policies to the Former Soviet 

States from 2004 to the Present. Conclusion 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56227-0: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86180-6 



Russia’s Foreign Security Policy 


Putin, Medvedev and Beyond 

Marcel De Haas, Netherlands Institute of 

International Relations Clingendael 


This book examines Russia’s security policy under the 

eight years of Vladimir Putin’s presidency. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Structure of Putin’s 

Foreign Security Policy (2000-2008) 2. Implementation of 

Putin’s Foreign Security Policy 3. Structure of Medvedev’s 

Foreign Security Policy (2008-2009) 4. Implementation of 

Medvedev’s Foreign Security Policy 5. The Russian-Georgian 

Armed Conflict of August 2008 6. Assessment of Russia’s 

Foreign Security Policy (2000-2009) and Outlook beyond 

Medvedev. Bibliography 

March 2010: 234 x 156: 232pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47730-7: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85440-2 



31

32 

new 


russia aNd easTerN 

euroPe 

War and Revolution 

in the Caucasus 

Georgia Ablaze 

Edited by Stephen F. Jones, Mount Holyoke 

College, USA 

Series: ThirdWorlds 

This book takes a different tack 

which focuses on the domestic 

roots of the August 2008 war. 

Collectively the authors in this 

volume present a new 

multidimensional context for 

the war. They analyse historical 

relations between national 

minorities in the region, look 

at the link between democratic 

development, state-building, 

and war, and explore the role 

of leadership and public opinion. Digging beneath often 

simplistic geopolitical explanations, the authors give the 

national minorities and Georgians themselves, the voice 

that is often forgotten by Western analysts. 

May 2010: 246 x 174: 176pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56527-1: £75.00 



The Security Context 

in the Black Sea Region 

Edited by Dimitrios Triantaphyllou, International 

Centre for Black Sea Studies (ICBSS), Greece 

This book primarily deals with the role of the regional 

and extra-regional actors in security issues in the Black 

Sea region. It assesses the security context of the region 

in the post-Cold War period and suggests some possible 

future developments. 

This book was published as a special issue of Southeast 

European and Black Sea Studies. 

Selected Contents: Preface Dimitrios Triantaphyllou 

1. The Security Paradoxes of the Black Sea Region Dimitrios 

Triantaphyllou 2. Geopolitics, (sub)Regionalism, Discourse and 

a Troubled ‘Power Triangle’ in the Black Sea Yannis Tsantoulis 

3. Towards a Comprehensive Regional Security Framework in 

the Black Sea Region after the Russia-Georgia War Oksana 

Antonenko 4. Geographical Blessing versus Geopolitical Curse: 

Great Power Security Agendas for the Black Sea Region and 

a Turkish Alternative Mustafa Aydin 5. The Impact of the 

Caucasus Crisis on Regional and European Security Nadia 

Alexandrova-Arbatova 6. The United States and Security in the 

Black Sea Region Stephen F. Larrabee 7. Russian and European 

Neighbourhood Policies Compared Andrew Wilson and Nicu 

Popescu 8. The European Union and Security in the Black Sea 

Region after the Georgia Crisis Sabine Fischer 9. Black Sea 

Security as a Regional Concern for the Black Sea States and the 

Global Powers Sergiy Glebov 10. Ukraine Needs to Decide its 

Strategic Alignment Jeffrey Simon 

February 2010: 246 x 174: 184pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56088-7: £80.00 



CoNFliCT resoluTioN 

CoNFliCT 

resoluTioN 

Handbook of Conflict 

Analysis and Resolution 

Edited by Dennis J.D. Sandole and 

Ingrid Sandole-Staroste, both at George 

Mason University, Washington DC, USA and 

Jessica Senehi and Sean Byrne, both at 

University of Manitoba, Canada, 

This major Handbook is a collection of work from leading 

scholars in the Conflict Analysis and Resolution (CAR) 

field. The central theme is the value of interdisciplinary 

approaches to the analysis and resolution of conflicts. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Core Concepts and Theories 

1. The Role of Identity in Conflict 2. Encountering Nationalism: 

The Contribution of Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 

3. Gender Relations and Conflict Transformation Among 

Refugee Women 4. Causation as a Core Concept in Conflict 

Analysis 5. The Challenge of Operationalizing Key Concepts in 

Conflict Resolution Theory in International and Subnational 

Conflicts 6. The Enemy and the Innocent of Violent Conflicts 

7. Identity Conflicts: Models of Dynamics and Early Warning 

8. Generativity-Based Conflict: Maturing Micro Foundations for 

Conflict Theory Part 2: Core Approaches: Conceptual and 

Methodological 9. Human Agonistes: Interdisciplinary Inquiry 

into Ontological Agency and Human Conflict 10. The 

Ethnography of Peace Education: Some Lessons Learned from 

Palestinian-Jewish Integrated Education in Israel 11. Waging 

Conflicts Constructively 12. A Social-Psychological Approach 

to Conflict Analysis and Resolution 13. Building Relational 

Empathy Through An Interactive Design Process 14. Building 

Peace: Storytelling to Transform Conflicts Constructively 15. A 

Capacity Building Approach to Conflict Resolution 16. Gender 

Mainstreaming: A Valuable Tool in Building Sustainable Peace 

17. Culture Theory, Culture Clash, and the Practice of Conflict 

Resolution 18. Conflict Resolution: The Missing Link between 

Liberal IR Theory and Realistic Practice 19. Understanding the 

Development-Conflict Nexus and the Contribution of 

Development Cooperation to Peacebuilding 20. Evaluation 

in Conflict Resolution and Peacebuilding 21. Toward a 

Conflictology: The Quest for Trans-Disciplinarity Part 3: Core 

Practices: Processes 22. Conflict Transformation: Reasons to 

be Modest 23. Mediation Frames/Justice Games 24. Interactive 

Conflict Resolution: Dialogue, Conflict Analysis and Problem 

Solving 25. Mediation and International Conflict Resolution: 

Analyzing Structure and Behavior 26. Ethical and Gendered 

Dilemmas of Moving from Emergency Response to 

Development in ’Failed’ States 27. Memory-Retrieval and 

Truth-Recovery 28. Shifting from Coherent Towards Holistic 

Peace Processes 29. Law and Legal Processes in Resolving 

International Conflicts Part 4: Alternative Voices and 

Complex Intervention Designs 30. Restorative Processes 

of Peace and Healing within the Governing Structures of the 

Rotinonshonni ’Longhouse People’ 31. Critical Systematic 

Inquiry in Conflict Analysis and Resolution: An Essential Bridge 

between Theory and Practice 32. From Diagnosis to Treatment: 

Towards New Shared Principles for Israeli/Palestinian 

Peacebuilding 33. Strategies for the Prevention, Management 

and/or Resolution of (Ethnic) Crisis and Conflict: The Case of the 

Balkans 34. The Perception of Economic Assistance in Northern 

Ireland and Its Role in the Peace Process 35. Conflict Resolution 

in An Age of Empire: New Challenges to an Emerging Field 

Conclusions Conclusion: Revisiting the CAR Field. Epilogue: 

Implications for Theory, Research, Practice and Teaching 

2008: 246 x 174: 576pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-43395-2: £125.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-57735-9: £29.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-89316-6 




new 

Democracy Promotion and 

Post-Conflict Reconstruction 

The United States and Democratic 

Consolidation in Bosnia and Afghanistan 

Matthew Alan Hill, Cardiff University, Wales 

Series: Democratization Studies 

This book investigates US foreign policy and tests the 

hypothesis that US government transition-inspired 

democracy promotion will successfully establish liberal 

democracy around the world. It features two detailed 

case studies exploring political liberalisation in Bosnia 

and Afghanistan. 

Selected Contents: 1. Setting the Scene 2. Motives for 

American Democracy Promotion 3. Examining USAID in 

Bosnia and Afghanistan 4. No Liberal Democracy, just an 

American Supported Formal Democracy 5. Can Formal 

Democracy meet the Objectives of the American Mission? 

6. Application of Research Findings to Other Cases: Iraq 

7. American Democracy Promotion and the Dawn of the 

Obama Era 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58892-8: £75.00 



new 

Pathways from Ethnic Conflict 

Institutional Redesign in Divided Societies 

Edited by John Coakley, University College Dublin, 

Ireland 

Series: Routledge Studies in Nationalism and Ethnicity 

This book breaks new ground by tracing conflict 

resolving strategies in a number of countries which are 

at varying stages along the path towards settling 

long-standing ethnic tensions. 

This book is published as a special issue of Nationalism 

and Ethnic Politics. 

Selected Contents: 1. Preface William Safran 2. Comparing 

Ethnic Conflicts: Common Patterns, Shared Challenges 

John Coakley 3. Belgium: Towards the Breakdown of a 

Nation-State in the Heart of Europe? Lieven De Winter and 

Pierre Baudewyns 4. Spain: Identity Boundaries and Political 

Reconstruction Francisco Jose Llera 5. Northern Ireland: From 

Multiphased Conflict To Multilevelled Settlement Jennifer Todd 

6. Bosnia: Dayton is Dead! Long Live Dayton! Roberto Belloni 

7. Cyprus: Domestic Ethnopolitical Conflict and International 

Politics Joseph S. Joseph 8. Lebanon: From Consociationalism 

to Conciliation Simon Haddad 9. South Africa: The Long 

View on Political Transition Adrian Guelke 10. Sri Lanka: 

The Challenge of Postwar Peace Building, State Building, 

and Nation Building S.W.R. de A. Samarasinghe 11. Ethnic 

Conflict Resolution: Routes Towards Settlement John Coakley 

July 2010: 246 x 174: 248pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55402-2: £80.00 



Routledge Studies in Peace and 

Conflict Resolution 

Series edited by Tom Woodhouse and 

Oliver Ramsbotham, both at University 

of Bradford, UK 

The Routledge Studies in Peace and 

Conflict Resolution series provides an 

outlet for some of the most significant 

new work emerging in the peace and 

conflict studies field. 

new 

Economic Assistance and 

Conflict Transformation 

Peacebuilding in Northern Ireland 

Sean Byrne, University of Manitoba, Canada 

This book examines the role of economic aid in the 

management and resolution of protracted ethnic 

conflicts, focusing on the case study of Northern Ireland. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Economic Assistance: 

Building the Peace in Northern Ireland 2. Economic Inequality, 

Civil Rights, and Working-Class Politics in Northern Ireland 

3. International Economic Assistance and the Economy of 

Northern Ireland 4. The Role of the International Fund for 

Ireland and the European Union Peace II Fund in Promoting 

Peace and Reducing Violence in Northern Ireland 5. Images 

of Bureaucratic Challenges 6. Images of Peacebuilding and 

Reconciliation 7. Images of Economic Development and 

Community Capacity Building 8. Conclusions: Economic 

Assistance and the Northern Ireland Conflict 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59481-3: £80.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83822-8 



new 

Governing Ethnic Conflict 

Consociation, Identity and the Price of Peace 

Andrew Finlay, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland 

This book offers an intellectual history of an emerging 

technology of peace and explains how the liberal state 

has come to endorse illiberal subjects and practices. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Anthropology, 

Cultural Pluralism and Consociational Theory 3. Essentialism 

and the Reconciliation of the Liberal State to Ethnicity 4. Is 

Ethnopolitics a Form of Biopolitics? 5. Consociationalism as 

a Form of Liberal Governmentality: ‘Single Identity Work’ 

versus Community Relations 6. Paradigm Shifts and the 

Production of ‘National Being’ 7. No Exit: Human Rights and 

the Priority of Ethnicity 8. ‘A Long Way To Get Very Little’: 

The Durability of Identity, Socialist Politics and Communal 

Discipline 9. Conclusion 

July 2010: 216 x 138: 168pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49803-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84731-2 



new 

Political Discourse and 


Debating Peace in Northern Ireland 

Edited by Katy Hayward, Queen’s University, Belfast 

and Catherine O’Donnell 

This book offers new insights into the close relationship 

between political discourses and conflict resolution 

through critical analysis of the role of discursive change 

in a peace process. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Political Discourse 

and Conflict Resolution Katy Hayward 2. Constructing 

Legitimacy in Political Discourse in the Early Phase of the 

Troubles Sissel Rosland 3. Finding Consensus: Political Discourse 

in the Republic of Ireland on the Troubles and Peace Process 

Catherine O’Donnell 4. Interpreting New Labour’s Political 

Discourse on the Peace Process Aaron Edwards 5. Discourse 

Worlds in Northern Ireland: The Legitimisation of the 1998 

Agreement Laura Filardo-Llamas 6. ‘Humespeak’: The SDLP, 

Political Discourse and the Peace Process P. J. McLoughlin 

7. DUP Discourses on Violence and their Impact on the Peace 

Process Amber Rankin and Gladys Ganiel 8. The Old Order 

Changeth – or Not? Modern Discourses within the Orange 

Order James W. McAuley and Jonathan Tonge 9. Continuity 

and Change in the Discourse of Republican Former Prisoners 

Peter Shirlow, Jonathan Tonge and James W. McAuley 

10. Imagining ‘A Shared Future’: Post-Conflict Discourses on 

Peace-Building Milena Komarova 11. Sectarian Demography: 

Dubious Discourses of Ethno-National Conflict Owen 

McEldowney, James Anderson and Ian Shuttleworth 12. ‘From 

Belfast to Baghdad…’?: Discourses of Northern Ireland’s ‘Model’ 

of Conflict Resolution Eamonn O’Kane 13. ‘The IRA Are Not 

Al-Qaeda’: ‘New Terrorism’ Discourse and Irish Republicanism 

Mark McGovern 14. Debating Peace and Conflict in Northern 

Ireland: Towards a Narrative Approach Adrian Little 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56628-5: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84249-2 



Transforming Violent 

Conflict 

Radical Disagreement, Dialogue and Survival 

Oliver Ramsbotham, University of Bradford, UK 

This book investigates 

intractable conflicts and their 

main verbal manifestation – 

radical disagreement – and 

explores what can be done 

when conflict resolution fails. 

Selected Contents: Prologue: 

Having the First Word Part 1: 

Radical Disagreement and 

Conflict Intractability 1. Radical 

Disagreement and Discourse 

Analysis 2. Radical Disagreement 

and Conflict Analysis 3. Radical 

Disagreement and Conflict Resolution Part 2: Taking Radical 

Disagreement Seriously 4. Methodology: Studying Agonistic 

Dialogue 5. Phenomenology: Exploring Agonistic Dialogue 

6. Epistemology: Understanding Agonistic Dialogue 7. Praxis: 

Managing Agonistic Dialogue 8. Re-entry: Feeding back into 

Conflict Settlement and Conflict Transformation 

Part 3: Radical Disagreement and the Future 9. Radical 

Disagreement and Human Difference 10. Radical Disagreement 

and Human Survival. Epilogue: Having the Last Word 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55207-3: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-55208-0: £23.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-85967-4 




CoNFliCT resoluTioN 33 


EU Conflict Prevention 

and Crisis Management 

Roles, Institutions, and Policies 

Edited by Eva Gross, Vrije Universiteit Brussels, 

Belgium and Ana E. Juncos, University of Bath, UK 

Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European 

Studies 

This book offers a comprehensive analysis of long and 

short-term EU conflict prevention and crisis management 

policies undertaken in various theatres and policy 

domains, featuring case studies on West Africa, 

Afghanistan and Morocco. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Eva Gross and Ana E. 

Juncos Part 1: Institutions 2. The Institutionalisation of the 

EU’s Conflict Prevention and Crisis Management Governance 

Regime Petar Petrov 3. Conceptualising the EU as a 

Civil-Military Crisis Manager: Institutional Actors and their 

Principals Nadia Klein 4. The Other Side of EU Crisis 

Management: A Sociological Institutionalist Analysis Ana E. 

Juncos Part 2: Policies 5. The European Union in West Africa: 

From Developmental to Diplomatic Role? Marie Gibert 6. The 

EU in Afghanistan: What Role for EU Crisis Management? Eva 

Gross 7. The EU’s Role in Georgia: Towards a Coherent Crisis 

Management Strategy? Giselle Bosse Part 3: Roles 

8. European Union Conflict Prevention and Crisis Management 

and the European Security Architecture Emma J. Stewart 

9. Transformative ESDP: The EU’s Refashioning on the World 

Stage Xymena Kurowska 10. Conclusion Eva Gross and 

Ana E. Juncos. Appendix 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57235-4: £75.00 






Edited by Stefan Wolff, University of Birmingham, 

UK and Christalla Yakinthou, University of Western 

Australia 

Conflict Resolution: Theory & Practice is an ambitious and 

original textbook, taking a multi-perspective approach to 

the study of conflict resolution in divided societies. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Stefan Wolff and 

Christalla Yakinthou Section 1: Theoretical Perspectives 

2. Power-Sharing/Liberal Consociationalism Brendan O’Leary 

3. Centripetalism Benjamin Reilly 4. Power Dividing Philip 

Roeder 5. Territorial Solutions Stefan Wolff 6. A Practitioner’s 

View Alvaro de Soto Section 2: Actors and Processes 

7. The Evolution of Diplomacy in Peace-Making William 

Zartman 8. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies: The UN 

John McGarry 9. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies: The 

EU Kalman Mizsei 10. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies: 

The AU 11. The Role of Activists: The Mano River Women’s 

Peace Network 12. The Role of NGOs Oleh Protsyk 13. The 

Role of Quiet Diplomacy John Packer Section 3: Case 

Studies 14. Northern Ireland Rick Wilford 15. Lebanon 

Michael Kerr 16. Cyprus Christalla Yakinthou 17. Kosovo 

Marc Weller 18. Indonesia Donald Horowitz 19. Afghanistan 

Wolfgang Danspeckgruber 20. Iraq Gareth Stansfield 

21. Sudan 22. Rwanda 23. Conclusion Stefan Wolff and 

Christalla Yakinthou 

June 2011: 246 x 174: 336pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56373-4: £75.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-56374-1: £25.99 



34 

CoNFliCT resoluTioN 

Statebuilding and Justice 

Reform 

Post-Conflict Reconstruction in Afghanistan 

Matteo Tondini 

Series: Cass Series on Peacekeeping 

The book provides an updated 

account of justice reform in 

Afghanistan, which started in 

the wake of the US-led military 

intervention of 2001. 


1. Introduction: Justice System 

Reform in Afghanistan 

2. Reforming Public Institutions 

in Countries Recovering from 

Conflict: A Brief Overview 

3. Justice Sector Reform in 

Countries Recovering from 

Conflict 4. The System of Justice in Afghanistan before the 

US Military Intervention of 2001 5. Phase One – From Tokyo 

to London: The ‘Lead Nation Approach’ 6. Phase Two – 

From London to Paris and Beyond: Implementing the Local 

Ownership Principle in Justice Sector Reform 7. Conclusion 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55894-5: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86578-1 



new 

International Statebuilding 

The Rise of Post-Liberal Governance 

David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK 

Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics 

This concise and accessible new 

text offers original and insightful 

analysis of the policy paradigm 

informing international 

statebuilding interventions. 

The book covers the theoretical 

frameworks and practices of 

international statebuilding, the 

debates they have triggered, 

and the way that international 

statebuilding has developed 

in the post-Cold War era. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Statebuilding 

Paradigm 2. The ‘Liberal Peace’ Critique of International 

Intervention 3. Rethinking the State 4. Post-Liberal 

Governance 5. The EU’s Export of ‘The Rule of Law’ and 

‘Good Governance’ 6. Security and Statebuilding: From 

Intervention to Prevention 7. Development as Freedom: From 

Colonialism to Climate Change 8. Race, Culture and Civil 

Society: Statebuilding and the Privileging 

of Difference 9. Conclusion 

August 2010: 216 x 138: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-42117-1: £75.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-42118-8: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-84732-9 




Political Economy of 

Statebuilding 

Power after Peace 

Edited by Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK 

and Dominik Zaum, University of Reading, UK 


Statebuilding 

This volume examines and evaluates the impact of 

international statebuilding interventions on the political 

economy of post-conflict countries over the past 20 years. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Mats Berdal and Dominik 

Zaum Part 1: Case studies 1. Iraq Toby Dodge 2. Kosovo 

Dominik Zaum and Verena Knaus 3. East Timor Anthony 

Goldstone 4. Afghanistan Anatol Lieven 5. Burundi Peter 

Uvin and Leanne Bayer 6. Haiti Robert Muggah 7. Sierra 

Leone Funmi Olonisakin 8. Sudan Peter Woodward and 

Atta al-Batahani 9. Georgia Neil MacFarlane 10. Macedonia, 

Kristof Bender Part 2: Cross-Cutting Themes: Institution- 

Building and Political Representationn 11. Constitutional 

Design Oisin Tansey 12. Electoral Processes Benjamin Reilly 

Economic Reform 13. Privatization and Property Rights 

Christopher Cramer 14. Public Finances 15. Corruption and 

Organised Crime Michael Pugh 16. Statebuilding, Inequality, 

and Stability Frances Stewart 17. Regulating Trade in Conflict 

Commodities Ricardo Soares Oliviera Statebuilding 

Approaches of Selected International Actors 18. The 

International Financial Institutions Susan L. Woodward 

19. The United Nations Mats Berdal 20. Regional Approaches 

to Statebuilding I: The European Union Richard Caplan and 

Spyros Economides 21. Regional Approaches to Statebuilding 

II: The African Union and ECOWAS Kwesi Aning. Bibliography 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 368pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60478-9: £80.00 



Forthcoming 

The Political Economy 

of Peacemaking 

Achim Wennmann, Graduate Institute of 

International and Development Studies, Switzerland 

Series: Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding 

This book focuses on the economic dimensions of peace 

processes and examines the opportunities and constraints 

for assisting negotiated exits out of conflict. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: Charting the Political 

Economy of Peacemaking 1. The Political Economy of 

Conflict and the Engagement Process 2. Economic Issues in 

Peace Negotiations 3. Economic Instruments and Mediation 

4. Natural Resources, Income Sharing, and War-to-Peace 

Transitions 5. Development Agencies and Business as 

Partners in Peacemaking 6. The Spoiler Challenge and 

Forward-Looking Peacemaking. Conclusion 

November 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58626-9: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83517-3 



PeaCe aNd 

CoNFliCT sTudies 

PeaCe aNd 

CoNFliCT 

sTudies 

Handbook of Peace and 

Conflict Studies 

Edited by Charles Webel and Johan Galtung 

This Handbook provides a 

cutting-edge and transdisciplinary 

overview of the main issues, 

debates, state-of-the-art 

methods, and key concepts in 

peace and conflict studies today. 


1. Toward a Philosophy and 

Metapsychology of Peace 2. Peace 

by Peaceful Conflict Transformation: 

The Transcend Approach 

Part 1: Understanding and 

Transforming Conflict 3. Negotiation 4. Mediation 

5. Former Yugoslavia and Iraq: A Comparative Analysis of 

International Conflict Mismanagement 6. Peace Studies and 

Peace Politics: Multicultural Common Security in North-South 

Conflict Situations 7. Disarmament 8. Nuclear Disarmament 

Part 2: Creating Peace 9. Peace and Conflict Counseling and 

Training: The Transcend Approach 10. Nonviolence: More Than 

the Absence of Violence 11. Human Rights / Peace Processes 

12. Reconciliation 13. Peace as a Self-Regulating Process 

Part 3: Supporting Peace 14. Gender and Peace: Towards 

a Gender-Inclusive Holistic Perspective 15. Peace Business 

16. Peace Journalism 17. Peace Psychology: Theory and Practice 

18. Rethinking Peace Education Part 4: Peace Across the 

Disciplines 19. Peace Studies as a Transdisciplinary Project 

20. The Spirit of War and the Spirit of Peace: Understanding 

the Role of Religion 21. International Law: Amid Power, Order 

and Justice 22. The Language Game of Peace 23. Peace and 

the Arts 24. Peace through Health? Conclusion 

2007: 246 x 174: 424pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-39665-3: £130.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-48319-3: £27.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-08916-3 




Liberal Peacebuilding and 

Global Governance 

Beyond the Metropolis 

David Roberts, University of Ulster, UK 

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict 

Resolution 

This book examines the limits to cosmopolitan liberal 

peacebuilding caused by its preoccupation with the 

values and assumptions of neoliberal global governance. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Praxis of 

Peacebuilding 3. Positive Peace and Social Justice 

4. Structural Reforms: The Institutionalized Path and 

the Evolutionary Path 5. Institutionalizing Positive Peace 

6. Peacebuilding, Governmentality and Human Security 

7. Conclusion. Bibliography 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49743-5: £75.00 




new 


War and Society 

Iraq and Afghanistan 

Edited by Steven Carlton-Ford, University of 

Cincinnatti, USA and Morten G. Ender, United 

States Military Academy, West Point, USA 

This new Handbook provides 

an introduction to current 

sociological and behavioral 

research on the effects of the 

wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. 

Selected Contents: Foreword 

Christopher Dandeker. 

Introduction Steven Carlton-Ford 

and Morton G. Ender Part 1: War 

on the Ground: Combat and 

Its Aftermath 1. Fighting Two 

Protracted Wars: Recruiting and 

Retention with an All-Volunteer Force Susan M. Ross 

2. Fighting the Irregular War in Afghanistan: Success in 

Combat - Struggles in Stabilization Brigid Myers Pavilonis 

3. Learning the Lessons of Counterinsurgency Ian Roxborough 

4. Twenty-First Century Narratives from Afghanistan: 

Storytelling, Morality, and War Ryan D. Pengelly and Anne 

Irwin 5. Two US Combat Units in Iraq: Psychological Contracts 

When Expectations and Realities Diverge Wilbur Scott, David 

McCone, and George R. Mastroianni 6. Capturing Saddam 

Hussein: Social Network Analysis and Counterinsurgency 

Operations Brian J. Reed and David R. Segal 7. Apples, Barrels 

and Abu Ghraib George R. Mastroianni and George Reed 

8. The War on Terror in the Early 21 Century: Applying Lessons 

from Sociological Classics and Sites of Abuse Ryan Ashley 

Caldwell and Stjepan G. Mestrovic Part 2: War on the 

Ground: Non-Combat Operations, Noncombatants, 

and Operators 9. Policing Post-War Iraq: Insurgency, Civilian 

Police, and the Reconstruction of Society Mathieu Deflem and 

Suzanne Sutphin 10. Policing Afghanistan: Civilian Police 

Reform and the Resurgence of the Taliban Mathieu Deflem 

11. Managing Humanitarian Information in Iraq Aldo Benini, 

Charles Conley, Joseph Donahue, and Shawn Messick 

12. Role of Contractors and Other Non-Military Personnel 

in Today’s Wars O. Shawn Cupp and William C. Latham, Jr. 

13. Evaluating Psychological Operations in Operation Enduring 

Freedom James E. Griffith 14. Armed Conflict and Health: 

Cholera in Iraq Daniel Poole 15. Iraqi Adolescents: 

Self-Regard, Self-Derogation, and Perceived Threat in War 

Steve Carlton-Ford, Morten G. Ender, and Ahoo Tabatabai 

Part 3: The War Back Home: The Social Construction of 

War, Its Heroes, and Its Enemies 16. Globalization and the 

Invasion of Iraq: State Power and the Enforcement of 

Neo-liberalism Daniel Egan 17. The Pakistan and Afghan 

Crisis Riaz Ahmed Shaikh 18. Mass Media as Risk- 

Management in the ’War on Terror’ Christopher M. Pieper 

19. Talking War: How Elite Newspaper Editorials and Opinion 

Pieces Debated the Attack on Iraq Alexander G. Nikolaev and 

Douglas V. Porpora 20. Debating Antiwar Protests: The 

Microlevel Discourse of Social Movement Framing on a 

University LISTSERV Mark Hedley and Sara A. Clark 

21. Making Heroes: An Attributional Perspective Gregory C. 

Gibson, Richard Hogan, John Stahura, and Eugene Jackson 

22. Making the Muslim Enemy: The Social Construction of the 

Enemy in the War on Terror Erin Steuter and Deborah Wills 

Part 4: The War Back Home: Families and Youth on the 

Home Front 23. Greedy Media: Army Families, Embedded 

Reporting, and War in Iraq Morten G. Ender, Kathleen M. 

Campbell, Toya J. Davis and Patrick R. Michaelis 24. Military 

Child Well-being in the Face of Mulitple Deployments Rachel 

Lipari, Anna Winters, Kenneth Matos, Jason Smith and Lindsay 

Rock 25. American Undergraduate Attiutdes Toward the Wars 

in Iraq and Afghanistan: Trends and Variations Morten G. 

Ender, David E. Rohall and Michael D. Matthews 

August 2010: 246 x 174: 320pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56732-9: £125.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84433-5 



new 

Routledge Handbook of Ethnic 

Conflict 

Edited by Karl Cordell, University of Plymouth, UK 

and Stefan Wolff, University of Birmingham, UK 

A definitive global survey of the 

interaction of race, ethnicity, 

nationalism and politics, this 

Handbook blends theoretically 

grounded, rigorous analysis 

with empirical illustrations, to 

provide a state-of-the art 

overview of the contemporary 

debates on one of the most 

pervasive international security 

challenges today. 

The contributors to this volume 

offer a 360-degree perspective on ethnic conflict: from 

the theoretical foundations of nationalism and ethnicity, 

to the causes and consequences of ethnic conflict, and 

to the various strategies adopted in response to it. 

Selected Contents: The Study of Ethnic Conflict: An 

Introduction Karl Cordell and Stefan Wolff Part 1: Context 

& Key Concepts 1. The Origin of Nations: Contested 

Beginnings, Contested Futures Jennifer Jackson-Preece 

2. Ideology and Nationalism Daniele Conversi 3. The 

Nation-State: Civic and Ethnic Dimensions Colin Clark 

4. Stateless Nations in a World of Nation States Ephraim Nimni 

5. Ethnicity and Religion Joe Ruane and Jennifer Todd 6. Race 

and Ethnicity Chris Gilligan Part 2: Ethnicity and Conflict 

7. Ethnicity as a Generator of Conflict Stuart Kaufman 

8. Democracy and Democratization Jenny Engstrom 9. The 

Causes and Consequences of Ethnic Cleansing Erin Jenne 

10. Genocide Jim Hughes 11. Debating Partition: Evaluating 

the Standard Justifications Brendan O’Leary 12. Irredentas 

and Secessions: Adjacent Phenomena, Neglected Connections 

Donald Horowitz 13. Conflict Prevention: A Policy in Search of 

a Theory or a Theory in Search of a Policy? David Carment and 

Martin Fischer 14. Managing and Settling Ethnic Conflict Asaf 

Siniver 15. Multilateral Frameworks for Conflict Resolution 

Eva Sobotka 16. Post-Conflict Reconstruction in Ethnically 

Divided Societies Monika Heupel Part 3: Accommodation 

and Conciliation 17. Deepening Democracy: The Role of 

Civil Society Ian O’Flynn and David Russell 18. Human Rights 

and Ethnopolitics Josef Marko 19. Territorial Approaches to 

Ethnic Conflict Settlement John McGarry and Brendan O’Leary 

20. Ethnic Accomodation in Unitary States Frans Schrijver 

21. National Cultural Autonomy David Smith 22. Centripetalism 

Benjamin Reilly 23. Power Sharing Stefan Wolff and Karl 

Cordell 24. Playing the Ethnic Card: Liberal Democratic and 

Authoritarian Practices Compared Sandra Barkhof 

September 2010: 246 x 174: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47625-6: £110.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84549-3 




PeaCe aNd CoNFliCT sTudies 35 


Textbook 

Peacebuilding 

From Concept to Commission 

Robert Jenkins, Birkbeck, University of London, UK 

Series: Global Institutions 

This book is about the origins 

and evolution of peacebuilding 

as a concept, the creation and 

functioning of the UN 

Peacebuilding Commission as 

an institution, and the 

complicated relationship 

between these two processes. 

Selected Contents: 1. Overview 

2. Birth of an Institution: The UN 

Peacebuilding Commission 

3. Peacebuilding: An Evolving 

Concept 4. Peacebuilding in 

Practice: Debating the Record 5. The Peacebuilding 

Commission in Action 6. Assessing the Peacebuilding 

Commission’s Performance 7. Theoretical Implications 

8. Conclusion and the Road Ahead 

June 2011: 216 x 138: 176pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77643-1: £70.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77644-8: £15.99 




Small Arms, Crime and Conflict 

Global Governance and the Threat of 

Armed Violence 

Edited by Owen Greene, University of Bradford, UK 

and Nic Marsh, PRIO, Oslo, Norway 


Resolution 

This book critically examines the nexus between 

arms availability and armed violence. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Owen Greene and Nic 

Marsh 1. The Tools of Insurgency: A Review of the Role of 

Small Arms and Light Weapons in Warfare Nicholas Marsh 

2. Small Arms and Light Weapons Spread and Conflict Mike 

Bourne 3. Lethal Instruments: Small Arms and Deaths in 

Armed Conflict Joakim Kreutz and Nicholas Marsh 

4. Regaining State Control: Arms and Violence in Post-Conflict 

Countries Joakim Kreutz, Nicholas Marsh and Manuela Torre 

5. Armed Violence within Societies Owen Greene 6. Causes 

and Costs of Gun Violence: A Critical Evaluation Thomas 

Jackson and Nicholas Marsh 7. SALW and Armed Violence 

in Urban Areas Valentina Bartolucci and Anna Kannewarff 

8. Guns, Goons and Gold as Burdens of a Fragile State 

Governing Small Arms and Light Weapons Ariel Macaspac and 

Owen Greene 9. Governing Small Arms and Light Weapons 

Owen Greene 10. Restructuring the Production of Small Arms 

and Light Weapons Dimitar Dimitrov and Peter Hall 11. What 

do the Natives Know: Are there Societal Mechanisms for 

Controlling SALW and other Idle Questions Michael Ashkenazi 

12. Post-Conflict Disarmament and Governance Owen Greene 

and Albert Boada 13. What do We Now Think We Know, and 

Priorities For Future Research Owen Greene and Nicholas Marsh 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56700-8: £75.00 



36 

PeaCe aNd CoNFliCT sTudies 

Cass Series on Peacekeeping 

Series edited by Michael Pugh, 

University of Bradford, UK 

This series examines all aspects of 

peacekeeping, from the political, operational 

and legal dimensions to the developmental 

and humanitarian issues that must be dealt 

with by all those involved with peacekeeping 

in the world today. 

Forthcoming 

Peace Operations and 

Organised Crime 

Enemies or Allies? 

Edited by James Cockayne and Adam Lupel, both 

at International Peace Institute, New York, USA 

This volume examines the relationship between 

international peace operations and organised crime – 

which in some cases are clear enemies, and in others, 

tacit allies. 

Selected Contents: Foreword Terje Rød-Larsen 

1. Introduction: Rethinking the Relationship between Peace 

Operations and Organized Crime James Cockayne and Adam 

Lupel 2. Framing the Issue: UN Responses to Corruption and 

Criminal Networks in Postconflict Settings Victoria K. Holt and 

Alix J. Boucher 3. Symbiosis between Peace Operations and 

Illicit Business in Bosnia Peter Andreas 4. Problems of Crime 

Fighting by ‘Internationals’ in Kosovo Cornelius Friesendorf 

5. Understanding Criminality in West African Conflicts William 

Reno 6. Peace Operations and International Crime: The Case 

of Somalia Roland Marchal 7. Organized Crime, Illicit Power 

Structures, and Threatened Peace Processes: The Case of 

Guatemala Patrick Gavigan 8. Winning Haiti’s Protection 

Competition: Organized Crime and Peace Operations Past, 

Present, and Future James Cockayne 9. Peacekeepers among 

Poppies: Afghanistan, Illicit Economies, and Intervention Vanda 

Felbab-Brown 10. Organized Crime and Corruption in Iraq 

Phil Williams 11. Closing the Gap between Peace Operations 

and Postconflict Insecurity: Towards a Violence Reduction 

Agenda Robert Muggah and Keith Krause 12. Conclusion: 

From Iron Fist to Invisible Hand – Peace Operations, Organized 

Crime, and Intelligent International Law Enforcement James 

Cockayne and Adam Lupel 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60170-2: £75.00 




UN Peace Operations and 


Learning Lessons From Haiti 

Eirin Mobekk, University of Bradford, UK 

This book looks at UN Peace Operations in Haiti and 

why they went so dramatically wrong first time around, 

resulting in much deep-seated conflict. 

Selected Contents: 1. UN Peace Operations: An Overview 

2. Haiti and the Need for Multilateral Interventions 

3. Disarmament, Demobilisation and Reintegration (DDR) 

4. Security Sector Reform 5. Justice and Reconciliation 

6. External Democracy Promotion 7. Sustainable Economic 

Development 8. Conclusion 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48086-4: £75.00 




Peacekeeping in 


Cosmopolitanism and the Globalization 

of Security 

Tom Woodhouse and Oliver Ramsbotham, both 

at University of Bradford, UK 

This book provides a comprehensive survey of the 

current levels of peace-keeping forces at global, regional, 

sub-regional and nation-state levels. The authors offer a 

census of peace-keeping capacity in the first decade of 

the twenty-first century and chart plans to develop this 

capacity. This provides an assessment of global capability 

for implementing the human security agenda that has 

recently emerged and been endorsed by the UN Security 

Council and member states. 

The book also has a normative dimension that identifies 

discourses about peace-keeping, peacebuilding and 

conflict prevention in the context of the national, regional 

and global locations in which they occur. This provides a 

qualitative and quantitative assessment of the likelihood 

of a new peace-keeping model emerging, based on 

cosmopolitan peace-keeping theory and practice. 

Selected Contents: 1. The Twenty First Century Conflict 

Environment 2. Peacekeeping Surveyed: Current Missions, 

Mandates and Challenges 3. America and the Caribbean 

4. Asia and Asia-Pacific 5. Africa 6. Europe 7. Russia and 

Central and Eastern Europe 8. Middle East 9. Cosmopolitan 

Peacekeeping and 21st-Century Conflict 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-44051-6: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-44052-3: £23.99 




Rethinking the Liberal Peace 

External Models and Local Alternatives 

Edited by Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh, Sciences Po, 

Paris, France 

This book presents a critical analysis of the liberal peace 

project and offers possible alternatives and models. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Assumptions and 

Illusions Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh Part 1: Theory and 

Critiques of Liberal Peace 2. Becoming Liberal, Unbecoming 

Liberalism: Liberal-Local Hybridity via the Everyday as a Response 

to the Paradoxes of Liberal Peacebuilding Oliver P. Richmond 

3. Peace, Self-Governance and International Engagement: 

A Postcolonial Ethic of Liberal Peacebuilding Kristoffer Lidén 

4. The Liberal Peace: State-building, Democracy and Local 

Ownership David Chandler Part 2: Liberal Democracy 

5. Democracy and Security: A Shotgun Marriage? Robin 

Luckham 6. What’s Law Got To Do With It? The Role of Law 

in Post-Conflict Democratization and Its (Flawed) Assumptions 

Michael Schoiwhohl 7. No Such Thing as Cosmopolitanism: 

Field-Dependent Consequences in International Administrative 

Governance and Criminal Justice Nicholas Dorn Part 3: 

Market Liberalism 8. Curing Strangeness in the Political 

Economy of Peacebuilding: Traces of Liberalism and Resistance 

Michael Pugh 9. Economic Dimensions of the Liberal Peace 

and its Implications for Conflict in Developing Countries Syed 

Mansoob Murshed Part 4: Case Studies 10. Reconstructing 

Post-2006 Lebanon: A Distorted Market Christine Sylva 

Hamieh and Roger Mac Guinty 11. Is Liberal Democracy 

Possible in Iraq? Amal Shlash and Patrick Tom 12. Conflicted 

Outcomes and Values: (Neo)Liberal Peace in Central Asia and 

Afghanistan Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh 13. Conclusion: Whither 

Liberal Peace? Shahrbanou Tadjbakhsh. Bibliography 

February 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60055-2: £75.00 



Forthcoming 

Conflict and Peacebuilding 

in Sri Lanka 

Caught in the Peace Trap? 

Edited by Jonathan Goodhand, School of Oriental 

and African Studies, University of London, UK, 

Jonathan Spencer, University of Edinburgh, UK 

and Benedikt Korf, University of Zurich - Irchel, 

Switzerland 


The period between 2001 and 2006 saw the rise and 

fall of an internationally supported effort to bring a 

protracted violent conflict in Sri Lanka to a peaceful 

resolution. A ceasefire agreement, signed in February 

2002, was followed by six rounds of peace talks, but 

growing political violence, disagreements over core 

issues and a fragmentation of the constituencies of the 

key parties led to an eventual breakdown. This book 

brings together a unique range of perspectives on this 

problematic and ultimately unsuccessful peace process. 

Selected Contents: 1. Caught in the Peace Trap? On the 

Illiberal Consequences of Liberal Peace in Sri Lanka Jonathan 

Goodhand and Benedikt Korf 2. Government-LTTE Peace 

Negotiations in 2002-2005 and the Clash of State Formation 

Projects Jayadeva Uyangoda 3. The Indian Factor in the 

Peace Process and Conflict Resolution in Sri Lanka S.I. 

Keethaponcalan 4. Superpowers and Small Conflicts: The 

United States and Sri Lanka Jeffrey Lunsted 5. The Military 

Dynamics of the Peace Process and Its Aftermath Chris Smith 

6. Would the Real Dutugemunu Please Stand Up? The Politics 

of Sinhala Nationalist Authenticity and Populist Discontent 

David Rampton with Asanga Welikala 7. Whose War? Whose 

Peace? The LTTE and the Politics of the North East Liz Philipson 

8. The Genealogy of Muslim Political Voices in Sri Lanka Nick 

Lewer and Mohammed Ismail 9. Politics of Market Reforms 

and the UNF-led Negotiations Sunil Bastian 10. Aiding Peace? 

An Insider’s View of Donor Support for the Sri Lankan Peace 

Process, 2000-2005 Adam Burke and Anthea Mulakala 

11. Muddling the Peace Process: The Political Dynamics of the 

Tsunami, Aid and Conflict Georg Frerks and Bart Klem 12. In 

the Balance? Civil Society and the Peace Process 2002-2008 

Oliver Walton with Paikiasothy Sarrabanmuttu 13. Reflections 

on an Illiberal Peace: Stories from the East Jonathan Spencer 

November 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46604-2: £80.00 





Conflict, Security 

& Development 

Editor: Dylan Hendrickson, King’s 

College London, UK 

Conflict, Security 

and Development 

provides an analytical 

and empirically 

informed treatment 

of the linkages 

between issues 

of security and 

development in 

contemporary 

international 

relations. It places 

emphasis on the 

need to examine issues of security and 

development in their mutual interaction 

rather than as separate areas of academic 

enquiry and policy-making. 


subscription information, please visit: 

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ccsd


Security, Development and 

Nation-Building in Timor-Leste 

A Cross-Sectoral Assessment 

Edited by Vandra Harris, Flinders University, 

Australia and Andrew John Goldsmith, University 

of Wollongong, Australia 

Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series 

This volume draws together the perspectives of 

practitioners, policy-makers and academics on the 

international efforts to rebuild the world’s newest nation. 

The contributors consider issues of peace-building, 

security and justice sector reform as well as human 

security in Timor-Leste, locating these in the broader 

context of building nation, stability and development. 

Selected Contents: Setting the Scene 1. The Struggle 

for Independence was Just the Beginning Vandra Harris 

and Andrew Goldsmith 2. The Nation-Building Agenda 

in Timor-Leste M. Anne Brown Society and Culture 

3. Women in the Post-Conflict Moment in Timorese Society 

Sara Niner 4. Anatomy of a Conflict: The 2006-7 Communal 

Violence in East Timor James Scambary 5. The Politics of 

Culture and the Culture of Politics: A Case Study of Gender 

and Politics in Los Palos, Timor-Leste Yvonne Corcoran- 

Nantes Justice, Law and Security 6. The Legal Profession 

in Timor-Leste’s Justice Sector Reconstruction: Opportunities 

and Restraints Andrew Marriott 7. Judicial Systems Monitoring 

Program Timor-Leste 8. Promoting the Rule of Law in 

Timor-Leste Laura Grenfell 9. Police Development Program: 

Lessons in Capacity Building Approaches Grant Edwards and 

Tess O’Donnell 10. Out of Step? Multilateral Police Missions, 

Culture and Nation-Building in Timor-Leste Andrew 

Goldsmith and Vandra Harris Economy and Demography 

11. Timor-Leste and the Resource Curse? An Assessment 

Andrew Rosser 12. Demography of Timor-Leste: A Brief 

Overview and Some Implications for Development and 

Security Gouranga Dasvarma 13. Timor-Leste’s Future 

Population Growth and its Economic Implications 

Udoy Saikia and Merve Hosgelen 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60124-5: £85.00 



Gender and Transitional Justice 

The Women of East Timor 

Susan Harris Rimmer, Australian National University 

Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series 

This book provides the first comprehensive feminist 

analysis of the role of international law in the formal 

transitional justice mechanisms. Using East Timor as a 

case study, it offers reflections on transitional justice 

administered by a UN transitional administration. Often 

presented as a UN success story, the author 

demonstrates that, in spite of women and children’s 

rights programmes of the UN and other donors, justice 

for women has deteriorated in post-conflict Timor, and 

violence has remained a constant in their lives. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: A luta continua! 

(The Fight Continues!) 2. Sexing the Subject of Transitional 

Justice 3. Cecelia Soares Recalls: East Timor as a Case Study 

4. Beloved Madam: The Indonesian ad hoc Human Rights 

Court 5. Wearing his Jacket: The Serious Crimes Process 

6. Women Cut in Half: The Commission for Reception, Truth 

Seeking and Reconciliation and the Limits of Restorative Justice 

7. Conclusion: ‘Operation Love’. Appendices. Bibliography 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56118-1: £80.00 




Political Violence in 

Post-Conflict Societies 

Remarginalisation, Remobilisers 

and Relationships 

R. Anders Nilsson, Uppsala University, Sweden 


Statebuilding 

This book compares post-civil wars societies to look at 

the presence or absence of organized violence, analysing 

why some ex-combatants return to organised violence 

and others do not. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Once a Solider, always a 

Soldier? 2. Remarginalisation, Remobilisers and Relationships 

3. Republic of Congo 4. Sierra Leone 5. Comparative 

Analysis 6. Conclusions. Bibliography 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57922-3: £75.00 




Textbook 

Theories of Violent Conflict 


Jolle Demmers, Utrecht University, the Netherlands 

This textbook introduces students of violent conflict to 

a variety of prominent theoretical approaches, and to 

examine the ontological stances and epistemological 

traditions underlying these approaches. 

In reviewing theories of conflict, this book takes the 

centrality of the group as actor in contemporary conflict 

as a point of departure. It demonstrates that a 

meaningful analysis of contemporary conflict should 

involve the study of (identity) group formation, 

dynamics of interaction and collective action. 

The book looks at: 

• What makes a group? 

• Why and how does a group resort to violence? 

• Why and how do or don’t they stop? 

This book aims to examine and compare the ways by 

which these questions are addressed from a number of 

prominent research perspectives: constructivism, social 

identity theory, structuralism, political economy, human 

needs theory, relative deprivation theory, collective action 

theory, and rational choice theory. The final chapter of 

the book aims to synthesize structure and agency-based 

theories by proposing a structurationist approach to 

violent conflict. 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55533-3: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-55534-0: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-86951-2 





Forthcoming 

Peace and Conflict Studies 

A Reader 

Edited by Charles Webel, University of New York 

in Prague, Czech Republic and Jorgen Johansen 

This Reader is a comprehensive and intensive introduction 

to the key works in the growing field of peace and 

conflict studies. 

The volume editors frame the discussion in an extensive 

introduction and provide short introductions to each 

section as well as suggestions for further reading and 

student questions. This book will be essential reading 

for students of peace and conflict studies and conflict 

resolution, and highly recommended for students of 

peace operations, peacebuilding, sociology, international 

security and IR in general 

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Meanings and History of 

Peace; The Advent of Peace and Conflict Studies Part 2: The 

Meanings and Nature of Conflict Part 3: The History of Peace 

and Conflict Part 4: Conflict Management, Resolution, and 

Transformation Part 5: Nonviolent Action and Social Change 

Part 6: Building Cultures and Paradigms of Peace 

May 2011: 246 x 174: 432pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59128-7: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-59129-4: £27.99 




Understanding Peace 

Research 

Methods and Challenges 

Magnus Öberg and Kristine Hoglund, both at 

Uppsala University, Sweden 

This textbook provides a comprehensive overview of 

different methods and sources of information-gathering 

for peace and conflict students and researchers, as well 

as the challenges presented by such work. 

Selected Contents: Preface Part 1: Introduction 1. Doing 

Peace and Conflict Research Kristine Höglund and Magnus 

Öberg 2. The Origins and Developments of Empirical Peace 

Research Peter Wallensteen Part 2: Finding and Evaluating 

Information 3. Guidelines for Source Evaluation Magnus 

Öberg and Margareta Sollenberg 4. Gathering Conflict 

Information Using Mass-Media Resources Magnus Öberg and 

Margareta Sollenberg 5. Local versus International Reporting 

on Violence: The Case of Burundi Frida Möller Part 3: The 

Process of Information-Gathering 6. Systematic Data 

Collection: Experiences from the Uppsala Conflict Data Program 

Lotta Harbom and Ralph Sundberg 7. In-Depth Interviews: 

Security, Access, and Emotion Karen Bronéus 8. Challenges 

for Comparative Field Research Kristine Höglund 9. Focus 

Groups: Safety in Numbers? Johanna Söderström 10. Survey 

Research: Measuring Attitudes in Post-War Societies Kristine 

Eck 11. Conclusions: Improving the Methods and Practices 

for Information Gathering Kristine Höglund and Magnus 

Öberg. Select Bibliography 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57197-5: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-57198-2: £23.99 



38 

PeaCe aNd CoNFliCT sTudies 


Peace and Conflict Research 


Peter Wallensteen, Uppsala University, Sweden 


Resolution 

This volume comprises essays on peace research by Prof. 

Peter Wallensteen, one of the leading scholars in the 

field over the past 30 years. 

Introduction Part 1: From Causes of War to Conflict 

Prevention Introduction 1. Incompatibility, Confrontation 

and War: Four Models and Three Historical Systems, 1816-1976 

2. Universalism vs. Particularism: On the Limits of Major 

Power Order 3. The Uppsala Conflict Data Program 

1978-2002 4. Reassessing Recent Conflicts: Direct and 

Structural Conflict Prevention Part 2: From Conflict 

Analysis to Academic Diplomacy Introduction 5. Dag 

Hammarskjöld and the Psychology of Conflict Diplomacy 

6. Security Council Decisions in Perspective 7. The 

Strengths and Limits of Academic Diplomacy: The Case 

of Bougainville 8. Seminariet som akademisk diplomati, 

[The Seminar as Academic Diplomacy Part 3: From 

Liberation to Peacebuilding: The Evolution of Sanctions 

Introduction 9. Characteristics of Economic Sanctions 

10. A Century of Economic Sanctions: A Field Revisited 

11. Positive Sanctions: On the Potential of Rewards and 

Target Differentiation 12. Sanctionxs for Conflict Prevention 

and Peacebuilding. Lessons Learned from Côte d’Ivoire and 

Liberia Part 4: From Machiavelli to Peace Research 

Introduction 13. The Origins of Peace Research 14. The 

Uppsala Code of Ethics for Scientists 15. Peace Research 

and Conflict Resolution 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58088-5: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-58089-2: £23.99 



new 

War, Peace and Progress in the 

21st Century 

Development, Violence and Insecurities 

Edited by Mark T. Berger, Naval Postgraduate 

School, Monterey, USA; University of British 

Columbia, Canada and Heloise Weber, University 

of Queensland, Australia 

Series: ThirdWorlds 

This book brings together 

contributions that revisit the 

dynamics and complexities of 

the history of war and peace in 

relation to the pursuit of 

progress. 

This book is published as a 

special issue of Third World 

Quarterly. 

Selected Contents: 1. War, 

Peace and Progress: Conflict, 

Development, (in)Security and 

Violence in the 21st century Mark T. Berger and Heloise 

Weber Part 1: The ‘Crisis’ of the Nation-State 2. The 

Failure of State Building and the Promise of State Failure: 

Reinterpreting the Security–Development Nexus in Haiti 

Kamil Shah 3. State Building or Crisis Management? A 

Critical Analysis of the Social and Political Implications of 

the Regional Assistance Mission to Solomon Islands Shahar 

Hameiri 4. What Sustains ‘Internal Wars’? The Dynamics of 

Violent Conflict and State Weakness in Sudan Benjamin R. 

Maitre 5. Realities of War: Global Development, Growing 

Destructiveness and the Coming of a New Dark Age? John 

Arquilla 6. The Logic of Warlord Politics Gordon H. 

McCormick and Lindsay Fritz 7. ‘Sons of the Soil’ and 

Contemporary State Making: Autochthony, Uncertainty and 

Political Violence in Africa Kevin C. Dunn 8. Violence and 

Victory: Guerrilla Warfare, ‘Authentic Self-Affirmation’ and 

the Overthrow of the Colonial State Sebastian Kaempf 

Part 2: The ‘Crisis’ of Global Development 9. Displacing 

Insecurity in a Divided World: Global Security, International 

Development and the Endless Accumulation of Capital 

Marcus Taylor 10. The Pedagogy of Global Development: 

The Promotion of Electoral Democracy and the Latin 

Americanisation of Europe Teivo Teivainen 11. Global 

Development and Human (In)Security: Understanding the 

Rise of the Rajah Solaiman Movement and Balik Islam in the 

Philippines Douglas A. Borer, Sean F. Everton and Moises M. 

Nayve, Jr. 12. The Rise of a Global God-Image? Spiritual 

Internationalists, the International Left and the Idea of Human 

Progress Sebastian Job 13. Securing the State and Developing 

Social Insecurities: The Securitisation of Citizenship in 

Contemporary Colombia Cristina Rojas 14. Contemporary 

Contradictions of the Global Development Project: Geopolitics, 

Global Ecology and the ‘Development Climate’ Philip 

McMichael 15. Human (In)Security and Development in 

the 21st Century Heloise Weber and Mark T. Berger 

October 2010: 246 x 174: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58859-1: £80.00 



Armed Groups and 

Contemporary Conflicts 

Challenging the Weberian State 

Edited by Keith Krause, Graduate Institute of 

International & Development Studies, Switzerland 

This book broadens our understanding of armed groups 

and their origins, evolution, violent dynamics, and 

relations with state power, through both conceptual 

analysis and case studies. 

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction: The Challenge 

of Non-State Armed Groups Keith Krause and Jennifer 

Milliken 2. Non-State Armed Actors, New Imagined 

Communities, and Shifting Patterns of Sovereignty and 

Insecurity in the Modern World Diane E. Davis 3. With the 

State against the State? The Formation of Armed Groups 

Klaus Schlichte 4. Grasping the Financing and Mobilization 

Cost of Armed Groups: A New Perspective on Conflict 

Dynamics Achim Wennmann 5. From Social Movement to 

Armed Group: A Case Study from Nigeria Jennifer M. Hazen 

6. Gangs as Non-State Armed Groups: The Central American 

Case Dennis Rodgers and Robert Muggah 7. The Role of 

Non-State Actors in ‘Community-Based Policing’ – An 

Exploration of the Arbakai (Tribal Police) in South-Eastern 

Afghanistan Susanne Schmeidl and Masood Karokhail 

8. Staging Society: Sources of Loyalty in the Angolan UNITA 

Teresa Koloma Beck 9. Explaining Patterns of Violence in 

Collapsed States William Reno 10. The Changing Ownership 

of War: States, Insurgencies and Technology Aaron Karp 

March 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57457-0: £75.00 




Textbook 

Thinking about War and Peace 

Denise DeGarmo and E. Duff Wrobbel, both at 

Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, USA 

Rich in pedagogy and clearly 

structured throughout, this 

textbook combines theoretical 

analysis with both historical and 

contemporary examples to 

explain, compare, and evaluate 

the various causal theories and 

moral frameworks that have 

been most influential in 

discussions of war. The book: 

• clearly distinguishes the major 

descriptive and normative 

theories of war 

• explains their historical/philosophical roots 

• illustrates the theories using historical examples 

• shows how theories relate to controversial 

contemporary cases. 

While there are several books related to the study of 

war and peace, none approach the topic from such a 

comprehensive viewpoint. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Pluralism 

1. The Clash of Civilizations 2. Ethical Relativism 3. Religion 

and War Part 2: Realism 4. Political Realism 5. Ethical 

Realism 6. Economics and War Part 3: Idealism 7. Political 

Liberalism/Idealism 8. Just War Theory 9. International 

Law and War Part 4: Cosmopolitanism 10. Biology, 

Psychology, and Economics 11. Virtues, Duties, and 

Consequences 12. Globalization and War. Conclusion 

June 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77372-0: £75.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77445-1: £23.99 




Atrocity and American Military 

Justice in Southeast Asia 

Trial by Army 

Louise Barnett, Rutgers University, USA 

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia 

This book is an examination of American army legal 

proceedings that resulted from a series of moments 

when soldiers in a war zone crossed a line between 

performing their legitimate functions and committing 

crimes against civilians, or atrocities. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: War in the 

Philippines 1. Mr. Root’s Atrocity Trials 2. The Real Atrocity 

Trials Part 2: American Prosecution of Japanese War 

Crimes in the Philippines 3. MacArthur and Yamashita 

Part 3: From Lanang to Danang: The Philippine War 

Writ Large in Vietnam 4. Anatomy of an Atrocity: Captain 

Vincent Hartmann and the Trial that Wasn’t 5. My Lai: 

Crossing the Line 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55640-8: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86157-8 



Mohajir Militancy in Pakistan 

Violence and Transformation in the 

Karachi Conflict 

Nichola Khan, University of Brighton, UK 


Synthesizing political, anthropological and psychological 

perspectives, this book addresses the everyday causes 

and appeal of long-term involvement in extreme political 

violence in urban Pakistan. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Post-Partition 

History of the Mohajirs in Sindh 3. The Transformation 

4. Partition Reprised: Grievance, Unification and Violence 

5. Women in the Homeland 6. Jamaat E Islami and the Ijt 

in Liaquatabad 7. Conclusion 

March 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55490-9: £80.00 



Forthcoming 

UN Sanctions and Conflict 

Responding to Peace and Security Threats 

Andrea Charron, Carleton University, Canada 

Series: Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict 


This book examines the UN Security Council’s experience 

with sanctions since the Cold War, and, in particular, the 

regimes adopted for particular types of conflict. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Security Council 

Working Methods 3. Interstate Conflicts and UN Sanctions 

4. Intrastate Conflicts and UN Sanctions 5. International 

Norm-breaking States and UN Sanctions 6. Non-State 

Sponsored Terrorism and UN Sanctions 7. Conclusions. 

Appendices. Bibliography 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59835-4: £75.00 



new 

Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict 

Edited by Mahendra Lawoti, Western Michigan 

University, USA and Susan I. Hangen, Ramapo 

College, USA 


Ethnic and nationalist movements surged forward in 

Nepal after the restoration of democracy in 1990, 

surprising observers who believed that ethnic harmony 

prevailed in the country. This book analyses the rise in 

ethnic mobilization, the dynamics and trajectories of 

these movements, and their consequences for Nepal. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Issues, Theories and Context 

1. Ethnic Groups and Mobilization: Theory and Reality in 

Nepal Mahendra Lawoti and Susan I. Hangen 2. Politics, 

Economy and Culture: Capitalism, Ethnicity, and the Rising 

Wave of Himalayan Communism in Nepal Mallika Shakya 

Part 2: Creating Identities and Forming Nations 3. The 

National Muslim Forum Nepal and a Nepali Muslim ‘Nation’ 

Megan Adamson Sijapati 4. Many Names for Mother: The 

Ethno-linguistic Politics of Deafness in Nepal Erika Hoffmann- 

Dilloway 5. Problems of Identity for Dalits in Nepal’s 

Nationalist Project Steven Folmar 6. This Land is Made out 

of our Ancestors’ Sweat and Labor: Dhimals’ Indigenism 

and Cultural Politics of ’Place Making’ in the Eastern Plains of 

Nepal Janak Rai Part 3: Rising Mobilization and Conflict 

7. The Changing Roles of Ethnic Parties Susan I. Hangen 

8. Nepal’s Madhesi Movement Pramod Kantha 9. The Muslim 

Madhesis: Coexistence of Religion and Ethnicity? Mollica 

Dastider 10. Rising Ethnic Mobilization and Conflict in Nepal 

Mahendra Lawoti Part 4: Future Prospects 11. Ethno- 

Demographic and Linguistic Federalism for Nepal Bal Krishna 

Mabuhang 12. Ethnic Mobilization and Future Political 

Challenges Mahendra Lawoti and Susan Hangen 

August 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78097-1: £80.00 




Violence and Resistance 

in Uzbekistan 

Matteo Fumagalli, Central European University, 

Hungary 

Series: Central Asian Studies 

This book examines the origins of the current waves of 

protest in Uzbekistan. The author analyses how these 

have changed over the years and provides an outlook 

into the country’s future. Arguing that the ‘Andijan 

events’ were not an isolated episode of resistance 

and/or repression in post-Soviet Uzbekistan, the author 

shows that they are simply the latest episode in the 

deterioration of state-society relations in Uzbekistan. 

Selected Contents: 1. Authoritarianism, Security and (in) 

Stability along the Silk Road 2. Uzbekistan’s Political System 

3. Opposition Politics in Uzbekistan from Birlik and Erk to 

Andijan 4. Continuity and Change in State-Group Relations 

5. Whither Uzbekistan? 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48093-2: £85.00 





Forthcoming 

Theory and Practice of 

International Mediation 


Jacob Bercovitch, University of Canterbury, 

New Zealand 

Series: Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict 


This volume brings together some of the most significant 

papers on international conflict mediation by Jacob 

Bercovitch, one of the leading scholars in the field. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature and Theory of 

Mediation 1. Social Research and the Study of Mediation: 

Designing and Implementing Systematic Archival Research 

2. Putting Mediation in Context 3. Mediation: A Review of 

Performance and Analysis of Behavior 4. The Study of 

International Mediation: Theoretical Issues and Empirical 

Evidence 5. Mediation Success or Failure: The search for the 

Elusive Criteria Part 2: Case Studies in Mediation 6. A Case 

Study of Mediation as a Method of International Conflict 

Resolution: The Camp David Experience 7. Conflict 

Management and the Oslo Experience: Assessing the Success 

of Israeli-Palestinian Peacemaking Part 3: Empirical Studies in 

Mediation 8. Is there Madness in the Method of Mediation: 

Research into the Conditions of Effective Mediation (with Scott 

Gartner) 9. Negotiation or Mediation? An Exploration of the 

Factors Affecting the Choice of Conflict Management in 

International Conflict (with R. Jackson) 10. Who Mediates: The 

Political Economy of International Conflict Management (with 

G. Schneider) 11. Why Do They Do it Like This: An Analysis of 

the Factors Influencing Mediator Behavior in International 

Conflicts (with A. Houston) Part 4: Current Issues in 

Mediation Research 12. Managing Ethnic Conflicts: The Role 

and Relevance of Mediation 13. Managing Ethnic Civil Wars: 

Assessing the Determinants of Successful Mediation (with K. 

DeRouen) 14. Culture and International Mediation: An 

Empirical Assessment (with O. Elgstrom) 15. The United 

Nations and the Mediation of International Disputes 

16. The Termination of Enduring International Conflicts: 

Theoretical and Empirical Considerations’ (with P. Diehl and G. 

Goertz) 17. Preventing Deadly Conflicts: The Contribution of 

International Mediation 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46958-6: £75.00 



40 

Media, War aNd seCuriTy 

Media, War aNd seCuriTy 

Media, War and Security 

Series edited by Andrew Hoskins, 

University of Nottingham, UK and 

Oliver Boyd-Barrett, Bowling Green 

State University, USA 

This book series will interrogate 

and illuminate the mutually shaping 

relationship between war and media as 

transformative of contemporary society, 

politics and culture. 


Hollywood and the CIA 

Media, Defense and Subversion 

Oliver Boyd-Barrett, David Herrera and 

James Baumann 

This book analyses representations in Hollywood film 

of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). 

The book examines movies sampled from the each of 

five decades: the 1960s, 1970s, 1980s, 1990s, 2000s, 

and explores four main issues: the relative prominence 

of the CIA; the extent to which these movies appeared 

to be overtly political; the degree to which they were 

favorable or unfavorable to the CIA; and their relative 

attitude to the “business” of intelligence. A final chapter 

considers the question: do these Hollywood texts appear 

to function ideologically to “normalize” the CIA? If so, 

might this suggest the further hypothesis that many CIA 

movies assist audiences with reconciling two sometimes 

fundamental opposites: often gruesome covert CIA 

activity for questionable goals and at enormous expense, 

on the one hand, and the values and procedures of 

democratic society, on the other. 

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78006-3: £75.00 




Military Media Management 

Negotiating the Frontline 

Sarah Maltby, City University, London, UK 

This book argues that we are moving towards an 

increasingly ‘Mediated War’, where the practice of war 

is enacted through, involves, and is dependent upon 

media reportage, from the strategic and political 

justification of a war campaign to the tactical ways 

in which it is actually conducted. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. What is Media 

Operations? 3. The Shaping of Military Media Management: 

Organisation through Interaction 4. The Aim of Media 

Operations: Mulitiple Audiences, Generating Responses 

5. Defining Military Action: Strategies and Limitations 

6. Performing Military Impression Management 

7. Reconfiguring the Battle Space: Impression 

Management and ‘Mediated War’. Bibliography 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58005-2: £75.00 



new 

Global Terrorism 

and New Media 

The Post-Al Qaeda Generation 

Philip Seib, University of Southern California, USA 

and Dana M. Janbek, Lasell College, USA 

Global Terrorism and New Media 

carefully examines the content of 

terrorist websites and extremist 

television programming to 

provide a comprehensive look 

at how terrorist groups use new 

media today. 

Based partly on a content 

analysis of discussion boards 

and forums, the authors share 

their findings on how terrorism 

1.0 is migrating to 2.0 where 

the interactive nature of new media is used to build 

virtual organization and community. Although the 

creative use of social networking tools such as Facebook 

may advance the reach of terrorist groups, the impact of 

their use of new media remains uncertain. The book 

pays particular attention to terrorist media efforts 

directed at women and children, which are evidence of 

the long-term strategy that some terrorist organizations 

have adopted, and the relationship between terrorists’ 

media presence and actual terrorist activity. This volume 

also looks at the future of terrorism online and analyzes 

lessons learned from counterterrorism strategies. 

This book will be of much interest to students of 

terrorism studies, media and communication studies, 

security studies and political science. 

Selected Contents: 1. Communicating Terror 2. High 

Tech Terror: Al Qaeda and Beyond 3. Terrorists’ Online 

Strategies 4. Targeting the Young 5. Women and Terrorism 

6. Terrorism’s Online Future 7. Responding to Terrorism 

August 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77961-6: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77962-3: £23.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-84537-0 




Radicalisation and the Media 

Legitimising Violence in the New Media 

Edited by Andrew Hoskins, University of 

Nottingham, UK, Awan Akil, Royal Holloway, 

University of London, UK and Ben O’Loughlin, 

Royal Holloway, University of London, UK 

This book examines the circulation and effects of 

jihadist discourse by analysing online and media 

coverage of radicalisation and acts of political violence, 

and audience responses. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Problem of 

Radicalisation 2. Jihadist Spaces of Legitimation 3. Antagonistic 

Media 4. Big Media: The Re-mediation of jihad 5. Audiences 

and Publics 6. Legitimising Jihadist Violence: The Yazidi Girl 

7. Conclusion: The Utility of De-Radicalisation? Bibliography 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55035-2: £75.00 



HuMaN seCuriTy 

HuMaN seCuriTy 



of Human Security 

Edited by Mary Martin, London School of Economics, 

UK and Taylor Owen, Oxford University, UK 

This Handbook will serve as a standard reference guide 

to the subject of human security, which has grown 

greatly in importance over the past 15 years, since the 

concept was first promoted by the UNDP in its 1993 

and 1994 Human Development Reports. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Concepts and 

Contexts 1. Birth of a Discourse 2. Filling the Security Gap: 

HS vs HR vs Human Development 3. Broad or Narrow: The 

Definition Debate 4. The Critical View of Human Security 

5. From Competition to Convergence: Human and National 

Security Part 2: Global Policy Challenges 6. Violence and 

Conflict 7. Development/Poverty 8. Disasters 9. Environment 

10. Economics and Human security 11. Health 

Part 3: Applications 12. Canada and Human Security 

13. Japan 14. European Union 15. African Union 16. US: 

Rethinking Counter Insurgency 17. Asia 18. Changing 

Violence in Latin America Part 4: Methodologies and 

Tools 19. Indicators: Sally Stares 20. Mapping 21. The Use 

of Force 22. International Law 23. Gendering Human 

Security 24. Psychology 

July 2011: 246 x 174: 384pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58128-8: £110.00 




Human Security, Transnational 

Crime and Human Trafficking 

Asian and Western Perspectives 

Edited by Shiro Okubo, Ritsumeikan University, 

Japan and Louise Shelley, George Mason 


Series: Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption 

This book offers a timely analysis of transnational crime, 

human trafficking and the impact on human security. 

Selected Contents: Preface: Origin and Objective of the 

Human Security Project Part 1: Human Security and 

Transnational Crime 1. Human Security and Transnational 

Crime 2. Transnational Organized Crime: The German 

Response 3. International Organized Crime Operating in 

Western Europe: The Judicial and Police Approach Against 

Organized Crime in the European Union 4. Canada’s New 

Concerted Efforts to Combat Transnational Organized Crime: 

New Concerns, Emerging New Enforcement Practices, and 

New Legislation 5. Japanese Crime Situation and 

Transnational Organized Crime 6. Drug Trafficking and 

Korea 7. Organized Crime Control and Drug Prevention 

Strategy: Thai Perspective Part 2: Human Security and 

Human Trafficking 8. International Human Trafficking: 

An Important Component of Transnational Crime 

9. The European Union Effort to Combat Illegal Migration, 

Smuggling and Trafficking in Human Beings: Impact on 

Spanish Law 10. Trafficking into the United States and 

Western Hemisphere from Asia 11. Current Situation of 

Migrant Women Employed in the Sex and Entertainment 

Sector of Korea 12. Japanese Experience and Response 

in Combating Trafficking 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-43701-1: £80.00 




new 

Human Security, Law and the 

Prevention of Terrorism 

Andrej Zwitter, University of Groningen, 

the Netherlands 



Combining social science research with legal sociology 

and international law, this book examines the important 

questions of which threats to human security lead to 

terrorism and what can be done by the international 

community in response. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Theories 

2. Working Definition of Human Security 3. An International 

Legal Perspective on Prevention of Terrorism and Human 

Security 4. Human Security Measurement 5. A Root Cause 

Approach for Political Violence 6. Ideology and the 

Mobilization of Terrorism 7. Capabilities and Opportunities: 

From Terrorism to Conflict Part 2: Application 8. Overview 

of Action by the UN on Terrorism Prevention 9. Humanitarian 

Aid’s Constrains of Adressing Root Causes 10. The 

Comprehensive Root Cause Approach: Application of 

the Framework Developed 11. Conclusion Appendices 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58201-8: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83979-9 



Truth Commissions and 

Transitional Societies 

The Impact on Human Rights and 

Democracy 

Eric Wiebelhaus-Brahm, University of Colorado, USA 


’This ground-breaking study 

of truth commissions is 

essential reading … Its 

mixture of qualitative case 

studies and quantitative 

analysis offers new rigor to 

the assessment of truth 

commissions. His findings, 

that truth commissions have 

negative effects on human 

rights in the near term, and 

negligible impact on 

democratization, should be 

carefully considered by practitioners and scholars 

of transitional justice.’ – Chandra Lekha Sriram, 

University of East London, UK 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Truth-Seeking as an Article 

of Faith 1. An Inconvenient Truth 2. Theorizing Truth 

Commission Expectations Part 2: Experiments in Truth 

3. South Africa’s Paradigmatic Truth and Reconciliation 

Commission 4. Chile’s Persistent Past 5. Truth and 

Peacebuilding in El Salvador 6. Historical Oblivion in Uganda 

Part 3: Truth Commissions in Cross-National Context 

7. Truth Commissions, Human Rights, and Democracy 

Around the World Part 4: The Promise and Pitfalls 

of Truth Commissions 8. The Consequences of Truth 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55321-6: £80.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-55322-3: £23.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-86202-5 



new 

Textbook 

2nd Edition 

Unspeakable Truths 

Transitional Justice and the Challenge 

of Truth Commissions 

Priscilla B. Hayner, International Center for 

Transitional Justice 

In a sweeping review of forty truth commissions, Priscilla 

Hayner delivers a definitive exploration of the global 

experience in official truth-seeking after widespread 

atrocities. When Unspeakable Truths was first published 

in 2001, it quickly became a classic, helping to define 

the field of truth commissions and the broader arena 

of transitional justice. This second edition is fully 

updated and expanded, covering twenty new 

commissions formed in the last ten years, analyzing 

new trends, and offering detailed charts that assess the 

impact of truth commissions and provide comparative 

information not previously available. 

Placing the increasing number of truth commissions 

within the broader expansion in transitional justice, 

Unspeakable Truths surveys key developments and new 

thinking in reparations, international justice, healing 

from trauma, and other areas. The book challenges 

many widely-held assumptions, based on hundreds of 

interviews and a sweeping review of the literature. This 

book will help to define how these issues are addressed 

in the future. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Confronting Past 

Crimes: Transitional Justice and the Phenomenon of Truth 

Commissions 3. Why a Truth Commission? 4. The Five 

Strongest Truth Commissions 5. Other Illustrative Truth 

Commissions 6. What is the Truth? 7. The Truth About 

Women and Men 8. Truth and Justice: A Careful but Critical 

Relationship 9. Truth Commissions and the International 

Criminal Court 10. Naming Names of Perpetrators 

11. Healing from the Past 12. Truth and Reparations 

13. Reconciliation and Reforms 14. Leaving the Past Alone 

15. When, How, and Who: Basic Questions of Methodology 

and Operations 16. Reflections: Looking Forward 

August 2010: 229 x 152: 376pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-87202-7: £95.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-80635-0: £25.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-86782-2 




resPoNsibiliTy 

To ProTeCT 

resPoNsibiliTy 

To ProTeCT 


Routledge Handbook of the 


Edited by W. Andy Knight, University of Alberta, 

Canada and Frazer Egerton 

This Handbook offers a comprehensive examination 

of the Responsibility to Protect norm in world politics, 

which aims to end mass atrocities against civilians. 

This Handbook will be the authoritative guide to the 

Responsibility to Protect. It gathers the most respected 

and insightful voices to address key issues related to 

this emerging norm. The chapters offer a comprehensive 

and coherent account of the development of the 

Responsibility to Protect, the issues that will likely 

determine the extent to which its achievements match its 

promise, and opinions about – and possible applications 

of – this norm in various regions around the world. 

This book will be of much interest to students of the 

Responsibility to Protect, humanitarian intervention, 

genocide, human rights, international law, international 

organisations, security studies and IR. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Concept 

of R2P 1. From Sovereign Responsibility to R2P 2. The 

Responsibility to Prevent 3. The Responsibility to React 

4. The Responsibility to Rebuild 5. The Journey within the 

Organisation: The Evolution of R2P and the United Nations 

6. NGOs and the Normative Architecture of the Responsibility 

to Protect 7. The Promise and Achievements of R2P 8. The 

Limits of R2P Part 2: Developing and Operationalising 

R2P 9. The Unfinished Business of R2P 10. Who Speaks for 

Whom? R2P and the Question of Authority and Thresholds 

for Action 11. Who Should Act? Collective Responsibility 

and R2P 12. R2P and Natural Disasters 13. Gender & the 

Responsibility to Protect 14. R2P and Protecting Children in 

Conflict Zones 15. The Need for Leadership 16. Mobilising 

the Troops: Generating the Political will to Act Part 3: The 

View from over Here 17. South Asia and R2 18. R2P in 

the Asia Pacific 19. Latin America and R2P 20. West Africa 

and R2P 21. R2P and the Horn of Africa 22. R2P in the 

Middle East. Conclusion 

April 2011: 246 x 174: 432pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60075-0: £125.00 



41

42 

resPoNsibiliTy To ProTeCT 

Global Politics and the 


Series edited by Alex J. Bellamy, Griffith 

University, Australia, Sara E. Davies, 

Queensland University of Technology, 

Australia and Monica Serrano, City 

University of New York, USA 

This book series aims to gather the best new 

thinking about the Responsibility to Protect 

into a core set of volumes that provides a 

definitive account of the principle, its 

implementation, and role in crises, reflecting 

a plurality of views and regional perspectives. 


The Responsibility to Protect 

in Latin America 

A New Map 

Edited by Monica Serrano, City University of New 

York, USA and Claudio Fuentes, Diego Portales 

University, Santiago, Chile 

This books assesses the opportunities for the normative 

and practical advancement of the Responsibility to 

Protect (R2P) in Latin America. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Claudio Fuentes and 

Mónica Serrano Part 1: Mapping the Responsibility to 

Protect in Latin America 1. Argentina and the R2P: 

Foreign Policy and Human Rights Carina Solmirano 2. Brazil, 

the R2P and the Shaping of Regional Order Marcelo Biato 

Fortuna 3. Small Country, Big Challenges: R2P in Chile’s 

Foreign Policy Claudio Fuentes and Claudia Fuentes 4. Costa 

Rica and R2P: Trailblazer or Mouthpiece of the North? Jorge 

A. Ballestero 5. Mexico and the R2P: from Non-Intervention 

to Active Engagement? Mónica Serrano and Diego Dewar 

6. Guatemala: A Test-case for the R2P? Manolo E. Vela 

Castañeda 7. Bolivia: Violence in Pando & the R2P George 

Gray Molina and Gustavo Bonifaz 8. Colombia: A Free-rider 

with a Vested Interest in the (Non)-Development of R2P? 

Diego Dewar and Annette Idler Part 3: Implementing the 

Responsibility to Protect 9. Preventing and Responding 

to Mass Atrocities: The Role of National Human Rights 

Institutions Thomas Pegram 10. Developing R2P Regional 

Institutional Capacities Thomas Legler 11. Latin American 

Responsibilities in Vulnerable States: The Case of Haiti 

Mónica Hirst. Select Bibliography 

May 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78221-0: £75.00 



Forthcoming 

Global Politics and the 


From Words to Deeds 

Alex J. Bellamy, Griffith University, Australia 

This book provides an in-depth 

introduction to, and analysis 

of, the issues relating to the 

implementation of the recent 

Responsibility to Protect principle 

in international relations 

Concentrating mainly on 

implementation challenges 

including the prevention of 

genocide and mass atrocities, 

strengthening the UN’s capacity 

to respond, and the role of 

regional organizations, this book introducing readers to 

contemporary debates on R2P and provides the first 

book-length analysis of the implementation agenda. 

The book will be of great interest to students of the 

responsibility to protect, humanitarian intervention, 

human rights, foreign policy, security studies and IR 

and politics in general. 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56735-0: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-56736-7: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-83716-0 



Forthcoming 

Humanitarian Intervention and 

the Responsibility to Protect 

Security and Human Rights 

Cristina G. Badescu, University of Toronto, Canada 

This book explores attempts to develop a more 

acceptable account of the principles and mechanisms 

associated with humanitarian intervention, which has 

become known as the ‘Responsibility to Protect’ (R2P). 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Humanitarian Intervention 

and the Responsibility to Protect Part 1: R2P’s Theoretical 

Weight 2. The Responsibility to Protect: Sovereignty and 

Human Rights 3. Who Authorizes Interventions? 4. Who 

Conducts Interventions? Part 2: R2P’s Practical Dimensions 

5. From Concept to Norm 6. From Normative Development to 

Implementation 7. Conclusion. Bibliography 

November 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58627-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83454-1 



Forthcoming 

The Responsibility 

to Protect 

Norms, Laws and the Use of Force in 


Ramesh Thakur, University of Waterloo, Canada 

This volume is a collection of the key writings of 

Professor Ramesh Thakur on norms and laws regulating 

the international use of force. 

The adoption of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) 

principle by world leaders assembled at the UN summit 

in 2005 is widely acknowledged to represent one of the 

great normative advances in international politics since 

1945. The author has been involved in this shift from the 

dominant norm of non-intervention to R2P as an actor, 

public intellectual and academic and has been a key 

thinker in this process. These essays represent the 

author’s writings on R2P, including reference to test 

cases as they arose, such as with Cyclone Nargis in 

Myanmar in 2008. 

Comprising essays by a key thinker and agent in the 

Responsibility to Protect debates, this book will be of 

much interest to students of international politics, 

human rights, international law, war and conflict studies, 

international security and IR in general. 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78168-8: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-78169-5: £23.99 




geNoCide 

new 

2nd Edition 

Genocide 

A Comprehensive Introduction 

Adam Jones, University of British Columbia 

Okanagan, Canada 

Genocide: A Comprehensive 

Introduction is the most 

wide-ranging textbook on 

genocide yet published. The 

book is designed as a text for 

upper-undergraduate and 

graduate students, as well as a 

primer for non-specialists and 

general readers interested in 

learning about one of 

humanity’s enduring blights. 

Fully updated to reflect the 

latest thinking in this rapidly 

developing field, this new edition: 

• drovides an introduction to genocide as both a 

historical phenomenon and an analytical-legal concept, 

including an extended discussion of the concept of 

genocidal intent, and the dynamism and contingency 

of genocidal processes 

• discusses the role of state-building, imperialism, war, 

and social revolution in fueling genocide 

• supplies a wide range of full-length case studies of 

genocides worldwide, each with an accompanying 

box-text 

• explores perspectives on genocide from the social 

sciences, including psychology, sociology, 

anthropology, political science/international relations, 

and gender studies 

• considers ’The Future of Genocide,’ with attention to 

historical memory and genocide denial; initiatives for 

truth, justice, and redress; and strategies of 

intervention and prevention. 

Written in clear and lively prose, liberally sprinkled 

with over 100 illustrations and maps, and including 

personal testimonies from genocide survivors, Genocide: 

A Comprehensive Introduction has established itself 

as the core textbook of the new generation of 

genocide scholarship. An accompanying website 

(www.genocidetext.net) features a broad selection 

of supplementary materials, teaching aids, and 

Internet resources. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Overview 1. The 

Origins of Genocide 2. State and Empire;War and Revolution 

Part 2: Cases 3. Genocide of Indigenous Peoples 4. The 

Ottoman Destruction of Christian Minorities 5. Stalin and 

Mao 6. The Jewish Holocaust 7. Cambodia and the Khmer 

Rouge 8. Bosnia and Kosovo 9. Apocalypse in Rwanda 

Part 3: Social Science Perspectives 10. Psychological 

Perspectives 11. The Sociology and Anthropology of 

Genocide 12. Political Science and International Relations 

13. Gendering Genocide Part 4: The Future of Genocide 

14. Memory, Forgetting and Denial 15. Justice, Truth and 

Redress 16. Strategies of Intervention and Prevention 

August 2010: 246 x 174: 656pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48618-7: £80.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-48619-4: £24.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-84696-4 




New Directions in Genocide 

Research 

Adam Jones, University of British Columbia 

Okanagan, Canada 

This edited books seeks to 

capture the range of new 

approaches, theories and 

case studies in the field of 

genocide studies. It unfolds 

in three sections: 

• The first section focuses on 

broad theories of comparative 

genocide, including a number 

of different perspectives. 

• The second section critically 

reconsiders core themes of genocide studies, including 

humanitarian intervention and the role of bystanders; 

and unfolds a range of challenging new directions, 

including the forcible transfer of children as a 

genocidal strategy, cultural genocide, the art and 

architecture of genocide, gender and genocide, 

structural violence, and the novel application of 

remote-sensing technologies to the detection and 

study of genocide. 

• The third and final section is case-study focused, 

seeking to place both canonical and little-known cases 

of genocide in broader comparative perspective. Cases 

analyzed include genocide in North America, the Nazi 

Holocaust, the Rwandan genocide of 1994, and the 

Indonesian genocide of 1965-66. 

The combination of cutting-edge scholarship and 

innovative approaches to familiar subjects makes this 

essential reading for all students and scholars in the 

field of genocide studies. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Jones 

Part 1: Theories 1. From Definition to Process: The Effects 

and Roots of Genocide Benjamin Lieberman 2. Genocidal 

Social Practices Daniel Feierstein 3. The Morality of Genocide 

Christopher J. Powell Part 2: Themes 4. Cultural Genocide: 

Destroying Material Culture, Destroying Identity Pamela De 

Condappa 5. Genocidal Masculinities Elisa von Joeden- 

Forgey 6. (In)visible Males: A Critical Assessment of UN 

Gender Mainstreaming Policies in the Congolese Gendercide 

Paula Drumond Rangel Campos 7. Tracking Evidence of the 

Genocide through Environmental Change: Applying Remote 

Sensing to the Study of Genocide 8. Genocide and 

Structural Violence: Charting the Terrain Adam Jones 

9. Moral Bystanders and Mass Violence Ernesto Verdeja 

Part 3: Cases 10. Revisiting the American Genocide Debate 

Benjamin Madley 11. Globalizing Nazi Crimes: A Postcolonial 

Reading of the Holocaust Jürgen Zimmerer 12. Colonialism, 

Ethnicity and Genocide in the African Great Lakes Region: A 

Transnational Approach Dominik J. Schaller 13. South Asia 

and Genocide: A Case for Prevention Benita Sumita 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49596-7: £75.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-49597-4: £22.99 




geNoCide 43 

The International Politics 

of Mass Atrocities 

The Case of Darfur 

Edited by David R. Black, Dalhousie University, 

Canada and Paul D. Williams, George Washington 



’This is an excellent volume: 

well-conceived, designed, 

researched and written; 

represents the very best 

of case-specific scholarship 

on the difficult (issue) of 

collective responses to 

genocidal conflict; (N)icely 

integrates IR theory and 

the details of this particular 

case. The study blends well 

broader concerns such as 

the existence and capacity 

of an ’international society’ and the tenaciously 

problematic case of Darfur. It gives the international 

response to Darfur a clear yardstick and we gain real 

insights into the challenges of the context and the 

failures of a robust and effective international 

response.’ – Tim Sisk, University of Denver, USA 

Selected Contents: Introduction: International Society and 

the Crisis in Darfur Paul D. Williams and David R. Black 

Part 1: Regional Politics 1. The Government of Sudan 

and the Darfurian Armed Groups I.D.F. and Munzoul Assal 

2. Regional Politics and the Darfur Crisis Lee J.M. Seymour 

Part 2: Multilateral Politics 3. The United Nations Security 

Council Michael MacKinnon 4. The African Union Cristina 

Badescu and Linnea Bergholm 5. The European Union Rory 

Keene and Asbjorn Wee 6. The International Criminal Court 

William A. Schabas Part 3: Bilateral Politics 7. The United 

States Scott Stedjan and Colin Thomas-Jensen 8. The People’s 

Republic of China Ian Taylor 9. The United Kingdom Paul D. 

Williams 10. France Bruno Charbonneau 11. Canada David 

R. Black. Conclusion David R. Black and Paul D. Williams 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55902-7: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-55903-4: £25.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-86217-9 



3rd Edition 

Century of Genocide 

Critical Essays and Eyewitness Accounts 

Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, 

Fayetteville, USA 

2008: 229 x 152: 672pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-99084-4: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-99085-1: £26.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-89043-1 



44 

geNoCide 

The Genocide Studies 

Reader 

Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, 

Fayetteville, USA and Paul R. Bartrop, Deakin 

University, Australia 

This thorough overview of all 

aspects of the field of genocide 

studies brings together for the 

first time classic and 

contemporary writings from 

some of the most noted 

scholars writing on genocide in 

the fields of genocide studies, 

political science, history, and 

sociology. 


Part 1: Definitions of Genocide 

Part 2: Theories and Causes of 

Genocide Part 3: Genocidal Crimes Part 4: The Complexities 

of the Prevention and Intervention of Genocide 

Part 5: Prosecution of Crimes Against Humanity 

and Genocide Part 6: Denial of Genocide 

2009: 254 x 178: 568pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-95394-8: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-95395-5: £27.99 



TerrorisM sTudies 

TerrorisM 

sTudies 



of Terrorism Research 

Research, Theories and Concepts 

Edited by Alex Schmid, Terrorism Research Initiative, 

Austria, Albert Jongman, Ministry of Defence, the 

Netherlands and Eric Price, International Atomic 

Energy Agency, Austria 

This book is a monumental 

collection of definitions, 

conceptual frameworks, 

paradigmatic formulations, and 

bibliographic sources, which is a 

vital resource for the expanding 

community of researchers on 

the subject of terrorism. 

This book will be essential 

reading for all students of 

terrorism, political science and 

Security Studies, as well as 

policymakers and professionals in the security field. 

Selected Contents: 1. Acknowledgments 2. Introduction 

Alex P. Schmid 3. The Problem of Defining Terrorism Alex P. 

Schmid 3.1. Appendix: 250 Definitions of Terrorism Alex P. 

Schmid and J. Easson 4. Typologies of Terrorism Sarah Marsden 

and Alex P. Schmid 5. Theories of Terrorism Bradley McAllister 

and Alex P. Schmid 5.1. Appendix: Hypotheses on Root 

Causes of Terrorism Alex P. Schmid 5.2. Appendix: Chronology 

of Al -Qaeda Communiques from Osama Bin Laden and 

Ayman al Zawahiri D. Holbrook 6. Databases on Terrorism 

Neil G. Bowie and Alex P. Schmid 6.1. World Directory of 

Extremist, Terrorist and other Organizations Associated with 

Guerrilla Warfare, Political Violence, Protest and Organized 

and Cyber Crime A.J. Jongman 6.2 Library and Internet 

Resources for Research on Terrorism E. Price 7. The Literature 

of Terrorism Alex P.Schmid 8. Bibliography of Terrorism Gillian 

Duncan and Alex P. Schmid 9. Glossary and List of Acronyms 

on Terrorism and Counter-Terrorism Alex P. Schmid 

March 2011: 246 x 174: 696pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-41157-8: £125.00 



Cass Series on Political Violence 

Series edited by Paul Wilkinson, 

University of St. Andrews, UK and 

David Rapoport, UCLA, USA 

This book series is a useful taxonomy of 

terror and violence through comparative 

and historical analysis in both national 

and international spheres. Each book 

discusses origins, organisational dynamics 

and outcomes of particular forms and 

expressions of political violence. 

2nd Edition 

Terrorism Today 

Christopher C. Harmon 

’… a masterly survey of 

the big picture of world 

violence… provides many 

useful strategy 

recommendations which 

Western governments would 

do well to study.’ – Times 

Literary Supplement 

‘This is a remarkably 

comprehensive survey and 

a helpful reference, including 

valuable resources such as 

basic information about the major international 

organizations and a glossary of terrorist groups 

at the end.’ – Joint Force Quarterly 

Selected Contents: Foreword Paul Wilkinson. Introduction 

1. Politics and Policies 2. Strategies of Terrorist Groups 

3. Operations: Funding Terror 4. Technologies and Tactics 

5. Counterterrorism 6. How Terror Groups End. Glossary 

of Terrorist Groups 

2007: 246 x 174: 248pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77300-3: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77301-0: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-93358-9 




Democracy and the 

War on Terror 

Civil Liberties and the Fight Against Terrorism 

Leonard Weinberg and William Eubank, both 

at University of Nevada, Reno, USA 

This new volume focuses on the relationships between 

democratic government, open societies and political 

terrorism. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Terrorism and the New 

Democracies 3. Terrorism in Long-Established Democracies 

4. Terrorism and the Breakdown of Democracy 5. The Price 

Democracies Pay for Fighting Terrorism 6. Conclusions 

January 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77033-0: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77034-7: £23.99 




Understanding Terrorism 

and Political Violence 

The Life Cycle of Birth, Growth, 

Transformation, and Demise 

Dipak K. Gupta, San Diego State University, USA 

’Highly recommended’ – R.G. 

Mainuddin, Choice 

’Reading this book, it is clear 

that it is a labor of love. A 

combination of personal 

detail (a terrific opening 

section that will surprise 

many familiar with his 

previous work), literary 

observations, crossdisciplinary 

references 

that never feel clumsily 

juxtaposed, and examples 

drawn from across conceptual boundaries provide 

the reader with a richly potent stew of material to 

contemplate. What Gupta ultimately provides in 

his dynamic conceptual framework is a research 

agenda, rich for potential hypothesis testing. 

Gupta rises to the challenge laid down by Walter 

Reich and others in terrorism studies by moving 

beyond the confines of individual disciplinary 

perspectives, and for that alone should be praised. 

That he does so by providing a thoughtful, learned 

volume is even more reason to read this important 

and essential book.’ – John Horgan, Pennsylvanian 

State University, USA 

Selected Contents: Foreword Martha Crenshaw. 

Introduction. Theories on Origins of Movements. Selfish 

Altruist: Modeling the Mind of a Terrorist. The Dynamics of 

Dissent: A Theoretical Perspective. Faith, Nationalism, and 

Class Warfare: Birth of a Movement. Growth of Rebellion. 

A Marriage Made in Hell? Terrorism and Organized Crime. 

Terrorism’s Trap: A Winnable War? Appendix A. Appendix B 

2008: 234 x 156: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77164-1: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77165-8: £23.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-93027-4 




Irish Republican Terrorism 

and Politics 

A Comparative Study of the Official 

and the Provisional IRA 

Kacper Rekawek, Warsaw School of Social Sciences 

and Humanities, Poland 

This book examines the post-ceasefire evolutions and 

histories of the main Irish republican terrorist factions, 

and the interconnected character of politics and 

militarism within these. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Official 

Republican Movement: Military Evolution 1972-92 

3. The Provisional Republican Movement: Military Evolution 

1994-2005 4. Thematic Analysis of Official Republican and 

Provisional Republican Post-Ceasefire Militarism 5. The 

Official Republican Movement: Political Evolution 1972-92 

6. The Provisional Republican Movement: Political Evolution 

1994-2005 7. Thematic Analysis of Official Republican and 

Provisional Republican Post-Ceasefire Politics 8. Conclusions. 

Bibliography 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58801-0: £75.00 



Leaving Terrorism Behind 

Individual and Collective Disengagement 

Edited by Tore Bjorgo, Norwegian Institute of 

International Affairs (NUPI), Oslo, Norway and 

John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA 

While there has been a 

growing awareness of the 

need to understand and prevent 

processes of radicalization into 

terrorism, disengagement and 

deradicalization from terrorism 

have long been neglected areas 

in research on terrorism. This 

book uses empirical data to 

explore how and why individuals 

and groups disengage from 

terrorism, and what can be 

done to facilitate it. 

Selected Contents: Foreword 1. Introduction Tore Bjørgo 

and John Horgan Part 1: Processes 2. Individual 

Disengagement: A Psychological Analysis John Horgan 

3. Processes of Disengagement from Violent Groups of the 

Extreme Right Tore Bjørgo 4. How Terrorist Campaigns End 

Audrey Kurth Cronin 5. Leaving Left-Wing Terrorism in Italy: 

A Sociological Analysis Donatella della Porta 6. Leaving 

Terrorism Behind in Northern Ireland and the Basque Country: 

Reassessing Anti-Terrorist Policies and the ’Peace Processes’ 

Rogelio Alonso 7. The Renunciation of Violence by Egyptian 

Jihadi Organisations Diaa Rashwan Part 2: Programmes 

8. Exit from Right-Wing Extremist Groups: Lessons from 

Disengagement Programmes in Norway, Sweden and Germany 

Tore Bjørgo, Sara Grunenberg and Jaap van Donselaar 

9. Disengagement and Beyond: A Case Study of Demobilization 

in Colombia Marcella Ribetti 10. De-Radicalisation and 

Rehabilitation Programmes Targeting Militant Jihadists: 

An Overview Richard Barrett and Laila Bokhari 11. Opening 

up the Jihadi Debate: Yemen’s Committee for Dialogue 

Christopher Boucek, Shazadi Beg, and John Horgan 12. The 

Rehabilitation of Jemaah Islamiyah Detainees in Southeast 

Asia: A Preliminary Assessment Zachary Abuza 13. Extremist 

Reeducation and Rehabilitation in Saudi Arabia Christopher 

Boucek 14. Pakistan: In Search of a Disengagement Strategy 

Shazadi Beg and Laila Bokhari Part 3: Conclusions 

15. Conclusions Tore Bjørgo and John Horgan 

2008: 234 x 156: 328pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77667-7: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77668-4: £23.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-88475-1 




TerrorisM sTudies 45 


Conducting Terrorism 

Field Research 

A Guide 

Edited by Adam Dolnik, University of Wollongong, 

Australia 

Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies 

This book offers a detailed and practically oriented guide 

to the challenges of conducting terrorist fieldwork. 

The past decade has seen an explosion of research into 

terrorism. However, while there is an increasing interest 

among terrorism specialists in conducting such research, 

there is no single volume providing prospective field 

researchers with a guideline to such work. 

This edited volume aims to fill this gap and offers 

a collection of articles from experienced authors 

representing different risk groups, disciplines, 

methodological approaches, regional specializations, 

and other context-specific aspects. Each contributor 

provides a road-map to their own research, describing 

planning and preparation phases, the formalities 

involved in getting into conflict zones, gaining access to 

sources, managing contacts, interviewing militants in the 

field, detailed discussion on the risks involved, ethical 

dilemmas, translation issues, effective interviewing and 

rapport-building steps, and other practical aspects of 

conducting field research. The text will also help 

researchers set realistic expectations of how the process 

of interviewing militants and secretive government 

sources in conflict zones is organized, what the likely 

outcomes are, and assist with many other practical issues 

such as how to navigate through challenges posed by 

government forces unsympathetic to researchers, how 

to reduce risk of physical harm when travelling in conflict 

zones, how to behave at hostile checkpoints, how to 

answer specific questions militants tend to ask prior and 

during interviews. The end product is a ’how to’ guide 

to field research on terrorism, which will be of much 

value to terrorism experts and novices alike, providing 

detailed insights into the challenges and obstacles in 

doing field research on terrorism, as well as advice on 

how these can be overcome. 

This book will be of much interest to students and 

researchers of terrorism studies, war and conflict studies, 

criminology, IR and security studies. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Dolnik 1. The 

Need for Field Research on Terrorism Adam Dolnik 2. A 

More Accessible Population?: Interviewing Former Terrorists 

John Horgan 3. Field Research on Counterterrorism: 

Interviewing Government Sources Brian Jackson and Lindsey 

Clutterbuck 4. Interviewing al Qaida Jason Burke and Peter 

Bergen 5. The Participant Observer Method Keith Akins and 

Gerard Chaliand 6. The Use of Surveys in Field Research 

on Terrorism Christine Fair 7. Field Research on Terrorism 

in Colombia Michael Kenney 8. Field Research on Terrorism 

in Africa Anneli Botha 9. Field Research on Terrorism in 

Southeast Asia 10. Researching Terrorism in Pakistan: An 

Insider’s Perspective Amir Rana 11. Interviewing Islamist 

Militants as a Woman 12. How to Research ’Us’?: A 

Terrorists’ Perspective Conclusions: Researching Terrorism 

in the Field: A ’How To’ Guide Adam Dolnik 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60930-2: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-60931-9: £23.99 



46 


Walking Away from 

Terrorism 

Accounts of Disengagement from Radical 

and Extremist Movements 

John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA 

‘John Horgan’s meticulous 

research breaks new ground. 

His acute understanding of 

the complex factors that 

can lead to disillusion and 

withdrawal from terrorism 

makes this book an 

indispensable source for 

academics and security 

professionals.’ – Paul Wilkinson, 

University of St. Andrews, UK 

Selected Contents: Foreword. 

Preface: A Personal Reflection on 

Fieldwork 1. Qualities Are Not Causes 2. How, When and 

Why Terrorism Ends 3. ’Prison was a good thing’ 4. ’I 

volunteered’ 5. ’There is no conscious decision’ 6. ’A step 

too far’ 7. ’They were once my people’ 8. ’I don’t believe 

in integration’ 9. Conclusions Bibliography 

2009: 234 x 156: 216pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-43943-5: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-43944-2: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-87473-8 



new 

Fault Lines in Global Jihad 

Organizational, Strategic and Ideological 

Fissures 

Edited by Assaf Moghadam and Brian Fishman, 

both at US Military Academy, West Point, USA 

This book is a detailed discussion of the internal 

problems and weaknesses of the global jihad movement 

led by Al-Qaeda. 

Selected Contents: Foreword Gen. (R) John P. Abizaid 

1. Mapping the Global Jihad’s Endogenous Problems: A 

Conceptual Framework Assaf Moghadam and Brian Fishman 

Part 1: Strategy, Tactics, and Ideology 2. Takfir and 

Violence against Muslims Mohammed Hafez 3. Strategists vs. 

Doctrinarians Brynjar Lia 4. Strategic Fissures: The Near vs. Far 

Enemy Debate Steven Brooke 5. Ideological Fissures: Al Qaeda 

and the Revisionists Part 2: Relationships with Other 

Muslim Groups 6. Global Jihad vs. Muslim Brotherhood 

Marc Lynch 7. Global Jihad vs. the Shia Bernard Haykel 

8. Global Jihad vs. Hamas Reuven Paz 9. Global Jihad vs. 

Non-Arab Muslim Allies Anne Stenersen Part 3: Challenges 

of Global Organization 10. Al Qaeda Central vs. Local 

Affiliates Vahid Brown 11. Fault Lines in Cyberspace: Discord 

in the Jihadist Web Forums Scott Sanford Part 4: Conclusion 

10. Prospects for Exploiting the Jihadi Movement’s Challenges 

Brian Fishman and Assaf Moghadam 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58624-5: £75.00 



Negotiating with Terrorists 

Strategy, Tactics, and Politics 

Guy Olivier Faure, Sorbonne University, Paris, 

France and I. William Zartman, Johns Hopkins 


This edited volume addresses the important question of 

negotiating with terrorists, and offers recommendations 

for best practice and processes. 

Selected Contents: Introduction G.O. Faure and I. William 

Zartman Part 1: How to Negotiate: Kidnapping the 

Kidnappers Introductionto Part 1 1. Guidelines for 

Negotiators with Terrorists Laurent Combalbert 2. Quantitative 

and Qualitative Aspects of Kidnapping and Hostage Negotiation 

Alex Schmid and P. Flemming 3. Talking to the Devil David 

Pinder Part 2: Practical/Tactical: Freeing the Hostages 

Introduction to Part 2 4. Terrorist Negotiating Strategy in 

Lebanon Karen Feste 5. Negotiating in Beslan and Beyond 

Adam Dolnik 6. Negotiating Visible and Hidden Agendas 

Victor Kremenyuk 7. Negotiating The Grand Swap in 

Khandahar P. Sahadevan Part 3: Conclusions 8. Lessons 

for Practice G.O. Faure and I. William Zartman. Bibliography 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56629-2: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85559-1 



Forthcoming 

Terrorism, Identity, 

and Legitimacy 

The Four Waves Theory and Political Violence 

Edited by Jean Rosenfeld 

This book argues that terrorism in the modern world 

has occurred in four ’waves’ of forty years each. It 

offers evidence-based explanations of terrorism, national 

identity, and political legitimacy by leading scholars 

from various disciplineswith contrasting perspectives 

on political violence. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Meaning of Political 

Violence Jean E. Rosenfeld Part 1: The Four Waves Theory 

and Global Terrorism 1. Looking for Waves of Terrorism 

Karen Rasler and William R. Thompson 2. Waves of 

International Terrorism: An Explanation of the Process by 

which Ideas Flood the World Dipak K. Gupta 3. Technological 

and Lone Operator Terrorism: Prospects for a Fifth Wave of 

Global Terrorism Jeffrey D. Simon 4. David Rapoport and the 

Study of Religiously-Motivated Terrorism Jeffrey Kaplan 

Part 2: Terrorism: A Closer View 5. Ripples in the Waves: 

Fantasies and Fashions Marc Sageman 6. The Fourth Terrorism 

Wave: Is There a Religious Exception? Michael Barkun 7. The 

Fourth Wave: Comparison of Jewish and Other Manifestations 

of Religious Terrorism Ami Pedahzur and Arie Perliger 8. Action, 

Reaction, and Overreaction: Assessing the Impact of Terrorism 

upon States John Mueller 9. Backlash: Reactions against 

Terrorism Studies Leonard Weinberg and William Eubank 

Part 3: Identity, Legitimacy, and Political Violence 

10. Before the Bombs There Were the Mobs: American 

Experiences with Terror David C. Rapoport 11. The Politics 

of Collective Identity: Contested Israeli Nationalisms Myron J. 

Aronoff 12. South Africa’s Paradox of Violence and Legitimacy 

Barry M. Schutz 13. Legitimacy, Culture of Political Violence 

and Violence of Culture in Ethiopia Negussay Ayele 

14. Contextual Issues in the Study of Domestic Violence: 

A Malawi Case Study Ralph A. Young 15. The Myth of 

Institutional Violence Ivan Strenski 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57857-8: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83432-9 




State Terrorism and 

Human Rights 

International Responses since the Cold War 

Paul Wilkinson, University of St Andrews, UK 

This book aims to improve our 

understanding of the broad 

trends in the use of political 

violence by examining the use 

of state terror in world politics. 

There are numerous military 

regimes and other forms of 

dictatorship where the use of 

terror techniques for internal 

control is routine. While there 

are some effective multilateral 

measures that can be taken to 

discourage and reduce state 

sponsorship of terrorism as a weapon of intervention in 

foreign states, the international community generally 

and the major democracies in combination face huge 

difficulties in attempting to influence those regimes that 

are inflicting major human rights violations on their own 

populations. For most states, the international norms of 

non-intervention have tended to restrict government 

and IGOs to expressions of humanitarian concern, 

condemnatory resolutions at the UN, and perhaps 

support for international economic sanctions against 

the offending regime. 

This book will analyse the major types of international 

response to state terror since the Cold War and their 

outcomes and wider implications for the future of 

international relations. The conclusion will attempt to 

develop proposals for more effective international 

responses to state terror in full capability with 

international law and the protection of human rights. 

Selected Contents: 1. Concept and Typology of Regime Terror 

2. Regime Terror as a Political Weapon in Modern History 

3. Trends in the use of Terror by States Since the End of the 

Cold War 4. Obstacles to International Action against State 

Terror in the Post-Cold War International System 5. The Case 

of Saddam Hussein’s Terror against the Kurds and the 

International Response 6. Indonesian Terror against East Timor 

Separatists and the International Response 7. The Use of 

State Terror in Former Yugoslavia and the International Response 

8. Terror in Rwanda in 1994 and the Failure of International 

Response 9. Conclusions: Towards a More Effective International 

Response to State Terror, based on Democratic Principles and 

the Protection of Human Rights. Bibliography. Index 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47423-8: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-47424-5: £21.99 



Terrorist Groups and 

the New Tribalism 

Terrorism’s Fifth Wave 

Jeffrey Kaplan, University of Wisconsin, USA 

The central focus of this book is a small but vitally important 

group of movements that constitute a distinct ’fifth 

wave’ of modern terrorism, here called the ’New Tribalism’. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Theory 

1. Terrorism and Religious Violence 2. Rapoport’s Four 

Waves Theory Revisited 3. The Fifth Wave Part 2: Praxis 

4. The Lord’s Resistance Army 5. The Janjaweed in the 

Sudan 6. Conclusion: The Fifth Wave? 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-45338-7: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85752-6 




Forthcoming 

Terrorism and the Olympics 

Major Event Security and Lessons 

for the Future 

Edited by Anthony Richards, Peter Fussey and 

Andrew Silke, all at University of East London, UK 

The book aims to outline the progress, problems and 

challenges of delivering a safe and secure Olympics in 

the context of the contemporary serious and enduring 

terrorist threat. 

Selected Contents: 1. Towards an Understanding of 

Terrorism and the Olympics Anthony Richards, Pete Fussey 

and Andrew Silke 2. Terrorism, the Olympics and Sport: 

Recent Events and Concerns for the Future Anthony Richards 

3. Al Qaeda and the London Olympics Afzal Ashraf 

4. Understanding Terrorist Target Selection Andrew Silke 

5. Securing the Transport System Steve Swain 6. Surveillance 

and the Olympic Spectacle Pete Fussey 7. Strategic Security 

Planning and the Resilient Design of Olympic Sites Jon 

Coaffee 8. Governing the Games in an Age of Uncertainty: 

the Olympics and Organisational Responses to Risk Will 

Jennings 9. The Role of the Private Security Industry David 

Evans 10. The Challenge of Inter-Agency Coordination Keith 

Weston 11. The European Union & the Promotion of Major 

Event Security Within the EU Area Frank Gregory 12. Critical 

Reflections on Securing the Olympics: Conclusions and Ways 

Forward Anthony Richards, Pete Fussey and Andrew Silke 

Appendix: Terrorist Threats to the Olympics, 1972-2016 

Pete Fussey 

November 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49939-2: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83522-7 




Critical Studies on Terrorism 


Terrorist Rehabilitation and 

Counter-Radicalisation 

New Approaches to Counter-Terrorism 

Edited by Lawrence Rubin, Rohan Gunaratna, 

IDSS, Singapore and Jolene Anne R. Jerard 

This book seeks to explore the new frontiers in 

counter-terrorism research, analyses and practice, 

focusing on the imperative to rehabilitate terrorists. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Rohan Gunaratna 

2. Terrorist Rehabilitation: A Global Imperative Rohan 

Gunaratna Part 1: Case Studies from Southeast Asia 

3. Terrorist Rehabilitation the Singapore Experience Ustaz 

Mohamed Feisal 4. Terrorist Rehabilitation Malaysia’s 

Experience Ustaz Iszam Padil 5. Terrorist Rehabilitation 

Indonesia’s Experience Tito Karnavian Part 2: Case Studies 

from South and Central Asia 6. Terrorist Rehabilitation 

Strategies in Pakistan Tariq Pervez 7. The Rehabilitation of 

Convicted Offenders of Terrorist Actions: Problems and 

Solutions Tolibjon Umarov Part 3: Case Studies from the 

Middle East 8. Terrorist Rehabilitation Iraq’s Experience 

Douglas Stone 9. Terrorist Rehabilitation Saudi Arabia’s 

Experience Abdulrahman AlHadlag 10. Counter- 

Radicalisation and Disengagement in Saudi Arabia 

Christopher Boucek 11. Dialogue and Its Effects on 

Countering Terrorism Hamoud Abdulhameed AlHittar 

12. The Process of Jihadist Deradicalization in Egypt Omar 

Ashour 13. Non-Kinetic Approaches to Counter-Terrorism 

in Egypt Lawrence Rubin Part 4: Case Study from North 

Africa 14. Islamist Deradicalization in Algeria: The Case of 

Islamic Salvation Army and Affiliated Militias Omar shour 

Part 5: Case Studies from Europe 15. Terrorist 

Rehabilitation Strategies in Spain Fernando Reinares 

16. Extremist Disengagement in the UK: Context, Scope, 

Methods and Results Tony Heal Key Themes in Terrorist 

Rehabilitation 17. Deradicalization Arie Kruglanski and 

Michele Gelfand 18. Probing the Jihadi Mindset Sohail 

Abbas 19. Key Islamic Concepts Misinterpreted Terrorists 

Ustaz Mohammed Bin Ali 19. Guantanamo Bay Lessons 

Leant: Case Studies and Operations Mike Marks 

20. Overview of the legal and Governance Frameworks 

and Considerations in Anti-Terrorism and Rehabilitation 

of Detainees: A Singapore Perspective Richard Magnus 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58293-3: £75.00 




new 


The Psychology of 

Counter-Terrorism 

Edited by Andrew Silke, University of East London, UK 

This edited book explores how 

psychology can be used to 

improve our understanding of 

terrorism and counterterrorism. 

This work firstly aims to provide 

balanced and objective insight 

into the psychology of terrorists; 

what their motivations are, what 

keeps them involved in terrorist 

groups, and what eventually 

forces most to end their active 

involvement in terrorism. 

Secondly, the contributors focus 

on the challenging issue of how to respond to terrorism. 

These chapters provide information for those concerned 

with short-term tactical problems, as well as those looking 

towards the more long-term strategic questions of 

bringing an entire terrorist campaign to an end. 

This innovative book will be of great interest to students 

of terrorism and counter-terrorism, security studies, 

psychology and politics, as well as security professionals 

and military colleges. 

Selected Contents: 1. The Psychology of Counterterrorism: 

Critical Issues and Challenges Andrew Silke 2. Understanding 

Terrorist Psychology Randy Borum 3. The Psychology of 

Violent Radicalisation Brooke Rogers 4. Why People Support 

Terrorism Reena Kumari 5. The Evolutionary Logic of Terrorism 

Rick O’Gorman 6. The Internet and Terrorism Lorraine 

Bowman-Grieve 7. The Impact of the Media on Terrorism 

and Counterterrorism Deborah Browne and Andrew Silke 

8. Disengaging from Terrorism Neil Ferguson 9. Terrorists and 

Extremists in Prison: Psychological Issues in Management and 

Reform Andrew Silke 10. Interrogation Tactics and Terrorist 

Suspects John Pearse 11. Terrorist Tactics and Counter- 

Terrorism Graeme Steven 12. Deterring Terrorism: 

Target-Hardening, Surveillance and the Prevention of Terrorism 

Pete Fussey 13. Countering the Psychological Impact of 

Terrorism: Challenges for Homeland Security Anthony Richards 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55839-6: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-55840-2: £23.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-84026-9 



Editors: Marie Breen Smyth, Jeroen Gunning and Richard Jackson, (Founding Editor), all at Aberystwyth University, UK, George Kassimeris, 

University of Wolverhampton, UK and Piers Robinson, The University of Manchester, UK 

Critical Studies on Terrorism is an international, peer-reviewed, interdisciplinary journal. The journal seeks to publish quality research 

on all aspects of terrorism, counter-terrorism and state terror. 

A key aim of the journal is to both create space for robust, innovative research on terrorism, and to encourage fruitful intellectual 

engagement between critical and orthodox accounts of terrorism. In particular, the editors are looking for empirical, theoretical and 

policy-oriented articles that recognise the inherently problematic nature of the terrorism label, employ a critical-normative perspective broadly 

defined, and challenge accepted orthodoxies. Research on terrorism employing methodological and disciplinary perspectives from outside the 

poltical science and international relations paradigms is especially encouraged. 

For more information on the journal, including subscription details, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rter

48 


Contemporary Terrorism Studies 


Evaluating Counterterrorism 

Performance 

A Comparative Study 

Beatrice de Graaf, Leiden University, the Netherlands 

This study examines the counterterrorism policymaking 

process from a historical perspective, and proposes a new 

way to measure its impact on society and on terrorists. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What Do the 

Counter-Terrorists Want? 2. The Performative Power of 

Counter-Terrorism 3. The Dutch Approach: Restrained 

and Fragmented 4. West Germany: Democracy Under Fire 

5. Counter-Terrorism in Italy: Deception or Mismanagement 

6. Counter-Terrorism in the US: Countering Subversives, 

Revolutionaries and Communists 7. The Performance of 

Counterterrorism Policy 8. Conclusions. Bibliography 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59886-6: £75.00 



International Terrorism 

Post-9/11 

Comparative Dynamics and Responses 

Edited by Asaf Siniver, University of Birmingham, UK 

This edited volume brings together both western and 

non-western approaches to counter-terrorism in the 

post-9/11 era. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Asaf Siniver 2. Security 

and ‘Terror’ in the Middle East and North Africa: Drivers and 

Limitations of Protest and ‘Terrorism’ Gerd Nonneman 

3. Radicalism, Extremism and Government in North Africa 

George Joffé 4. Strategic Confusion: America’s Conflicting 

Strategies and the War on Terrorism David Hastings Dunn 

and Oz Hassan 5. American Counter-Terrorism through the 

Rewards for Justice Program, 1984-2008 Steve Hewitt 

6. British Armed Forces and European Union Perspectives 

on Countering Terrorism Major General Graham Messervy- 

Whiting 7. The Development of the UK Intelligence 

Community after 9/11 Sir Francis Richards 8. Israel and 

the Al-Aqsa Intifada: The Conceptzia of Terror Clive Jones 

9. Russia and Counter Terrorism: A Critical Appraisal Cerwyn 

Moore and David Barnard-Wills 10. Fixing the Elusive: India 

and the Foreignness of Terror Ted Svensson 11. Australian 

Identity, Interventionism and the ‘War on Terror’ Jack Holland 

and Matt McDonald 12. Counter-Terrorism in Southeast Asia 

Post 9/11 Andrew T.H. Tan 

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55230-1: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85200-2 



new 

Talking to Terrorists 

Concessions and the Renunciation of 

Violence 

Carolin Goerzig 

This book examines the doctrine of giving no 

concessions to terrorists, and uses empirical research to 

establish whether there is any link between negotiating 

with such groups and the spread of violence. 

Selected Contents: 1. Questioning the No-Concessions- 

Doctrine 2. Arguing for a Differentiated Picture 3. The 

Jama’ah Islamiya’s Change of Means and the Reaction of the 

Egyptian Jihad and Al Qaeda 4. The PLO’s Change of Ends 

and the Reaction of Hamas 5. The AUC’s Change of Means 

and the Reaction of the ELN 6. The PKK’s Change of Ends 

and the Reaction of the Turkish Hezbollah 7. Implications for 

Policy 8. Conclusion 

May 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57997-1: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84697-1 



Forthcoming 

Freedom and Terror 

Reason and Unreason in Politics 

Gabriel Weimann, University of Haifa, Israel and 

Abraham Kaplan 

This book examines reason and unreason in the legal 

and political responses to terrorism. 

Selected Contents: Foreword Carl Cohen 1. Reason: The 

Age of Madness 2. Knowledge and Political Action 3. Politics, 

Law and Behavioral Science 4. Historical Interpretation 

5. The Politics of Protest 6. The Ethics of Terror 7. The 

Psychodynamics of Terror 8. The Theater of Terror: Modern 

Terrorism and the Mass Media 9. Moral Responsibilities and 

Political Realities 10. The Ethics of Power 11. Values in 

Decision Making 12. The Politics of Prejudice 13. In Defense 

of Freedom 14. The Limits of Freedom. Bibliography 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60598-4: £75.00 



Democratic Responses 

To Terrorism 

Edited by Leonard Weinberg 

Democratic Responses to 

Terrorism tackles how to protect 

democratic societies against 

terrorist violence while, at the 

same time, making sure that 

the steps democracies take to 

protect themselves do no 

fundamental harm to the rule 

of law and the rights of citizens. 

2007: 229 x 152: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-96490-6: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-96491-3: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-93319-0 




Hamas and Suicide Terrorism 

Multi-Causal and Multi-Level Approaches 

Rashmi Singh, St. Andrews University, UK 

Series: LSE International Studies Series 

This book analyses the root causes of suicide terrorism at 

both the elite and rank-and-file levels of the Hamas group. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A Brief Political History 

of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 3. Suicide Operations as the 

Convergence of Expressive and Instrumental Violence with 

Multiple Rationalities 4. Identity, Power and the Palestinian 

Norm of Militant Heroic Martyrdom 5. Jihad, Political Islam 

and the Duality of Suicide Bombings 6. Conclusion. 

Bibliography 

February 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49804-3: £75.00 




Corporate Security, Terrorism 

and Risk 

Karen Lund Petersen, University of Copenhagen, 

Denmark 



Situated within the debate on terrorism risk and security, 

this book investigates the role of private companies in 

counter-terrorism policies. With case studies on airports, 

airlines, ports and food production companies it 

challenges the modern understandings of national 

security and corporate risk. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Politics of Corporate 

Security 2. Risk and Security Knowledge 3. Concepts and 

Change 4. National Security: The Danish Political Debates on 

Counterterrorism 5. Corporate Risk: The Corporate Debates 

on Terrorism 6. The Wider Perspective: The American Political 

and Corporate Debates on Counterterrorism 7. Conclusions 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57999-5: £70.00 




Ending Terrorism 

Lessons for Defeating al-Qaeda 

Audrey Kurth Cronin, Oxford University, UK 


This title explains five typical 

strategies of terrorism and 

why Western thinkers fail to 

grasp them. It then describes 

historical patterns in ending 

terrorism to suggest how 

insights from that history 

can lay a foundation for more 

effective counter-strategies. 

Finally, it extracts policy 

prescriptions specifically 

relevant to ending the 

campaign of al-Qaeda and 

its associates, moving towards a post-al-Qaeda world. 

2008: 234 x 156: 86pp 

Pb: 978-0-415-45062-1: £16.99 



Multilateral 

Counter-Terrorism 

The Global Politics of Cooperation and 

Contestation 

Peter Romaniuk, City University of New York, USA 

Series: Global Institutions 

Contemporary terrorism is a 

global phenomenon requiring 

a globalized response. In this 

book Peter Romaniuk aims to 

assess to what extent states seek 

multilateral responses to the 

threats they face from terrorists. 

Providing a concise history and 

a clear discussion of current 

patterns of counter-terrorist 

co-operation, this book: 

• analyses a wide spectrum of 

institutions 

• explains the full range of cooperative counter-terrorist 

activities and the patterns across them 

• examines under what conditions states cooperate to 

suppress terrorism 

• evaluates how existing international institutions have 

been affected by the US-led ’global war on terror,’ 

launched after the 9/11 terrorist attacks. 

Selected Contents: 1. Historical Precedents for Multilateral 

Counter-Terrorism: Anti-Anarchist Cooperation and the 

League of Nations 2. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism and the 

United Nations, 1945-2001 3. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism 

and the United Nations after 9/11 4. Multilateral 

Counter-Terrorism beyond the UN 5. Multilateral 

Counter-Terrorism: Today and Tomorrow 

March 2010: 216 x 138: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77647-9: £70.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77648-6: £17.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-85741-0 



Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies 

Series Edited by Richard Jackson, Marie 

Breen Smyth and Jeroen Gunning, all 

at Aberystwyth University, UK 

This book series publishes rigorous and 

innovative studies on all aspects of terrorism, 

counter-terrorism and state terror. It seeks to 

advance a new generation of thinking on 

traditional subjects, investigate topics 

frequently overlooked in orthodox accounts 

of terrorism and to apply knowledge from 

disciplines beyond International Relations 

and Security Studies. 


The Making of Terrorism 

in Pakistan 

Historical and Social Roots of Extremism 

Eamon Murphy, Curtin University of Technology, 

Australia 

This book aims to explain the rise of Pakistan as a centre 

of Islamic extremism by examining the social, political and 

economic factors alongside the nature of Islam in Pakistan 

that have contributed to the rise of terrorism in Pakistan. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Islam, the Formation of 

Pakistan, and the First Military Dictatorship, 1947-69 

1. A Clash of Civilizations? Islam in Pakistan 2. A Dream of 

a Secular, Inclusive, Democratic State Lost: Mohammed Ali 

Jinnah and the Formation of Pakistan 3. Class, Ethnicity and 

the Establishment of the New State 4. Enduring Conflict: The 

Kashmir Conflict and Ongoing Wars with India Part 2: On 

the Path to Islamization, 1969-98 5. Disaster: The Break-up 

of Pakistan and the Treat to the Sate’s Survival 6. A Lost 

Opportunity: The Failure of Democracy under Zulfikar Ali 

Bhutto 7. On the Path to Global Terrorism: Islamization under 

General Zia ul-Haq 8. A Crucible for Terrorism: Afghanistan 

jihad and the Roles of the US and Saudi Arabia 9. Saudi 

Arabia and the Spread of Wahhabi Islam in Pakistan 

10. Saviour or Failure? General Pervez Musharraf and the War 

on Terrorism 11. The Acid Test: 9/11 and the War on Terrorism 

Part 3: Pakistan Jihad and the Emergence of Global 

Terrorism, 1998-2009 12. A Turning Point? Descent into 

Chaos or the Restoration of Democracy and the Defeat of 

Terrorism. Conclusion: The Making of Terrorism 

May 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56526-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86169-1 






Counter-Terrorism and State 

Political Violence 

The ’War on Terror’ as Terror 

Edited by Scott Poynting, Manchester Metropolitan 

University, UK and David Whyte 

This edited volume aims to deepen our understanding of 

state power through a series of case studies of political 

violence arising from state ‘counter-terrorism’ strategies. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: From Political Violence to 

State Terrorism Scott Poynting and David Whyte Part 1: State 

Political Violence and Counter-Terrorism in the UK 

2. Pursue and Prevent: The British State’s ‘Counter-terror’ 

as Counterinsurgency David Miller and Rizwaan Sabir 

3. Immigration Laws and the State Terror Framework Hicham 

Yezza 4. The Terror of Expulsion Jonny Burnett 5. Operation 

Kratos, the de Menezes Killing, and ‘Due Process’ Graham 

Smith 6. British Counter-Insurgency practice in the North of 

Ireland in the 1970s? A Legitimate Response or State Terror? 

Paul O’Connor, Alan Brecknell and Maggie O’Conor Part 2: 

State Political Violence and Counter-Terrorism Across the 

World 7. Masters of Terror Noam Chomsky 8. The Great 

Game John Pilger 9. Terrorising Tamil Ealam Vicki Sentas 

10. Israeli State Terrorism against Palestinians in Gaza 2008-9 

Victoria Mason 11. Untouchable Compradores? Colombian 

State Narco-Terrorism and the People’s Struggle for National 

Liberation Oliver Villar 12. The Criminalisation of Anti-Colonial 

Struggle in Puerto Rico Jose Atiles-Osoria 13. ‘War on Terror’ 

and Spanish State Violence against Basque Political Dissent 

Stefanie Khoury and Pablo Ciocchini 14. Indonesian State 

Terrorism in Timor-Leste and West Papua Elizabeth Stanley 

15. State Terrorism in the Sahara: The US and European 

Dimensions Jeremy Keenan 

July 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60720-9: £75.00 



new 

An Intellectual History of Terror 

War, Violence and the State 

Mikkel Thorup, Aarhus University, Denmark 

This book investigates terrorism and anti-terrorism as 

related and interacting phenomena, undertaking a 

simultaneous reading of terrorist and statist ideologists 

in order to reconstruct the ‘deadly dialogue’ between 

them. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: To Terrorize and to 

Theorize Part 1: Investigative Signposts 2. Killing Words: 

On Justifying Violence 3. The Violently Privileged: On the State 

4. Beyond the Line: On Frontierlands Part 2: Archive of 

Terrors 5. Terror as Fright: The Concept of Terror before the 

French Revolution 6. Terror as Policy: The Concept of Terror 

during the French Revolution 7. Terror as Crime: The Concept 

of Terror after the French Revolution Part 3: Pirates and 

Terrorists 8. Pirates and Barbarians: The Barbary ‘Axis of Piracy’ 

and Western ‘Anti-Terror’-Campaigns 9. Enemy of Humanity: 

the Anti-Piracy Discourse in Present Day Anti-Terrorism 

10. State Pirates: Warriors in the Maritime Frontierland 

Part 4: States of Terror, States of Humanity 11. All Talk and 

No Security: The Securitist Critique of the Liberal Democracy’s 

Irresponsibility 12. The Humanitarian Sovereign: Cosmopolitan 

Warfare in the New Global Frontierland 

May 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57995-7: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84821-0 



50 


Discourses and Practices 

of Terrorism 

Interrogating Terror 

Edited by Bob Brecher and Mark Devenney, both 

at University of Brighton, UK and Aaron Winter, 

University of Abertay Dundee, UK 

This interdisciplinary book investigates the 

consequences of the language of terror for our 

lives in democratic societies. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Philosophy, Politics, 

Terror Bob Brecher and Mark Devenney 2. Rediscovering the 

Individual in the ’War on Terror’: A Virtue and Liberal Approach 

Heather Widdows 3. Is there a Justifiable Shoot-to-Kill Policy? 

Shahrar Ali 4. Torture and the Demise of the Justiciable 

Standard of Enlightened Government: A S Perspective Don 

Wallace and Akis Kalaitzidis 5. Asylum and the Discourse of 

Terror: The European ’Security state’ Fran Cetti 6. Feeling 

Persecuted? The Definitive Role of Paranoid Anxiety in the 

Constitution of ’War on Terror’ Television Hugh Ortega Breton 

7. Fundamentalist Foundations of Terrorist Practice: The Political 

Logic of Life-Sacrifice Jeff Noonan 8. Specificities, 

Complexities, Histories: Algerian Politics and George Bush’s 

USA-led ’War on Terror’ Martin Evans 9. Ignatieff, Ireland and 

the Lesser Evil: Some Problems with the Lessons Learnt Mark 

McGovern 10. American Terror: From Oklahoma City to 9/11 

and After Aaron Winter. Bibliography 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48808-2: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85734-2 




Reconciliation after Terrorism 

Strategy, Possibility or Absurdity? 

Edited by Alexander Spencer and Judith Renner, 

both at Ludwig-Maximilians-University Munich, 

Germany 


Resolution 

This book brings together scholars from the hitherto 

disparate fields of terrorism and reconciliation studies to 

examine whether reconciliation is a possible strategy for 

dealing with and ending a terrorist conflict. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: Reconciling the 

Seemingly Irreconcilable? Judith Renner and Alexander 

Spencer Part 1: Theory and Methodology 1. A 

Reconciliation Perspective: Dealing with a Terrorist Past 

Michael Humphrey 2. A Terrorism Perspective: Actor 

Transformation of the ‘Terrorist’: Shades of Legitimacy 

3. Talking to Terrorists: Problems of Methodology and Risks 

of Field Research Carolin Görzig Part 2: Empirical Case 

Studies 4. Reconciliation without the Other: Germany and 

RAF Terrorism Christopher Daase 5. Reconciliation and the 

Failure of Terrorism in South Tyrol Günther Pallaver 

6. Reconciliation and Paramilitaries in Northern Ireland Marie 

Breen Smyth 7. From Franco to ETA: Reconciliation after 

State and Sub-State Terror in Spain Andrew Rigby 8. From 

‘Terrorist’ to Politicians: The ANC and Reconciliation in South 

Africa David J. Whittaker 9. Overcoming Terrorism without 

Reconciliation in Peru David Scott Palmer 10. Reconciliation 

with FARC in Colombia Juan Munévar and Frédéric Massé 

11. Terror, Empathy and Reconciliation In the Israeli- 

Palestinian Conflict Yehudith Auerbach and Ifat Maoz. 

Conclusion: From Isolation, via Negotiation to 

Reconciliation? Judith Renner and Alexander Spencer 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58858-4: £75.00 




Textbook 

Debating Terrorism 

Interdisciplinary Analyses of Key Issues 

Edited by Richard Jackson and Samuel J. Sinclair 

Debating Terrorism is an innovative new textbook, 

addressing a number of key issues in contemporary 

terrorism studies from both ’traditional’ and ’critical’ 

perspectives. 

This volume aims to bring together in one place many 

of the field’s leading scholars to debate the key issues 

relating a set of 12 important controversies and questions. 

The format of the volume involves a leading scholar taking 

a particular position on the controversy, followed by an 

opposing or alternative viewpoint written by another 

scholar. In addition to the pedagogic value of allowing 

students to read opposing arguments in one place, the 

volume will also be important for providing an overview 

of the state of the field and its key lines of debate. 

This textbook will be essential reading for all students of 

terrorism and political violence, critical terrorism studies, 

critical security studies, security studies and IR in general. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: Definition of Terrorism 

1. Is Terrorism Still a Useful Analytical Term or Should it be 

Abandoned? 2. Is there a ‘New Terrorism’ in Existence 

Today? 3. Can States be Terrorists? 4. Is Terrorism a Serious 

Threat to International and National Security? 5. Is WMD 

Terrorism a Likely Prospect in the Future? 6. Does al Qaeda 

Continue to Pose a Serious International Threat? 7. Are 

People Biologically, Genetically or Neurologically Predisposed 

to Violent, Terrorist Behaviour? 8. Is Religious Extremism 

a Major Cause of Terrorism? 9. Are Current Frameworks 

Effective in Responding to Terrorism? 10. Is the Torture of 

Terrorist Suspects Justified? 11. Is the Targeted Assassination 

of Terrorist Suspects a Legitimate and Effective Response to 

Terrorism? 12. Has the Global War on Terrorism been an 

Effective Response to 9/11? Further Readings. Index 

June 2011: 246 x 174: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59115-7: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-59116-4: £24.99 



new 

Counterterrorism Policies 

in Central Asia 

Mariya Y. Omelicheva, University of Kansas, USA 

Series: Central Asian Studies 

This book examines the dangerous tendency of 

counterterrorism policies of the Central Asian states to 

grow more alike amid propensities for divergence and 

attributes this trend to the impact of the social context 

in which these states operate. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. A Reference Group 

Perspective on State Behaviour 2. Kyrgyzstan’s Counterterrorism 

Policy 3. Kazakhstan’s Counterterrorism Policy 4. Conclusion 

August 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77981-4: £80.00 



sTraTegiC sTudies 

sTraTegiC 

sTudies 


Routledge Handbook of 

Insurgency and Counter- 

Insurgency 

Edited by Paul B. Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn, 

University of Utrecht, the Netherlands 

This new handbook offers a wide-ranging examination 

of the current state of academic analysis and debate as 

well as an up-to-date survey of contemporary insurgent 

movements and counter-insurgencies. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Study of Insurgency 

and Counter-Insurgency Paul Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn 

Part 1: Theoretical and Analytical Issues 1. The 

Historiography of Insurgency Ian Beckett 2. The Sociological 

and Psychological Study of Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency 

Jeffrey Sluka 3. Rethinking the Nature of Insurgency Steven 

Metz 4. Changing Forms of Insurgency: Pirates and 

Narco-Gangs? Robert Bunker 5. Insurgency, Counter- 

Insurgency and Policing Alice Hills 6. Insurgency and 

Cyber-War David Betz 7. Ethical Dimensions to Insurgency 

and Counter-Insurgency Christopher Coker Part 2: Insurgent 

Movements 8. Insurgent Movements in Latin America Daniel 

Castro 9. Insurgent Movements in Africa William Reno 

10. Insurgent Movements in Iraq Ahmed Hashim 11. The 

Insurgency of Hamas and Hizballah 12. Insurgent Movements 

in South East Asia Larry Cline 13. Insurgent Movements in 

Pakistan Christine Fair 14. Insurgency in Afghanistan Antonio 

Giustozzi 15. Insurgent Movements in India Navnita Chadha 

Behera 16. Insurgent Movements in Russia John Russell 

Part 3: Counterinsurgency 17. The Debate on Counter- 

Insurgency William Rosenau 18. The Technology and Logistics 

of Modern Counter-Insurgency Kevin O’Brien 19. Trends in US 

Counter-Insurgency Tom Mockaitis 20. Counter-Insurgency in 

Iraq and Afghanistan: A Strategic Watershed? John Nagl 

21. On Israeli Counter-Insurgent Doctrines and Practice Sergio 

Catignani 22. A ’Successful’ Model of Counter-Insurgency? 

The Sri Lankan Government’s War against the LTTE 23. British 

Counter-Insurgency since Ulster Warren Chin 24. Counter- 

Insurgency in a Non-democratic State: The Russian Example 

Yuri Zhukov 25. Counter-Insurgency in South America Mark T. 

Berger 26. Counter-Insurgency in India Sumit Ganguly and 

David Fidler 27. Counter-Insurgency in Pakistan Julian Schofield 

28. Counter-Insurgency in China Martin I. Wayne 

29. Counter-Insurgency in South East Asia Tom Marks 

Part 4: Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency in a 

Globalising World 30. Contemporary Insurgency and 

Counter-Insurgency David Kilcullen 31. Emerging Trends 

in the Twenty-first Century Paul Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn 

July 2011: 246 x 174: 400pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56733-6: £110.00 




The US Military and Outer Space 

Perspectives, Plans and Programs 

Peter L. Hays, National Defense University, 

Washington DC, USA 

Series: Space Power and Politics 

A new explanation of the evolution of US military 

perspectives, plans, and programmes for the use of 

space from the 1950s to the present. 

July 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-36654-0: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-01924-5 





Textbook 

Modern Strategy 


Elinor Sloan, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada 

The aim of this book is to provide a coherent, integrated 

introductory textbook on post-Cold War strategic theory 

for upper-level students seeking an initial understanding 

of strategic studies. 

Dramatic changes and developments in the international 

security environment over the past decade and a half 

have created the need to examine the ideas of more 

contemporary strategic thinkers, and to revise the key 

textbooks of strategic thought. This book will examine 

modern strategic thought, with a focus on the post-Cold 

War period. Each chapter will cover a different theme, 

and the text will centre on the ideas of key strategic 

thinkers within this functional theme, as well as concepts 

within the functional theme that are not necessarily 

associated with a specific thinker. 

In the post-Cold War and especially post-9/11 period 

there has been significant and growing interest among 

students about international security issues, but while 

works have been published that focus on a particular 

aspect of military strategy, there is no one volume that 

provides a comprehensive yet accessible overview and 

examination of strategic thought in the period since the 

end of the Cold War. This book aims to fill this key gap 

in the literature. 

This book will be essential reading for students of 

strategic studies, war studies and military history, and 

highly recommended for students of security studies 

and IR in general. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: Strategy and Strategic 

Thought 1. Sea Power 2. Land Power 3. Air Power 

4. Joint Theory 5. Nuclear Power and Deterrence 6. Space 

7. Irregular Warfare & Counterinsurgency 8. Asymmetric 

Warfare. Conclusion. Select Bibliography 

December 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77770-4: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77771-1: £22.99 



new 

Theory of Space Power 

The Perils of Strategic Analogy 

John Sheldon, School of Advanced Air Power 

Studies, USA 

Series: Space Power and Politics 

This book will provide a coherent strategic theory for 

space power, and explains why previous attempts at 

theorizing about space power have failed. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Strategic Analogies 

and Space Power 2. The Character of Space Power 3. Space 

Power and Sea Power 4. Space Power and Air Power 

5. Strategic Analogies and the Foundations of a Theory 

of Space Power. Select Bibliography 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47715-4: £75.00 



Geopolitical Theory 


Geopolitics and Strategic 

History 1871–2050 

Geoffrey Sloan, University of Reading, UK 

This work explains the course of international politics 

from the rebirth of the German Empire to the rise of 

China, with particular, though not exclusive, reference 

to spatial relationships. 

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-7146-5348-8: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-48948-2 




Inventing Geopolitics 

Venier Pascal, University of Salford, UK 

This book provides a long overdue reconsideration of 

Mackinder’s contribution to the history of strategy. 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-36932-9: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-02954-1 




Grand Strategy and the 

Presidency 

Foreign Policy, War and the American 

Role in the World 

C. Dale Walton, University of Reading, UK 

Series: Strategy and History 

This book examines the role of the Presidency in the 

formulation and conduct of US grand strategy and why 

this is important. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The American Rise 

to Preeminence 2. Cold War Triumph and its Aftermath 

3. Power without Strategic Clarity 4. The Importance of 

Presidential Greatness 5. Why Most Future US Presidents 

will be Inadequate Foreign Policy Strategists and War Leaders 

6. The Tragedy of Presidential Weakness. Conclusion. 

Bibliography 

February 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59832-3: £75.00 




sTraTegiC sTudies 51 

Series edited by Geoffrey Sloan, Britannia Royal Naval College, Dartmouth, UK and 

Leonard Hochberg, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, USA 

This new series facilitates an understanding of global politics that is grounded in 

geopolitical realities. It outlines the strategic options that policy makers face in a number 

of geographical regions by revisiting the classical geopolitical theories of the twentieth 

century, and publishing new work on geopolitical theory. 


Geopolitics for 


Addressing National Insecurities 

Edited by Leonard Hochberg and 

James D. Hardy Jr., both at Louisiana State 


This edited volume assesses the geopolitical 

configuration of forces in the international arena 

at the beginning of the twenty-first century. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Leonard Hochberg and 

James D. Hardy, Jr. 1. The Enduring Significance of Classical 

Geopolitical Thought Leonard Hochberg, James D. Hardy, Jr. 

and Geoff Sloan 2. Geopolitics and Strategic Cultures: A 

Comparison of the Arab, Chinese, and Western Ways of War 

Laurent Murawiec 3. The Geopolitics of Terror: How Home 

Grown Jihadists are Recruited in the West Steven Emerson 

4. The Geopolitics of Strategic Goods Ewan Anderson 

5. Classical Geopolitics in the Space Age: The Strategy of 

Transformation Everett Carl Dolman 6. Toward a Second Cold 

War Era? 2000-2025: A Geopolitical Net Assessment of Current 

Trajectories and Future Developments Ioannis Loucas. Conclusion 

May 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-43392-1: £75.00 



Great Powers and Strategic 

Stability in the 21st Century 

Competing Visions of World Order 

Edited by Graeme P. Herd, Geneva Centre for 

Security Policy, Switzerland 


This book addresses the issue of grand strategic stability 

in the twenty-first century. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. International 

Security, Great Powers and World Order Graeme P. Herd and 

Pàl Dunay Part 2: Strategic Threats: Nature and Evolution 

2. Terrorism and Political Extremism Ekaterina Stepanova 

3. Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction Gustav 

Lindstrom 4. Regional Crisis, Conflict and Fragile States Caty 

Clément 5. How Energy and Climate Change May Pose a 

Threat to Sustainable Security Tapani Vaahtoranta Part 3: 

Centres of Global Power: Strategic Priorities and Threat 

Management 6. The United States: Leadership Beyond 

Unipolarity? Matthew Rhodes 7. The Russian Federation: 

Striving for Multi-Polarity but Missing the Consequences Pavel 

K. Baev 8. China as an Emergent Center of Global Power 

Bates Gill 9. India’s Eclectic Approach to Global Strategic 

Threats Siddharth Varadarajan 10. The European Union, 

Facing Non Traditional Threats in a Globalized World Thierry 

Tardy Part 4: Conclusions: Cooperation and Conflictual 

Imperatives 11. Great Powers, Strategic Threats and 

Uncharted Waters Graeme P. Herd 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56054-2: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86582-8 



52 

sTraTegiC sTudies 

The Evolution of Strategic 

Thought 

Classic Adelphi Papers 

Edited by The International Institute 

for Strategic Studies 


This volume provides an 

understanding of the evolution 

of strategic thinking since the 

Adelphi Papers began during 

the Cold War. These papers are 

important both in terms of the 

intellectual contribution they 

made at the time, and their 

enduring value in shedding 

light even on today’s security 

challenges. 


Patrick M. Cronin 1. Evolution of 

NATO Alastair Buchan (Adelphi Paper 1, 1961) 2. Controlled 

Response and Strategic Warfare T.C. Schelling (Adelphi Paper 

19, 1965) 3. The Control of Proliferation: Three Views Solly 

Zuckerman, Alva Myrdal and Lester B. Pearson (Adelphi Paper 

29, 1966) 4. Israel and the Arab World: The Crisis of 1967 

Michael Howard and Robert Hunter (Adelphi Paper 41, 1967) 

5. The Asian Balance of Power: A Comparison with European 

Precedents Coral Bell (Adelphi Paper 44, 1968) 6. Change and 

Security in Europe Pierre Hassner (Adelphi Paper 49, 1968) 

7. Urban Guerrilla Warfare Robert Moss (Adelphi Paper 79, 

1971) 8. Oil and Influence: The Oil Weapon Examined Hanns 

Maull (Adelphi Paper 117, 1975) 9. The Spread of Nuclear 

Weapons: More May Be Better Kenneth N. Waltz (Adelphi 

Paper 171, 1981) 10. Intervention and Regional Security Neil 

Macfarlane (Adelphi Paper 196, 1985) 11. Humanitarian 

Action in War Adam Roberts (Adelphi Paper 305, 1996) 

12. The Transformation of Strategic Affairs Lawrence 

Freedman (Adelphi Paper 379, 2006) 

2008: 234 x 156: 704pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-45961-7: £105.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-92831-8 




Textbook 

Understanding Contemporary 

Strategy 

Thomas M. Kane and David J. Lonsdale, both at 

University of Hull, UK 

This new co-authored textbook explains and describes 

the key intellectual debates around military strategy in 

the early twenty-first century. The book emphasizes the 

connections between military operations and broader 

issues of national policy, and focuses on how current 

issues such as terrorism, insurgency, nuclear proliferation, 

information technology and American superiority in 

conventional military power challenge – and reaffirm – 

assumptions about modern warfare established during 

the global conflicts of the twentieth century. 

Selected Contents: 1. What is Strategy? An Introduction 

2. Twentieth Century Land Warfare 3. Emerging Military 

Technology: Evolution or Revolution? 4. Insurgency 5. Once 

and Future Terrorism 6. Nuclear Weapons in the Twenty-First 

Century 7. War at Sea 8. Strategic Air Warfare 9. War in 

Space 10. The Intelligence Services 11. Why People Fight 

12. Grand Strategy in the Twenty-First Century 13. Conclusion. 

Select Bibliography 

April 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46166-5: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-46167-2: £22.99 



iNTelligeNCe sTudies 

iNTelligeNCe 

sTudies 

Handbook of Intelligence 

Studies 

Edited by Loch K. Johnson 

This volume offers a comprehensive review of secret 

intelligence organizations and activities. 

Leading experts in the field 

approach the three major 

missions of intelligence: 

collection-and-analysis; covert 

action; and counterintelligence. 

Within each of these missions, 

the dynamically written essays 

dissect the so-called intelligence 

cycle to reveal the challenges 

of gathering and assessing 

information from around 

the world. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Study of Intelligence 

Part 2: The Evolution of Modern Intelligence Part 3: The 

Intelligence Cycle Collection and Processing Part 4: The 

Intelligence Cycle and the Crafting of Intelligence Reports: 

Analysis and Dissemination Part 5: Counterintelligence and 

Covert Action Part 6: Intelligence Accountability 

2006: 246 x 174: 388pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-77050-7: £105.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-77783-4: £26.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-08932-3 



Exploring Intelligence Archives 

Enquiries into the Secret State 

Edited by R. Gerald Hughes, Peter Jackson and 

Len Scott, all at University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK 

Series: Studies in Intelligence 

Scholars seeking to understand 

the role of secret intelligence in 

political affairs have sought to 

make use of relevant but 

constrained archives. This book 

presents documents in the public 

domain that illustrate issues in 

the realm of intelligence. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: 

Enquiries into the ‘Secret State’ 

1. ‘Knowledge is never too dear’: 

Exploring Intelligence Archives R. 

Gerald Hughes and Len Scott 

2. British SIGINT Decrypts on London Naval Conference, 1930 

3. French Military Intelligence Responds to the German 

Remilitarisation of the Rhineland, 1936 4. The Creation of XX 

Committee, 1940 5. The Creation of a Vietnamese Intelligence 

Service, 1946-50 6. The Interrogation of Klaus Fuchs, 1950 

7. The CIA and Oleg Penkovsky, 1961-2 8. American and 

British Intelligence on South Vietnam, 1963 9. British 

Intelligence on the Arab-Israeli Military Balance, 1965 

10. A KGB View of CIA Activity against the Soviet Bloc, 

1983 11. A Conversation with Former DCI William E. 

Colby: Spymaster during the ‘Year of the Intelligence Wars’ 

12. The Butler Report 

2008: 234 x 156: 352pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-34998-7: £90.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-34972-7: £24.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-02312-9 



Secret Intelligence 

A Reader 

Edited by Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi 

College, University of Cambridge, UK, Richard J. 

Aldrich, University of Warwick, UK and Wesley K. 

Wark, University of Toronto, Canada 

This Reader in the field of 

intelligence studies focuses on 

policy, blending classic works on 

concepts and approaches with 

more recent essays dealing with 

current issues and the ongoing 

debate about the future of 

intelligence. 


Part 1: The Intelligence Cycle 

Part 2: Intelligence, Counter- 

Terrorism and Security 

Part 3: Ethics, Accountability and Control 

Part 4: Intelligence and the New Warfare 

2008: 246 x 174: 576pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-42023-5: £95.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-42024-2: £27.99 



new 

Intelligence and International 

Security 

New Perspectives and Agendas 

Edited by Len Scott, R. Gerald Hughes and Martin 

Alexander, all at University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK 

This book addresses fundamental questions arising from 

the events of 9/11 and subsequent acts of jihadist 

terrorism, together with the failures of intelligence 

agencies over Iraq’s Weapons of Mass Destruction. 

It was published as a special issue of Intelligence and 

National Security. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Journeys in Twilight Len 

Scott, R. Gerald Hughes and Martin S. Alexander 2. The Future 

of Intelligence: Seeking Perfection in an Imperfect World? Len 

Scott and R. Gerald Hughes 3. Global Intelligence Co-operation 

versus Accountability: New Facets to an Old Problem Richard J. 

Aldrich 4. ‘The Internationalismof Islam’: The British Perception 

of a Muslim Menace, 1840–1951 John Ferris 5. Security 

Intelligence and Human Rights: Illuminating the ‘Heart of 

Darkness’? Peter Gill 6. Rise, Fall and Regeneration: From CIA 

to EU Rhodri Jeffreys-Jones 7. Intelligence Cooperation Meets 

International Studies Theory: Explaining Canadian Operations in 

Castro’s Cuba Don Munton 8. From Saigon to Baghdad: The 

Vietnam Syndrome, the Iraq War and American Foreign Policy 

Andrew Priest 

October 2010: 246 x 174: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58387-9: £80.00 




Studies in Intelligence 

A History of the Egyptian 

Intelligence Service 

A History of the Mukhabarat, 1910-2009 

Owen L. Sirrs, Defense Intelligence Agency, 

Washington, USA 

This book analyzes how the Egyptian intelligence 

community has adapted to shifting national security 

threats since its inception 100 years ago. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Intelligence and 

the Monarchy 1. Mamur Zapt 2. Decline & Fall of the Old 

Regime Part 2: Intelligence under Nasser 3. Creating 

a New Intelligence Community 4. General Intelligence 

5. Egyptian Intelligence & the Suez Crisis 6. Unity, 

Subversion & Secession 7. Intelligence & the Yemen Wars 

8. The Intelligence State 9. The 1967 War 10. Nasser’s 

Twilight Part 3: Intelligence under Sadat 11. Power 

Struggles 12. Grand Deception in the 1973 War 

13. Rejectionists Part 4: Intelligence under Mubarak 

14. Troubles at Home & Abroad 15. State Security 

16. General Intelligence Wars 17. September 2001 & 

Beyond. Conclusion 

February 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56920-0: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85454-9 




Improving Intelligence Analysis 

Bridging the Gap between Scholarship and 

Practice 

Stephen Marrin, Mercyhurst College, USA 

This book comprises a series of articles, extended and 

updated, written by intelligence expert Dr Stephen Marrin 

over 10 years on the subject of intelligence analysis. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Bridging the Gap 

between Scholarship and Practice 2. What Can We Learn 

from History? 3. Is Intelligence Analysis an Art or a Science? 

4. Does Improving Training Improve Analysis? 5. How Does 

Organizational Process and Structure Impact Analytic 

Expertise? 6. What Can We Learn from the Medical 

Profession? 7. Conclusion: Looking to the Future and 

Prospects for Reform. Select Bibliography 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78068-1: £70.00 



Forthcoming 

International Intelligence 

Cooperation and 

Accountability 

Challenges, Oversight and the Role of Law 

Edited by Hans Born, Geneva Centre for the 

Democratic Control of Armed Forces, Switzerland, 

Ian Leigh and Aidan Wills 

This volume is the first systematic examination 

of international intelligence cooperation and the 

challenges this poses for the accountability of 

national security agencies. 

Selected Contents: Foreword Helga Hernes 

Part 1: Introduction 1. Framing the Issue Ian Leigh 

2. International Intelligence Cooperation in Practice Richard 

Aldrich Part 2: Challenges 3. Blacklisting and Financial 

Sanctions against Suspected Terrorists Iain Cameron 

4. Collateral Casualties of Collaboration: The Consequences 

of Personal Data Sharing Craig Forcese 5. Rendition, Torture 

and Intelligence Cooperation Silvia Borelli 6. International 

Cooperation in International Operations: Peacekeeping, 

Weapons Inspections, and the Apprehension and Prosecution 

of War Criminals Simon Chesterman Part 3: Oversight and 

Review 7. Independent and Executive Oversight Philippe 

Hayez 8. Fit for Purpose? Accountability Challenges and 

Paradoxes of Domestic Inquiries Andrea Wright 9. The 

European Parliament and Parliamentary Assembly of the 

Council of Europe Inquiries into Illegal Transfers and Secret 

Detentions Hans Born and Aidan Wills Part 4: The Role 

of Law 10. The Role of National Courts Ian Leigh 

11. International Law: Human Rights Law and State 

Responsibility Martin Scheinin and Mathias Vermeulen 

Part 5: Conclusion 12. Accountability for International 

Intelligence Cooperation: Diagnosis, Treatment and 

Prognosis Hans Born and Aidan Wills 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58002-1: £75.00 




iNTelligeNCe sTudies 53 

Series edited by Richard Aldrich, University of Warwick, UK and Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi College, University of 

Cambridge, UK 

The growing interest in intelligence activities and the opening of hitherto closed archives since the end of the Cold War has stimulated this 

series of scholarly monographs, wartime memoirs and edited collections. With contributions from leading academics and prominent 

members of the intelligence community, this series has quickly become the leading forum for the academic study of intelligence. 

new 

The South African Intelligence 

Services 

From Apartheid to Democracy, 1948-2005 

Kevin A. O’Brien 

This book is the first full history of South African 

intelligence and provides a detailed examination of the 

various stages in the evolution of South Africa’s 

intelligence organizations and structures. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: South African Intelligence 

in Revolution and Counter-Revolution 1948-2005 2. The Birth 

of South Africa’s Intelligence Capability and the Rise of the 

’Securocracy’, 1948 to 1972 3. ’Total Strategy’ and the 

’Securocratisation’ of the Government, 1972-1978 4. Hydra: 

The Rise of the National Intelligence and Counter-Revolutionary 

Structures, 1978-1983 5. Carrot and Stick: The Domestic COIN 

Paradigm, 1980-1985 6. The Assassins’ Web: The Growth of 

Counter-Revolutionary Warfare Intelligence, 1979-1985 

7. Crossing the Rubicon: ’The Gloves Come Off’ for a Total 

Counter-Revolutionary Strategy, 1985-1990 8. Negotiating 

a Settlement: Reform and Retrenchment For All, 1990-1994 

9. Progress and Problems: South Africa’s New Intelligence 

Dispensation, 1994-2005 10. Conclusion: Still Fighting 

The War – The Legacy of South Africa’s Intelligence History 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-43397-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84061-0 




Russia and the Cult of State 

Security 

The Chekist Tradition, From Lenin to Putin 

Julie Fedor 

This book explores the mythology woven around the 

Soviet secret police and the Russian cult of state security 

that has emerged from it. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Soviet Chekism 

1. Dzerzhinsky’s Commandments 2. Late Soviet Chekism: 

The Changing Face of Repression under Krushchev and 

Beyond 3. Screening the Historical Chekist 4. Rehabilitating 

the Chekist: Cinematic Images of the New KGB 

Part 2: Post-Soviet Chekism 5. Re-Inventing The Chekist 

Traditions 6. The Cult of Yurii Andropov 7. Securitising the 

Russian Soul. Bibliography 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60933-3: £75.00 



54 


iNTelligeNCe sTudies 

Intelligence and National 

Security 

Editors: Loch K. Johnson, University of 

Georgia, USA and Peter Jackson, 

Aberystwyth University, UK 

Intelligence has never played a more 

prominent role in international politics than it 

does now at the opening of the twenty-first 

century. National intelligence services are 

larger than ever and play a more public role 

than ever before in the policy making process 

of important states and their role evolves 

constantly along with the character of 

international relations. Intelligence and 

National Security is the world’s leading 

academic journal on the role of intelligence in 

international relations. It examines this issue 

from a wide range of disciplinary approaches 

deployed by authors from around the world. 


subscription details, please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/ 

journals/ins 

eNergy seCuriTy 

eNergy seCuriTy 

Forthcoming 

Nuclear Energy and Global 


Ensuring Safety, Security and Non-Proliferation 

Trevor Findlay, Carleton University, Canada 


The book considers the implications of the nuclear 

energy revival for global governance in the areas of 

safety, security and non-proliferation. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Assessing a Nuclear 

Energy Revival: The Drivers 2. Assessing the Nuclear Revival: 

The Constraints 3. Assessing the ‘Revival’ 4. The Current 

Status of Global Nuclear Governance: The Nuclear Safety 

Regime 5. The Current Status of Global Nuclear Governance: 

Nuclear Security and Nonproliferation 6. Implications of the 

Nuclear Revival for Global Governance. Conclusion 

November 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-49364-2: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83450-3 




Russian Energy Security 

and Foreign Policy 

Edited by Adrian Dellecker and Thomas Gomart, 

both at IFRI, France 

Series: Routledge/GARNET series 

This book provides an original and thoroughly academic 

analysis of the link between Russian energy and foreign 

policies in Eurasia, as well as offering an interpretation 

of Russia’s coherence on the international stage. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Restoration 

of Russian Power: Toward an Energy-Based Deterrence? 

Thomas Gomart and Adrian Dellecker Part 1: Energy’s 

link to Domestic and Foreign Policies 2. Oil and Gas 

Production in Central Asia: The Impact of Infrastructures, 

Institutions and Policies William Tompson 3. Energy Security 

and Central Asia: A Comparison of the EU’s, Germany’s, 

Russia’s and China’s Energy (Foreign) Policies Frank Umbach 

4. How to Get a Pipeline Built: The Theory and the Caspian 

Reality Jérôme Guillet 5. Prospects for New Caspian Natural 

Gas and Oil Export Routes Maureen Crandall 

Part 2: Russian Energy and Political Relations with CIS 

Net Exporters 6. Russia and Turkmenistan: What Kind of 

Partnership? Vladimir Milov 7. Russia and Kazakhstan: 

A Regional and Global Partnership Martha Brill Olcott 

8. Uzbekistan: Central Asian Energy Key Andrew Monaghan 

9. The Uncertain Trajectory of Russia-Azerbaijan Relations in 

the Multiple-Pipelines Era Pavel Baev Part 3: Russian 

Export Policy and Relations with Transit Countries 

10. Russia’s grip on Energy Infrastructure and the Link to 

Foreign Policy Leonid Grigoriev 11. The Russia-Georgia- 

Azerbaijan Triangle: The Role of Energy in Foreign Relations 

John Roberts 12. Russia-Belarus: A Breakable Union Rainer 

Lindner, F. Garbe and F. Hett 13. Russia-Ukraine 

14. Conclusion Thomas Gomart and Adrian Dellecker 

May 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-54733-8: £75.00 



Forthcoming 


of Energy Security 

Edited by Benjamin K. Sovacool, National 

University of Singapore 

This Handbook examines the subject of energy security: 

its definition, dimensions, ways to measure and index it, 

and the complicating factors that are often overlooked. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Definitions and Concepts 

Introduction: Defining, Measuring, and Exploring Energy 

Security Benjamin K. Sovacool 1. Energy Security and Climate 

Change: A Tenuous Link Gal Luft, Ann Korin and Eshita Gupta 

2. The Fuzzy Nature of Energy Security Scott Valentine 

3. Evaluating the Energy Security Impacts of Energy Policies 

David von Hippel, Tatsujiro Suzuki, James H. Williams, Timothy 

Savage and Peter Hayes Part 2: Dimensions 4. The 

Sustainable Development Dimension of Energy Security Ami 

Indriyanto, Dwi Ari Fauzi and Alfa Firdaus 5. The Maritime 

Dimension of Energy Security Caroline Liss 6. The Public Policy 

Dimension of Energy Security Andreas Goldthau 7. The 

Diversification Dimension of Energy Security Andy Stirling 

8. The Environmental Dimension of Energy Security Michael 

Dworkin and Marilyn Brown 9. The Energy Poverty Dimension 

of Energy Security Shonali Pachauri 10. The Social 

Development Dimension of Energy Security Anthony 

D’Agostino 11. The Energy Efficiency Dimension of Energy 

Security Nathalie Trudeau 12. The Energy Services Dimension 

of Energy Security Jaap Jansen and Adriaan J. Van der Welle 

13. The Industrial Dimension of Energy Security Geoffrey 

Pakiam 14. The Competing Dimensions of Energy Security 

Martin J. Pasqualetti Part 3: Metrics and Indexing 

15. Indicators for Energy Security Bert Kruyt, D.P. van Vuuren, 

H.J.M. de Vries and H. Groenenberg 16. Measuring Security 

of Energy Supply with Two Diversity Indexes John Kessels 

17. Measuring Energy Security: From Universal Indicators to 

Contextualized Frameworks Aleh Cherp and Jessica Jewell 

18. Applying the Four ‘A’s of Energy Security as Criteria in 

an Energy Security Ranking Method Larry Hughes and 

Darren Shupe 19. Measuring Energy Security Performance 

in the OECD Benjamin K. Sovacool and Marilyn A. Brown 

20. Measuring Energy Security Vulnerability Edgard 

Gnansounou. Conclusion: Exploring the Contested and 

Convergent Nature of Energy Security Benjamin K. Sovacool 

and Tai Wei Lim 

December 2010: 246 x 174: 400pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59117-1: £125.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83460-2 




geNder aNd 

seCuriTy 

Gender and 


Feminist Perspectives 

Edited by Laura Sjoberg, University of Florida, USA 


This book defines the 

relationship between gender 

and international security, 

analyzing and critiquing 

international security theory 

and practice from a gendered 

perspective. 

This book aims to improve 

the quality and quantity of 

conversations between feminist 

Security Studies and Security 

Studies more generally, in order 

to demonstrate the importance 

of gender analysis to the study of international security, 

and to expand the feminist research program in Security 

Studies. The contributors argue that gender is 

conceptually, empirically, and normatively essential to 

studying international security. They do so by critiquing 

and reconstructing key concepts of and theories in 

international security, by looking for the increasingly 

complex roles women play as security actors, and by 

looking at various contemporary security issues through 

gendered lenses. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Laura Sjoberg 

Part 1: Gendered Lenses Envision Security 2. Theses on 

the Military, US National Security, War, and Women Judith 

Stiehm 3. War, Sense, and Security Christine Sylvester 

4. Gendering the State: Performativity and Protection in 

International Security Jonathan Wadley Part 2: Gendered 

Security Theories 5. Gendering the ‘Cult of the Offensive,’ 

Lauren Wilcox 6. Gendering Power Transition Theory Laura 

Sjoberg 7. The Genders of Environmental Security Nicole Detraz 

Part 3: Gendered Security Actors: Women in International 

Security 8. Loyalist Women Paramilitaries in Northern Ireland: 

Beginning a Feminist Conversation about Conflict Resolution 

Sandra McEvoy 9. Securitization and De-Securitization: Female 

Soldiers and the Reconstruction of Women in Post-Conflict 

Sierra Leone Megan MacKenzie 10. Women, Militancy, and 

Security: The South Asia Conundrum Swati Parashar 

Part 4: Gendered Security Problematiques 11. Feminist 

Theory and Arms Control Susan Wright 12. Beyond Border 

Security: Feminist Approaches to Human Trafficking Jennifer 

Lobasz 13. When Are States Hypermasculine? Jennifer Maruska 

14. Peace Building through a Gender Lens and the Challenges 

of Implementation in Rwanda and Côte d’Ivoire Heidi Hudson 

2009: 234 x 156: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-47546-4: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-47579-2: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-86693-1 



new 

Women, Peace and Security 

Translating Policy into Practice 

Edited by Funmi Olonisakin, Kings College, 

London, UK, Karen Barnes, OECD, Paris, France 

and Eka Ikpe, King’s College London, UK 


This book provides a critical assessment of the impact 

of UN Resolution 1325 by examining the effect of 

peacebuilding missions on increasing gender equality 

within conflict-affected countries. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Introduction 

Karen Barnes and ‘Funmi Olonisakin 2. The Evolution and 

Implementation of United Nations Security Council Resolution 

1325: An Overview Karen Barnes Part 2: Country Case 

Studies 3. Kosovo Gendered Violence and UNSCR 1325: 

Shifting Paradigms on Women, Peace and Security Catherina 

H. Hall-Martin 4. Security Council Resolution 1325 

Implementation in Liberia: Dilemmas and Challenges E. Njoki 

Wamai 5. Nepal and the Implementation of United Nations 

Security Council 1325 Lesley Abdela 6. Implementation of 

United Nations Security Council Resolution 1325 in Nigeria Eka 

Ikpe 7. Rwanda and the Implementation of United Nations 

Security Council Resolution 1325 Kiri-Ann E. Richardson Olney 

8. Lost in Translation? UNAMSIL, Security Council Resolution 

1325 and Women Building Peace in Sierra Leone Karen Barnes 

9. The Impact of UN Security Council Resolution 1325 and 

Peacekeeping Operations in Sudan Gihan Eltahir 10. Women 

and Gender Issues in Peacebuilding: Lessons Learned from 

Timor-Leste Sumie Nakaya Part 3: Regional Case Studies 

11. The African Union and Implementation of UNSCR 1325 

Bineta Diop 12. The Gender Dimensions of the ECOWAS 

Peace and Security Architecture: A Regional Perspective on 

UN Security Council Resolution 1325 Awa Ceesay- Ebo 

13. A Look at Security Council Resolution 1325 in SADC 

Nyaradzo Machingambi-Pariola 14. Turning Policies into 

Action? The European Union and the Implementation of 

UNSCR 1325 Karen Barnes Part 4: Conclusion 

15. Conclusion ‘Funmi Olonisakin and Eka Ikpe 

October 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58797-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-83708-5 




Militarism, Gender and 

(In)Security 

Biopolitical Technologies of Security and 

the War on Terror 

Cristina Masters, University of Manchester, UK 

Series: PRIO New Security Studies 

This book examines the biopolitical fetishisation of 

technology in contemporary practices of war, and thus 

explores how masculinity is being rearticulated within 

the context of US militarism. 

Selected Contents: Introduction: Reading Moments of 

US Militarism from the Margins of International Politics 

Part 1: Contextualising Moments of US Militarism 

1. Technologies of (In)Security: Contextualising Moments 

of Militarism Part 2: Technologies of (In)Security 2. There 

are Monsters Among ‘US’: The War on Terror and Homeland 

(In)Security 3. Tales of the Shield: Missiles, Masculinity & 

Biopower 4. Bodies of Technology: Cyborg Soldiers and 

Militarised Masculinities Part 3: Productions of Bare Life 

5. The Biopolitics of Death: Ritual Burials in the War on/of 

Terror and the Production of Homo Sacer 6. Femina Sacra: 

The War on/of Terror, Women, and the Feminine. 

Conclusion: Fleshy Politics 

February 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57775-5: £70.00 




geNder aNd seCuriTy 55 

Forthcoming 

War and Rape 

Law, Memory and Justice 

Nicola Henry, La Trobe University, Australia 

Series: Interventions 

In this book, Henry asks some 

critical questions about the 

relationship between mass 

rape, politics and law. In what 

ways does law contribute to 

the collective memory of 

wartime rape? How do 

‘counter-memories’ of victims 

compete with the denialism 

of wartime rape? 

Providing a comprehensive 

overview of the politics of 

wartime rape and the politics of 

prosecuting such crimes within international humanitarian 

law, this text will be of great interest to scholars of gender 

and security, war crimes and law and society. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: How the Past is Made 

to Matter 2. Traces of Truth: Collective Memory and the Law 

3. A History of Silence: The Nuremberg and Tokyo Trials 

4. Casualties of Law: Wartime Rape and War Crimes Courts 

5. Trials and Trauma: The Impossibility of Bearing Witness 

6. Wartime Rape and the Legacy of Law 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 176pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56472-4: £75.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-56473-1: £24.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-83619-4 



Forthcoming 

Feminist Security Studies 

A Narrative Approach 

Annick Wibben, University of San Francisco, USA 

Series: PRIO New Security Studies 

This book rethinks security theory from a feminist 

perspective – uniquely, it engages feminism, security, 

and strategic studies to provide a distinct feminist 

approach to Security Studies. 

The volume explicitly works toward an opening up of 

security studies that would allow for feminist (and other) 

narratives to be recognized and taken seriously as 

security narratives. To make this possible, it presents 

a feminist reading of security studies that aims to 

invigorate the debate and radicalize critical security 

studies. Since feminism is a political project, and security 

studies are, at their base, about particular visions of the 

political and their attendant institutions, this is of 

necessity a political intervention. The book works 

through and beyond security studies to explore possible 

spaces where an opening of security, necessary to make 

way for feminist insights, can take place. While it 

develops and illustrates a feminist narrative approach 

to security, it is also intended as an intervention that 

challenges the politics of security and the meanings 

for security legitimized in existing practices. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Feminist Interventions: 

The Politics of Identity 2. Challenging Meanings 3. Toward 

A Narrative Approach 4. Security as Narrative 5. Feminist 

Security Narratives. Conclusion: The Future of Feminist 


December 2010: 234 x 156: 176pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-45727-9: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-45728-6: £22.99 

eBook: 978-0-203-83488-6 



56 

geNder aNd seCuriTy 


Female Suicide Bombers 

Narratives of Violence 

V.G. Julie Rajan, Rutgers University, NJ, USA 

Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies 

This book offers an evaluation of female suicide bombers 

through postcolonial, Third World feminist and human 

rights theoretical frameworks, drawing on case studies 

from conflicts in Palestine, Sri Lanka, and Chechnya, 

among others. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Gender, Deviance, 

and Narrative Violence 2. Negotiating ’Victims’ 3. Producing 

the Spectacle of the Martyr 4. Projecting the Maternal and 

the Monstrous 5. Sexualization, Fetishism, and Fantasy 

6. Women and Suicide Bombing in the Post-9/11 Era. 

Bibliography 

February 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55225-7: £75.00 




Gender, Nationalism and 

Conflict Transformation 

New Themes and Old Problems in Northern 

Ireland 

Fidelma Ashe, University of Ulster at Jordanstown, UK 


Resolution 

This book genders the process of conflict transformation 

in Northern Ireland and both documents and analyzes 

the effects of the restructuring of its politics on gender 

and sexual equality. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Ethno- 

Nationalist Conflict, Gender and Sexuality 2. Gender 

and Nationalism in Ireland 3. Gender, Ethnicity and Conflict 

Transformation Part 2: Gender, Sexuality and Political 

Institutions 5. Gender Equality, the Political Parties and the 

Assembly 6. Equality Discourses and Institutions 

7. Gendering Policing and Security Part 3: Gender 

and Conflict Transformation in Civil Society 8. The 

Continuing Struggle of Women’s Groups 9. Gender, 

Demilitarisation and Restorative Justice 10. Gendering 

Forgetting and Remembering 11. Conclusion. Bibliography 

July 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55816-7: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86579-8 





Gender and U.S. Foreign Policy 

Militarization, Resistance and the Discourse 

of Motherhood 

Tina Managhan, Oxford Brookes University, UK 

Series: War, Politics and Experience 

This book examines motherhood as a discursive practice 

in IR against the backdrop of US foreign policy formation. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Reading International 

Relations through Bodies, Reading the Maternal(ized) Body 

as Political Event 2. The Vicissitudes of Life: Women’s 

Complex Entanglement with Peace and War 3. Shifting the 

Gaze from Hysterical Mothers to ‘Deadly Dads’: Spectacle 

and the Antinuclear Movement 4. (M)others, Biopolitics and 

the Gulf War 5. Grieving Dead Soldiers, Disavowing Loss: 

Cindy Sheehan and the Im/possibility of the American 

Antiwar Movement – 11,000 words 6. The Maternal Body 

as Alibi: Understanding the Centrality of the Maternal Body 

to Sovereign Representation. Bibliography 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78195-4: £75.00 



new 

Nationbuilding, Gender and 

War Crimes in South Asia 

Bina D’Costa, Australian National University 


This book gives a detailed historical analysis of 

nationbuilding processes and how these are closely linked 

to statebuilding and to issues of war crime, gender and 

sexuality, and marginalization of minority groups. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Politics of 

Nationalism and Nationbuilding 2. 1947: From Partition 

to Creation 3. 1971: Politics of Silence, or Refusal to 

Remember? 4. Gendered Nationbuilding 5. Frozen in Time? 

War Crimes, Justice and Political Forgiveness 6. Partnership 

with Transnational Networks for Gender-Sensitive Justice 

Mechanism. Conclusion 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56566-0: £80.00 



Strategic Analysis 

Published in association with the Institute for Defence Studies & Analyses (IDSA) 

Editor: Narendra Sisodia, Director, IDSA, India 

Strategic Analysis is the flagship of IDSA publications. It provides a forum 

for independent research, commentaries, analysis and debate on global and 

regional security issues. An internationally refereed journal, Strategic Analysis 

reflects a whole range of views from within the Indian strategic studies and 

International Relations community. It seeks to promote a better understanding 

of Indian thinking on contemporary national and international themes. The 

coverage and scope is global, reflecting India’s growing global interests and role. 

For more information on the journal, including subscription information, please 

visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rsan 

MiliTary sTudies 


The New Citizen Armies 

Israel’s Armed Forces in Comparative 

Perspective 

Edited by Stuart A. Cohen, Bar-Ilan University, Israel 

This edited book constitutes the first detailed attempt at a 

comparative international analysis of the transformations 

that are currently affecting the composition of the Israel 

Defense Forces (IDF) and their place in Israeli society. 

Selected Contents: Part 1: Continuities and their 

Manifestations 1. The Enduring Citizen-Soldier Tradition 

in the United States Ronald R. Krebs 2. Recruiting the 

All-Volunteer Force: Continuity and Change in the British Army, 

1963-2008 Christopher Dandeker 3. The Royal Netherlands 

Army, 1814-2008: The Rise and Decline of a Citizen Army? Jan 

Hoffenaar 4. Reversing the Tide of Jewish History: Culture and 

the Creation of Israel’s ’People’s Army’ Stuart A. Cohen 

Part 2: Change: Causes and Constraints 5. Operational 

and Technological Incentives and Disincentives for Force 

Transformation Avi Kober 6. Strategic and Political Factors 

Preventing the Shift from ’Citizen Armies’ to Professional 

Militaries Gabriel Sheffer and Oren Barak 7. Gender Issues in 

the Transformation to an All-Volunteer Force: A Transnational 

Perspective Michelle Sandhoff, Mady Wechsler Segal, David R. 

Segal 8. Conscription versus Recruitment Through Markets: 

Economic Considerations Yaacov Lifshitz 9. The Officer 

Corps in the All-Volunteer Army: The American Experiment 

Continues Leonard Wong 10. Up from the Ashes: The 

Re-Professionalization of the Canadian Forces After the 

’Somalia’ Affair David J. Bercuson Part 3: Israeli Dilemmas 

and Experiences 11. Where Will the Women Be? Gendered 

Implications of the Decline of Israel’s Citizen Army Orna 

Sasson-Levy 12. From the ’Citizen Army’ to the ’Market 

Army’: Israel as a Case Study Yagil Levy 13. Teaching 

Citizens to be Professional Soldiers: IDF Responses and 

Their Implications Tamir Libel 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-56546-2: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86171-4 





Strategic Comments 

A publication of The International 

Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) 

Editor: Alexander Nicoll 

Strategic Comments 

is the Institute’s online 

source of analysis of 

international security 

and politico-military 

issues. Published ten 

times per year, with 

five articles in each 

issue, Strategic 

Comments briefing 

papers offer succinct 

and cogent insights of 

consistent authority to 

its core readership of policy-makers, journalists, 

business executives and foreign affairs analysts. 

New IISS-Routledge website! 

Search IISS publications in one place: visit – 

www.iiss-routledgepublications.com

Cass Military Studies 


The US Military 

A Basic Introduction 

Judith Stiehm, Florida International University, USA 

This book aims to provide a basic guide to the US military 

and will raise questions for further discussion by students. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The A, B, Cs 3. The 

Military in Action 4. Strategy and Doctrine 5. Weapons: 

What They Can Do, What They Cost, Relationship to Strategy 

6. The Budget 7. Policy Questions. Sources Bibliography 

June 2011: 198 x 129: 176pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-78214-2: £85.00 

Pb: 978-0-415-78215-9: £22.99 



new 

Democratic Citizenship and War 

Edited by Yoav Peled, Noah Lewin-Epstein and 

Guy Mundlak, all at Tel-Aviv University, Israel and 

Jean Cohen, Columbia University 

This edited volume explores the theoretical and practical 

implications of war and terror situations for citizenship in 

democratic states. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Citizenship 

and War: The View From Political Theory 1. Republican 

Citizenship, Repression of Liberal Rights and Multi-Polarity 

Alberto Spektorowski and Carl Schmitt 2. Security Council 

Activism in the Age of the War on Terror: Implications for 

Human rights, Democracy and Constitutionalism Jean Cohen 

3. Beyond The Security vs. Liberty Paradigm: A New Look on 

Security Politics Sharon Weinblum Part 2: Citizenship and 

War: An Historical Perspective 4. The Alien-Citizen 

Distinction and the Global War on Terrorism Tung Yin and 

David Abraham 5. Citizens at War: Traitors and Internal 

Enemies Ute Frevort 6. Limited War, Limited Citizenship: 

The Case of Veterans in the People’s Republic of China 

Niel J. Diamant 7. Soldiers’ Violence and the Dialectics of 

Citizenship and Victimhood in Contemporary Israel Yaron 

Ezrahi Part 3: Citizenship, War and the Rights of Women 

and Ethnic Minorities 8. Indian Muslims and the War on 

Terror: Reflections on Their Citizenship Status Ornit Shani 

9. Women as the Bearers of the Nation: Women’s Rights in 

Israel – Between Liberal and Ethnic Citizenship Gila Stopler 

10. The Palestinian-Israeli ’Visionary Documents’: Background, 

Implications and Critique Uri Ram Part 4: Social and 

Economic Citizenship in Wartime 11. Democracy’s 

Disappearing Duties: The Washington Consensus and the 

Limits of Citizen Participation Timothy A. Canova 12. The 

Reversal of Citizenship: The Lebanon War and Intifada in 

the 1980’s and the 2000’s Lev Grinberg 

July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55224-0: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86982-6 



new 

Managing Diversity in the 

Military 

The Value of Inclusion in a Culture of 

Uniformity 

Edited by Daniel P. McDonald, DeVry University, 

USA and Kizzy M. Parks, Defense Equal 

Opportunity Management Institute, USA 

This edited book examines the successful management 

of diversity and inclusion in the military. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Foundation of 

Diversity: Policy and Strategy 1. Reframing Diversity: The 

Need for Internal Dialogue Brenda Sherrer 2. Diversity Policies 

across the Dept of Defense 3. 2010 and Beyond: Diversity, 

Respect and Inclusion William McGuire 4. Leading Across 

Diversity Renee Yuengling 5. Employee Recruitment and 

Retention: Best Practice 6. Diversity Training and Education 

7. Best Practices for Talent Management 8. Getting to 

Ground Truth about Diversity Management Brian Alejandro 

Sandoval and Renee Yuengling Part 2: Special Topics for 

Diversity and Inclusion 9. Status and Power: The Effect on 

Women and Minorities in the Military David Segal and Jeff 

Lucas 10. Diversity and Inclusion: An Equal Opportunity 

Practitioner’s Perspective Gregory Jenkins 11. Exploring 

Generational Diversity in the Workforce: An Examination of 

Current Issues and Future Trends Patrice Reid 12. Religious 

Diversity in the Navy Charlotte E. Hunter 13. Wounded 

Warriors: Building an Inclusive Culture for All Edward J. 

Crenshaw, Jr 14. Lesbian, Gay, Bi-Sexual and Transgender 

(LGBT) Challenges that Will Occur when‚ Don’t Ask, Don’t 

Tell‘ is Changed 15. Global Military Diversity and the Need 

for 3C (Cross Cultural Competence) 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58636-8: £75.00 



Modern War and the 

Utility of Force 

Challenges, Methods and Strategy 

Edited by Isabelle Duyvesteyn, University of 

Utrecht, the Netherlands and Jan Angstrom, 

Swedish National Defence College 

This book investigates the use and utility of military force 

in modern war. 

Selected Contents: Foreword General Sir Rupert Smith 

1. War, What is it Good for? Jan Angstrom 2. From Victory 

to Success: The Changing Mission of Western Armed Forces 

Christopher Dandeker 3. The International Private Security 

Company: A Unique and Useful Actor? Christopher Spearin 

4. Great Expectations: The Use of Armed Force to Combat 

Terrorism Isabelle Duyvesteyn 5. Why does Peacekeeping 

Succeed or Fail? Peacekeeping in the Democratic Republic of 

Congo and Sierra Leone Sarah Kreps 6. Exploring the Utility 

of Armed Force in Peace Operations: German and British 

Approaches in Northern Afghanistan Kersti Larsdotter 

7. Counterinsurgency Doctrine: The US Experience Thomas 

Mockaitis 8. No Simple Formula: The Use of Military Force in 

Counterinsurgency James Corum 9. Adapting to Counter- 

Insurgency; The US Army in Iraq, July 2004-December 2006 

Brian Burton and John Nagl 10. Inviting the Leviathan: External 

Forces, War and State Building in Afghanistan Jan Angstrom 

11. Between Reluctance and Necessity: The Utility of Military 

Force in Humanitarian and Development Operations Robert 

Egnell 12. War, What it is Good for. . . Isabelle Duyvesteyn 

March 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-57595-9: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85146-3 




MiliTary sTudies 57 

Managing Military 

Organizations 


Edited by Joseph Soeters, Paul C.van Fenema and 

Robert Beeres, both at The Netherlands Defense 

Acadamy 

This book deals with the processes and theories involved 

in managing military organisations in both peacetime 

and crisis conditions. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introducing Military Organizations 

Joseph Soeters, Paul C. van Fenema and Robert Beeres 

Part 1: Context, Strategy and External Coordination 

2. Leading Military Organizations in the Risk Society: 

Mapping the New Strategic Complexity Frans Osinga and 

Julian Lindley French 3. Legitimacy and Surveillance: Shifting 

Patterns of Vertical and Horizontal Control Paul Ducheine, 

Jan van der Meulen and René Moelker 4. Internationalization 

of the Military Anthony King 5. Research, Development and 

Innovation in the Military Daniel Uiterwijk and Ivar Kappert 

Part 2: Internal Coordination and Preparation of 

Operations 6. Designing and Preparing Military Organizations 

for Expeditionary and Network Performance Erik de Waard 

and Eric-Hans Kramer 7. (Re-)Drawing the Boundaries: 

Sourcing Operational and Supportive Services in Military 

Organizations Paul C. van Fenema and Robert Beeres 

8. Logistics Planning and Control: Lessons Learned in 

Afghanistan Bas Rietjens, Ton van Kampen and Tim Grant 

Part 3: Military Organizations in Action 9. Leadership 

During Operations Ad Vogelaar, Coen van den Berg and 

Thom Kolditz 10. Sensemaking During Operations and 

Incidents Eric-Hans Kramer, Roos Delahaij and Bart van 

Bezooijen 11. Managing Moral Professionalism in Military 

Operations Peter Olsthoorn, Marten Meijer and Desiree Verweij 

12. Military Law and Operations Ben Klappe 13. Trust and 

Control in the Military: Dual or Dueling Forces? Marion 

Bogers, Andrea van Dijk and Jacqueline Heeren-Bogers 

14. Partnering with ‘Strangers’ Myriame Bollen and Joseph 

Soeters 15. Military Organizations and National Crisis 

Response Paul C. van Fenema Part 4: Monitoring 

Operational Effectiveness and (Secondary) Outcomes 

16. Commanding and Controlling Crisis Response Operations 

Christiaan Davids, Robert Beeres and Tim Grant 17. Measuring 

Performance in Today’s Missions: The Effects-Based Approach 

to Operations Joseph Soeters, Sebastiaan Rietjens, and 

Willem Klumper 18. Learning Military Organizations and 

Organizational Change Tom Bijlsma, Irma Bogenrieder and 

Peter van Baalen 19. Managing Well-being of Military 

Personnel and Their Families Tessa Op den Buijs, Manon 

Andres, and Paul Bartone 20. Epilogue: Military Heterogeneous 

Value Creation Paul C. van Fenema, Joseph Soeters and 

Robert Beeres 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-48406-0: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85710-6 



58 

new 


Military Ethics and Virtues 

An Interdisciplinary Approach for the 21st 

Century 

Peter Olsthoorn, Netherlands Defence Academy 

This book examines the role of military virtues in modern 

armies. 

Selected Contents: 1. Virtue Ethics and the Military 2. Honour 

3. Courage 4. Loyalty 5. Integrity 6. Respect 7. Conclusion 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58006-9: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84082-5 



new 

Military Integration 

after Civil Wars 

Multiethnic Armies, Identity and 


Florence Gaub, NATO Defense College, Italy 

This book examines the role of multiethnic armies in 

post-conflict reconstruction, and demonstrates how they 

can promote peacebuilding efforts. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Armed Forces as 

a Social Agent 2. Case Study Nigerian Army: From Colonial 

to Political 3. Case Study Lebanese Armed Forces: From 

Powerlessness to Integration? 4. Case Study Armies of 

Bosnia-Herzegovina: A State in Transit 5. Military Integration 

after Civil War: An Assessment. Conclusion 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-58094-6: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84105-1 




The Korean Journal of 

Defense Analysis 

Publication of the Korea Institute 

for Defense Analyses (KIDA) 

2009 Impact Factor: 0.255 

Ranking: 49/59 (International 

Relations) 

© 2010 Thomson Reuters, 2009 

Journal Citation Reports® 

Editor-in-Chief: Tae-am Ohm 

Since its first publication in 1989, The 

Korean Journal of Defense Analysis has 

been covering a broad range of topics related 

to foreign policy, defense and international 

affairs in the Asia-Pacific region. As the oldest 

SSCI registered English journal of political 

science in Asia, The Korean Journal of 

Defense Analysis has promoted efforts to 

provide an arena for sharing initiatives and 

new perspectives on military and security 

issues of the Asia-Pacific region. 


subscription information, please visit: 

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rkjd 

Cass Series: Naval Policy and History 

Series edited by Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff College / Defence 

Studies, Kings College London, UK 

This series consists primarily of original manuscripts by research scholars in the general 

area of naval policy and history, without national or chronological limitations. It will 

from time to time also include collections of important articles as well as reprints of 

classic works. 

Forthcoming 

Naval Power and Expeditionary 

Wars 

Peripheral Campaigns and New Theatres 

of Naval Warfare 

Edited by Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine, 

both at US Naval War College, Newport, USA 

This book examines the nature and character of naval 

expeditionary warfare, in particular in peripheral 

campaigns, and the contribution of such campaigns to 

the achievement of strategic victory. 

Selected Contents: Foreword John B. Hattendorf 

1. Introduction Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine 2. Legal 

Issues in Expeditionary Campaigns Eric T. Jensen 3. Festering 

the Spanish Ulcer: The Royal Navy and the Peninsular War, 

1808-1814 Michael Duffy 4. The Royal Navy’s White Sea 

Campaign of 1854 Andrew D. Lambert 5. Gallipoli as a 

Combined and Joint Operation Robin Prior 6. The British 

Mesopotamia Campaign, 1914-1918 Paul G. Halpern 7. Pearl 

Harbor and Beyond: Japan’s Peripheral Strategy to Defeat China 

S.C.M. Paine 8. A Pivotal Campaign in a Peripheral Theatre: 

Guadalcanal and World War II in the Pacific Bradford A. Lee 

9. The New Guinea Campaign during World War II David 

Stevens 10. Amphibious Assault as Decisive Maneuver in Korea 

Donald Chisholm 11. Naval Operations in Peripheral Conflicts: 

The Malayan Emergency (1948-60) and Confrontation 

(1962-66) Jeffrey Grey 12. China’s 1974 Naval Expedition to 

the Paracel Islands Bruce A. Elleman 13. Always Expect the 

Unexpected: The Falklands/Malvinas Maritime Conflict 1982 Eric 

Grove 14. The Maritime Campaign in Iraq Peter Jones 15. US 

Naval Operations and Contemporary Geopolitics: The War on 

Terror and the New Great Game in the Early 21st Century John 

Reeve 16. Conclusions: Naval Expeditionary Warfare and the 

Future of Seapower Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-54608-9: £75.00 




Piracy, Terrorism and Irregular 

Warfare at Sea 

Navies Confront the 21st Century 

Martin N. Murphy 

This is the first detailed study of irregular warfare at sea, 

covering such topics as piracy, asymmetric war, and 

terrorism. 

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Navies and Naval 

Strategy 3. Asymmetry and Irregular 4. Pirates and Privateers 

5. Commerce-Raiding and Guerre de Course 6. The 

Development of Naval Special Forces 7. Modern Asymmetric 

Challenges 8. From the Sea: Raiding and Presence 

9. Conclusion. Bibliography 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55039-0: £75.00 




Technology and the Mid- 

Victorian Royal Navy 

Ironclads and Naval Innovation 

Howard J. Fuller, University of Wolverhampton, UK 

Series: Cass Series: Naval Policy and History 

A revealing new examination of Palmerstonian 

diplomacy during the pivotal decade of the 1860s, the 

evolution of the modern capital ship and the real nature 

of ‘empire’, ‘technology’ and ‘seapower’. 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-37004-2: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-02967-1 




Seapower and the Asia-Pacific 

Adjusting to New Realities 

Edited by Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command 

and Staff College / Defence Studies, Kings College 

London, UK and Patrick Bratton 

This volume examines the rise and fall of sea powers 

in the Asia-Pacific region. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Seapower and the Rise 

and Fall of Empires Geoffrey Till 2. Globalization and the 

Asia-Pacific Carlos Juarez 3. The US as a Pacific Power 

Patrick Bratton 4. The US Navy and the Pacific Captain Kevin 

Johnson 5. China’s Rediscovery of its Maritime Past Capt Carl 

Shuster 6. China’s Maritime Future Adm Mike McDevitt 

7. Japan’s Maritime Past, Present and Future Alessio Patalano 

8. India’s Maritime Past, Present and Future Harsh Pant 

9. Singapore’s Maritime Past, Present and Future Joshua Ho 

10. Korea’s Maritime Past, Present and Future Seong Yong 

Park 11. Australia’s Maritime Past, Present and Future 

Andrew Forbes 12. Adapting to Change: The British 

Experience: Imperial Defence and Anglo-US Cooperation 

Greg Kennedy 13. The British in the Pacific Jon Robb-Webb 

14. Adapting to Change: The United States: Strategic 

Responses Richard Halloran 15. Adapting to Change: The 

United States. Naval Responses Stan Weeks 16. Conclusion 

Patrick Bratton and Geoffrey Till. Bibliography 

March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60934-0: £75.00 




Cold War 

sTudies 

America, the UN and 

Decolonisation 

Cold War Conflict in the Congo 

John Kent, London School of Economics and 

Political Science, UK 

Series: LSE International Studies Series 

This book examines the role of the UN in conflict resolution 

in Africa in the 1960s and its relation to the Cold War. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Independence 

Disaster 1958-Sept 1960 2. The Dismissal and Murder of 

Lumumba and the Establishment of the Adoula Government 

September 1960-August 1961 3. The Adoula Government 

and Kitona: The Conflict and Dilemmas Created by US and 

UN Policy August-December 1961 4. Too Little Too Late 

January-July 1962 5. The Last Adoula Government of a 

Divided Congo July–December 1962 6. The End of Secession 

and the Beginning of the End for the Congo December 

1962-January 1963 7. Unified Nation Building and No Unity 

to Build On January-October 1963 8. The Emerging Chaos 

and the Forces of Disintegration Bring Tshombe’s Return 

October 1963-July 1964. Conclusion 

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-46414-7: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-85192-0 



Forthcoming 

The Nordic Countries in the 

Early Cold War, 1944-51 

Documents on British Policy Overseas, 

Series I, Vol. IX 

Edited by Tony Insall and Patrick Salmon 

Series: Whitehall Histories 

The end of the Second World War brought hopes of 

building a new society in Western Europe. This volume 

documents Foreign Office concerns about the range of 

problems, both multilateral and bilateral, which still 

remained to be resolved in the Nordic area, and 

describes the evolution of policies to deal with them. 

The Soviet Union, which in May 1945 already occupied 

parts of Norway and Denmark and dominated Finland, 

was perceived as a growing threat. The Nordic region 

was considered to be of significant strategic importance 

during this period. The documents describe the process 

whereby Britain attempted to encourage Scandinavian 

countries away from their support for neutrality and, by 

enlisting American support, began the process which led 

to the signature of the Atlantic Treaty in 1949, signed by 

Norway, Denmark and Iceland. They also include 

material describing the establishment of Information 

Research Department (formed to counteract Soviet 

propaganda) and illustrating some of its methods. Some 

documents not previously in the public domain have 

been declassified for this volume. Most are drawn from 

the archives of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 

but there are also a number of Prime Ministerial and 

Cabinet Office documents too. 

This book will be of much interest to students of the 

Cold War, European history, British political history, 

international history and IR in general. 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 346pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-59476-9: £85.00 



Cold War History 


International History of 

the Vietnam War 

Ang Cheng Guan, Nanyang Technical University, 

Singapore 

This book is an international history of the Vietnam War 

from The Manila Conference and the Decisions of 

November 1966 up to the end of the conflict in April 1975. 

April 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-35095-2: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-69672-9 



Forthcoming 

The End of the Cold War 

in The Third World 

New Perspectives on Regional Conflict 

Edited by Artemy Kalinovsky, London School of 

Economics and Sergei Radchenko 

This book examines the end of the Cold War in the 

Third World, and contributes to ongoing debates about 

regional conflicts, the role of great powers in the 

developing world, and the role of international actors. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Artemy Kalinovsky and 

Sergei Radchenko 1. China’s Changing Attitude to the 3rd 

World Chen Jian 2. The Decline in Soviet Arms Transfers to 

the Third World, 1986-91: Political, Economic, and Military 

Dimensions Mark Kramer 3. Gorbachev, New Thinking, 

and the Third World Svetlana Savranskaya 4. The End of 

Unbreakable Friendship: Soviet Relations with North Korea 

and the End of the Cold War Sergey Radchenko 5. Satellites 

of a Satellite? The End of the Cold War in Indochina, 1986-89 

Balasz Szalontai 6. The End of the Cold War and Southern 

Africa Christopher Saunders 7. ’Are the Soviets Selling Out?’ 

The USSR and Southern Africa Vladimir Shubin 8. The Media 

and the end of the Cold War in Southern Africa Sue Onslow 

9. The Impact of the Cold War on the Arab-Israeli conflict 

Dima Adamsky 10. The Failure of Reconciliation in 

Afghanistan, 1989-92 Artemy Kalinovsky 11. Lebanon and 

the End of the Cold War Michael Kerr 12. The Missing Cold 

War? Reflections on the Latin American Debt Crisis, 1979-89 

Duccio Basosi 13. Chilean Internationalism and the End of the 

Sandinista Revolution Victor Figueroa-Clark 14. Brazilian 

Assessments of the End of the Cold War Matias Spektor 

15. The Cuban Drumbeat Piero Gliejeses. Bibliography 

December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-60054-5: £75.00 




new 

Cold War sTudies 59 

Series edited by Michael Cox and Odd Arne Westad, London School of Economics, 

London, UK 

In the new history of the Cold War that has been forming since 1989, many of the 

established truths about the international conflict that shaped the latter half of the 

twentieth century have come up for revision. This series is an attempt to make available 

interpretations and materials that will help further the development of this new history. 

It concentrates in particular on publishing expositions of key historical issues and critical 

surveys of newly available sources. 

Yugoslavia and the Soviet 

Union in the Early Cold War 

Reconciliation, Comradeship, 

Confrontation, 1953–1957 

Svetozar Rajak, London School of Economics and 

Political Science, University of London, UK 

This book provides a comprehensive insight into one of 

the key episodes of the Cold War – the process of 

reconciliation between Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union. 

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Overtures 

2. Normalisation 3. Comradeship 4. Contention 

5. Confrontation. Conclusion 

September 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-38074-4: £80.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-84241-6 



The Globalization 

of the Cold War 

Diplomacy and Local Confrontation, 

1975-85 

Edited by Max Guderzo and Bruna Bagnato, both 

at University of Florence, Italy 

This book focuses on the globalisation of the Cold War 

in the years 1975-85, highlighting the transformation 

from bipolar US-Soviet competition to global 

confrontation. 

Selected Contents: Introduction Bruna Bagnato and Max 

Guderzo Part 1: The Latin American Arena 1. Carter’s 

New Look: US Foreign Policy in Latin America, 1977-80 Max 

Guderzo 2. Operation Urgent Fury: The Shift from Rhetorical 

to Military Offensive in Reagan’s Global Rollback of 

Communism Stefano Luconi Part 2: African Challenges 

3. Libya, the United States and the Soviet Union: From the Rise 

of Qadhafi to Ronald Reagan’s Policy of Pressure Massimiliano 

Cricco 4. Human Rights versus Cold War: The Horn of Africa, 

Southwest Asia and the Emergence of the Carter Doctrine 

Barbara Zanchetta 5. Carter and the African Morass: US Policy 

and the Failure of the State-Building Process in Angola and the 

Congo Maria Stella Rognoni 6. East-South Relations in the 

1970s and the GDR Involvement in Africa: Between Bloc 

Loyalty and Self-Interest Sara Lorenzini Part 3: War and 

Peace in Asia 7. The United States and the Iran-Iraq War: 

The Limits of American Influence Malcolm Byrne 8. The 

United States and the Third World in the Carter Years: The 

Case of India Mariele Merlati 9. The Sino-American Entente 

of 1978-9 and Its ‘Baptism of Fire’ in Indochina Enrico Fardella 

Part 4: A Different World 10. The International System after 

the End of the Cold War Ennio Di Nolfo 

January 2010: 234 x 156: 200pp 

Hb: 978-0-415-55226-4: £75.00 

eBook: 978-0-203-86181-3 



60 

reFereNCe 

reFereNCe 

new 

The Military Balance 2010 

Edited by International Institute for Strategic Studies 

The Military Balance is the International Institute for Strategic 

Studies’ annual assessment of the military capabilities and 

defence economics of 170 countries worldwide. Offering 

region-by-region analysis and comprehensive data on weapons 

and defence economics, it is an essential resource for those 

involved in security policymaking, analysis and research. 

This year’s Military Balance examines key issues including 

the conflict in Afghanistan; the development of Iraq’s 

security forces; the debate over NATO’s strategic concept and 

operations in Afghanistan; an update on EU military operations; 

the progress of reforms in the Russian armed forces; military 

developments in Africa, including conflicts and the progress of the African Standby Force 

initiative; and developments in China’s People’s Liberation Army. There is also a brand 

new chapter on the Indian defence industry. 

Military Balance 2010 is the leading resource for informed analysis of the major military 

and economic developments affecting defence and security policies, and the trade in 

weapons and other military equipment. Comprehensive tables detail major military 

training activities, UN and non-UN deployments, and give data on key equipment 

holdings and defence-expenditure trends over a ten year period. A very useful table, 

‘International Comparison of Defence Expenditure and Military Manpower’, focuses 

on defence expenditure for the last three years. 

This new edition of The Military Balance provides a unique compilation of data and 

information enabling the reader to access everything they need in a single volume. 

February 2010: 246x174: 488pp | Pb: 978-1-85743-557-3: £245.00 

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435573 


Forthcoming 

Strategic Survey 2010 

The Journal of Strategic Studies 

2009 Impact Factor: 0.422 

Ranking 41/59 (International Relations); 83/112 (Political Science) 

© 2010 Thomson Reuters, 2009 Journal Citation Reports® 

Editors: Joe A Maiolo, King’s College London, UK and Thomas G Mahnken, The Johns Hopkins 


Deputy Editor: Timothy D. Hoyt, United States Naval War Colleg, USA 

Over the last twenty years, the reshaping of the world politics and the 

development of innovative military technologies has placed a huge question 

mark beside the efficacy of force in contemporary statecraft. Consequently, the 

field of strategic studies has never been of greater significance than it is today. 

Since the appearance of the first issue in 1978, The Journal of Strategic Studies 

has taken a lead in promoting fresh thinking in the field among practitioners 

and academics alike. 

The defining feature of The Journal of Strategic Studies is its commitment to 

multi-disciplinary approach. The editors welcome articles that challenge our 

historical understanding of man’s efforts to achieve political ends through the 

application of military and diplomatic means; articles on contemporary security 

and theoretical controversies of enduring value; and of course articles that 

explicitly combine the historical and theoretical approaches to the study of 

modern warfare, defence policy and modern strategy. 

The Journal of Strategic Studies is now on Facebook 

www.facebook.com/pages/Journal-of-Strategic-Studies/128850477151796 

For more information on the journal, including subscription information, please visit: 

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/journalofstrategicstudies 

The Annual Review of World Affairs 

Edited by International Institute for Strategic Studies 

Strategic Survey is the annual review of world affairs from the 

International Institute for Strategic Studies. It is an invaluable 

tool for interpreting world-wide strategic developments. Since 

1966, it has provided the essential one-volume analysis of the 

year’s key events in international relations for government 

policy makers, journalists, business leaders and academics. 

Key features: 

• ‘Events at a Glance’ chronology 

• ‘Perspectives’; an assessment of the effect of major events 

and trends on the strategic landscape over the past year 

• Three specially commissioned essays for 2010 – US Nuclear 

Policy Transformed; US Defence Policy: Preparing for 

Change; Europe’s Evolving Security Architecture 

• Regional chapters, analyzing developments in individual countries 

• Thematic chapters, examining particular strategic policy issues, such as terrorism and 

weapons of mass destruction, missile defence and the future of peacekeeping 

• ‘Prospectives’; an essay setting forth strategic priorities for the coming year 

• A Strategic Geography section, containing thirty-two pages of maps depicting 

strategically important activity and political change globally, regionally and locally. 

The interplay of political developments and the actual or potential use of military force 

remains The Strategic Survey’s chief concern. Nevertheless, since the end of the Cold War 

and of the first distinct post-Cold War period, the Institute has recognised that any survey 

of matters strategic needs to broaden its scope to embrace economic concerns as well. 

August 2010: 246x189: 400pp | Pb: 978-1-85743-563-4: £114.00 

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435634 



Survival: Global Politics 

and Strategy 

A publication of The International 

Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) 

Editor: Dr Dana Allin 

Survival, the 

Institute’s bi-monthly 

journal, is a leading 

forum for analysis 

and debate of 

international and 

strategic affairs. With 

a diverse range of 

authors, thoughtful 

reviews and review 

essays, Survival is 

scholarly in depth 

while vivid, 

well-written and policy-relevant in approach. 

Shaped by its editors to be both timely and 

forward-thinking, the journal encourages 

writers to challenge conventional wisdom and 

bring fresh, often controversial, perspectives 

to bear on the strategic issues of the moment. 

“Survival has always been a source of 

knowledge and wisdom in strategic matters. 

It still is, but it also has become an exciting and 

rich guide to the complexities, contradictions 

and contentions of the post-Cold War 

international political system.” 

Professor Stanley Hoffmann, Harvard University 

New IISS-Routledge website! 

Search IISS publications in one place: visit – 

www.iiss-routledgepublications.com


rouTledge PaPerbaCKs direCT 61 

routledge Paperbacks Direct 

a NeW Way To exPaNd your PersoNal library! 

A growing selection of our Security, Strategic and Military hardback monographs are now available, for individual purchase, 

in paperback format from the price of £22.50. These books are only available directly from Routledge and can be ordered in 

one of three easy ways: 

Online: www.routledgepaperbacksdirect.com Telephone Hotline: +44 (0)1235 400524 Post: Use catalogue order form (back of catalogue) 

Title author/editor isBn Price Url 

Asian Security Studies (Series) 

Asia-Pacific Security Edited by William Tow et al. 978-0-415-49088-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415490887 

China and International Institutions Marc Lanteigne 978-0-415-45956-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415459563 

Chinese Civil-Military Relations Edited by Nan Li 978-0-415-40786-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407861 

Conflict Management, Security and Intervention in East Asia Edited by Jacob Bercovitch et al. 978-0-415-55878-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415558785 

If China Attacks Taiwan Edited by Steve Tsang 978-0-415-40785-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407854 

Nuclear Proliferation in South Asia Edited by Sumit Ganguly and S. Paul Kapur 978-0-415-58211-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415582117 

Political Islam and Violence in Indonesia Zachary Abuza 978-0-415-46106-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415461061 

Religion and Conflict in South and Southeast Asia Edited by Linell E. Cady and Sheldon W. Simon 978-0-415-45953-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415459532 

Taiwan’s Security Bernard Cole 978-0-415-46082-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415460828 

The Rise of China and International Security Edited by Kevin J. Cooney and Yoichiro Sato 978-0-415-55876-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415558761 

Cass Military Studies (Series) 

Bosnia and Herzegovina in the Second World War Enver Redzic 978-0-7146-8510-6 £25.99 www.routledge.com/9780714685106 

Interpreting China’s Military Power Ka Po Ng 978-0-415-40772-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407724 

Leaders in War Edited by Frederick W. Kagan and Christian Kubik 978-0-415-40784-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407847 

Military Industry and Regional Defense Policy Timothy D. Hoyt 978-0-7146-8582-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780714685823 

Military Leadership in the British Civil Wars, 1642-1651 Stanley D.M. Carpenter 978-0-415-40790-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407908 

The Military and Domestic Politics Rebecca L. Schiff 978-0-415-54919-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415549196 

Cass Series on Peacekeeping (Series) 

Clinton, Peacekeeping and Humanitarian Interventionism Leonie Murray 978-0-415-54532-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545327 

Confronting Past Human Rights Violations Chandra Lekha Sriram 978-0-415-40758-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407588 

Kosovo between War and Peace Edited by Tonny Brems Knudsen and 978-0-415-45958-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415459587 

Carsten Bagge Laustsen 

NATO and Peace Support Operations, 1991-1999 Henning A. Frantzen 978-0-415-40789-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407892 

The Military and Negotiation Deborah Goodwin 978-0-415-37900-7 £25.99 www.routledge.com/9780415379007 

Cass Series on Political Violence (Series) 

Mapping Terrorism Research Edited by Magnus Ranstorp 978-0-415-45778-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415457781 

Cass Series: Naval Policy and History (Series) 

Dreadnought Gunnery and the Battle of Jutland John Brooks 978-0-415-40788-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407885 

Contemporary Security Studies (Series) 

America, the EU and Strategic Culture Asle Toje 978-0-415-49033-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415490337 

Corporate Soldiers and International Security Christopher Kinsey 978-0-415-45776-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415457767 

Female Terrorism and Militancy Edited by Cindy D. Ness 978-0-415-48427-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415484275 

International Law and International Relations Edited by Thomas J. Biersteker et al. 978-0-415-45959-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415459594 

International Law and the Use of Armed Force Joel Westra 978-0-415-49515-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415495158 

Military Nanotechnology Jürgen Altmann 978-0-415-40799-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407991 

Missile Defence Edited by Sten Rynning and Bertel Heurlin 978-0-415-40783-0 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407830 

Nasser and the Missile Age in the Middle East Owen L. Sirrs 978-0-415-40798-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407984 

NATO and Weapons of Mass Destruction Eric Terzuolo 978-0-415-40797-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407977 

Propaganda, the Press and Conflict David R. Willcox 978-0-415-40791-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407915 

Russian Energy Policy and Military Power Pavel K. Baev 978-0-415-55877-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415558778 

Small Arms and Security Denise Garcia 978-0-415-49485-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415494854 

Striving for Military Stability in Europe Jane M. O. Sharp 978-0-415-40795-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407953 

The Iraq War Edited by Jan Hallenberg and Håkan Karlsson 978-0-415-40779-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407793 

The Political Economy of Peacebuilding in Post-Dayton Bosnia Tim Donais 978-0-415-40792-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415407922

62 

rouTledge PaPerbaCKs direCT 


Middle east Security 

America and Iraq Edited by David Ryan and Patrick Kiely 978-0-415-60936-4 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415609364 

Conflict and Insurgency in the Contemporary Middle East Edited by Barry Rubin 978-0-415-58212-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415582124 

Iraq’s Armed Forces Ibrahim Al-Marashi and Sammy Salama 978-0-415-56023-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415560238 

Israel and its Army Stuart A. Cohen 978-0-415-57011-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415570114 

Israeli Counter-Insurgency and the Intifadas Sergio Catignani 978-0-415-57012-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415570121 

Radical Islam and International Security Edited by Efraim Inbar and Hillel Frisch 978-0-415-54530-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545303 

The Palestinian Military Hillel Frisch 978-0-415-60942-5 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415609425 

War in Iraq Edited by Thomas G. Mahnken and Thomas A. Keaney 978-0-415-54524-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545242 

US Foreign Policy and Security 

America, War and Power Edited by Lawrence Sondhaus and A. James Fuller 978-0-415-54533-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545334 

American Extremism Darren Mulloy 978-0-415-48380-3 £23.00 www.routledge.com/9780415483803 

Changing Transatlantic Security Relations Edited by Jan Hallenberg and Håkan Karlsson 978-0-415-54496-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415544962 

Clinton’s Foreign Policy John Dumbrell 978-0-415-59575-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415595759 

Narcos Over the Border Edited by Robert J Bunker 978-0-415-59725-8 £24.95 www.routledge.com/9780415597258 

The Geopolitics of American Insecurity Edited by Francois Debrix and Mark Lacy 978-0-415-57754-0 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415577540 

The Homeland Security Dilemma Frank P. Harvey 978-0-415-58158-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415581585 

Theoretical Roots of US Foreign Policy Thomas M. Kane 978-0-415-54503-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545037 

United States Foreign Policy & National Identity in the 

21st Century 

Edited by Kenneth Christie 978-0-415-57357-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415573573 

US-Israeli Relations in a New Era Edited by Eytan Gilboa and Efraim Inbar 978-0-415-60948-7 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415609487 


Armed Groups and the Balance of Power Anthony Vinci 978-0-415-59067-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415590679 

Climate Change and Armed Conflict James R. Lee 978-0-415-59251-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415592512 

Democracy and Security Edited by Matthew Evangelista et al. 978-0-415-57651-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415576512 

Energy Security and Global Politics Edited by Daniel Moran and James A. Russell 978-0-415-57966-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415579667 

Governance in Post-Conflict Societies Edited by Derick W. Brinkerhoff 978-0-415-46324-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415463249 

International Mediation in Civil Wars Timothy D Sisk 978-0-415-60940-1 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415609401 

Liberalism and War Andrew Williams 978-0-415-37833-8 £23.99 www.routledge.com/9780415378338 

Mediating International Crises Victor Asal, David Quinn et al. 978-0-415-40677-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415406772 

NATO, Security and Risk Management M.J. Williams 978-0-415-59248-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415592482 

Political Ethics and The United Nations Manuel Froehlich 978-0-415-58833-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415588331 

Punishment, Justice and International Relations Anthony F. Lang Jr. 978-0-415-57031-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415570312 

Religion in World Conflict Edited by Jonathan Fox and Shmeul Sandler 978-0-415-46434-5 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415464345 

Security and Development Edited by Robert Picciotto and Rachel Weaving 978-0-415-46362-1 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415463621 

The Political Economy of Global Security Heikki Patomäki 978-0-415-47979-0 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415479790 

The Politics of Protection Edited by Jef Huysmans et al. 978-0-415-49916-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415499163 

Transatlantic Homeland Security Anja Dalgaard-Nielsen and Daniel Hamilton 978-0-415-54355-2 £20.00 www.routledge.com/9780415543552 

Where is Nato Going? Edited by Martin Smith 978-0-415-46363-8 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415463638 

Conflict Studies 

Autonomy, Self Governance and Conflict Resolution Edited by Marc Weller and Stefan Wolff 978-0-415-47959-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415479592 

Causes and Consequences of International Conflict Edited by Glenn Palmer 978-0-415-56955-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415569552 

Conflict Management and African Politics Edited by Terrence Lyons and Gilbert M. Khadiagala 978-0-415-60939-5 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415609395 

International Conflict Mediation Edited by Jacob Bercovitch and Scott Sigmund Gartner 978-0-415-57648-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415576482 

Negotiation and Conflict Management I. William Zartman 978-0-415-54529-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545297 

Reintegrating Armed Groups After Conflict Edited by Mats Berdal and David Ucko 978-0-415-59661-9 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415596619 

Territorial Conflicts in World Society Edited by Stephen Stetter 978-0-415-54360-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415543606 

The EU and Conflict Resolution Nathalie Tocci 978-0-415-47976-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415479769 

Urbicide Martin Coward 978-0-415-57356-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415573566 

War and Democratization Edited by Wolfgang Merkel and Sonja Grimm 978-0-415-59086-0 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415590860 

Peace Studies 

Conflict Prevention and Peace-building in Post-War Societies Edited by T. David Mason and James D. Meernik 978-0-415-54495-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415544955 

European Union Peacebuilding and Policing Michael Merlingen and Rasa Ostrauskaite 978-0-415-47964-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415479646 

From Nation-Building to State-Building Edited by Mark T Berger 978-0-415-49521-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415495219 

Nordic Approaches to Peace Operations Peter Viggo Jakobsen 978-0-415-54491-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415544917 

Peace and Security in the Postmodern World Dennis J.D. Sandole 978-0-415-44883-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415448833 

Peace Operations and Human Rights Edited by Ray Murphy and Katarina Mansson 978-0-415-49575-2 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415495752 

Peace Operations and International Criminal Justice Majbritt Lyck 978-0-415-57533-1 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415575331 

Peace without Politics? Ten Years of State-Building in Bosnia Edited by David Chandler 978-0-415-46382-9 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415463829 

Peacebuilding Elisabeth Porter 978-0-415-47973-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415479738 

Peacekeeping in the Middle East as an International Regime Kenneth Dombroski 978-0-415-88253-8 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415882538 



rouTledge PaPerbaCKs direCT 63 


Peacekeeping Intelligence Edited by David Carment and Martin Rudner 978-0-415-54497-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415544979 

Social Capital and Peace-Building Edited by Michaelene Cox 978-0-415-59576-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415595766 

UN Peace Operations and Asian Security Edited by Mely Cabellero-Anthony and Amitav Acharya 978-0-415-56825-8 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415568258 

Terrorism 

Critical Terrorism Studies Edited by Richard Jackson et al. 978-0-415-57415-0 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415574150 

Fighting Terrorism and Drugs Jörg Friedrichs 978-0-415-54351-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415543514 

Terror, Insecurity and Liberty Edited by Didier Bigo and Anastassia Tsoukala 978-0-415-49068-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415490689 

Terrorism and Human Rights Edited by Magnus Ranstorp and Paul Wilkinson 978-0-415-49524-0 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415495240 

Terrorism and Weapons of Mass Destruction Edited by Ian Bellany 978-0-415-57065-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415570657 

The De-Radicalization of Jihadists Omar Ashour 978-0-415-58834-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415588348 

The Psychology of Strategic Terrorism Ben Sheppard 978-0-415-57810-3 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415578103 

The Strategy of Terrorism Peter R. Neumann and M.L.R. Smith 978-0-415-54526-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545266 

Understanding Terrorist Innovation Adam Dolnik 978-0-415-54516-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545167 

Women and Political Violence Miranda Alison 978-0-415-59242-0 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415592420 

Women and Terrorism Margaret Gonzalez-Perez 978-0-415-57073-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415570732 

War and Media 

Information Strategy and Warfare Edited by John Arquilla and Douglas A. Borer 978-0-415-54514-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545143 

Propaganda and Information Warfare in 

the Twenty-First Century 

Scot Macdonald 978-0-415-54500-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545006 

The New Media of Surveillance Edited by Shoshana Magnet and Kelly Gates 978-0-415-56812-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415568128 

War and Media Operations 

Cyber Security 

Thomas Rid 978-0-415-47209-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415472098 

Cyber-Security and Threat Politics Myriam Dunn Cavelty 978-0-415-56988-0 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415569880 

The Politics of Cyberconflict Athina Karatzogianni 978-0-415-47980-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415479806 

Cyber-Conflict and Global Politics Edited by Athina Karatzogianni 978-0-415-57657-4 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415576574 

Genocide 

Globalizing Justice for Mass Atrocities Chandra Lekha Sriram 978-0-415-54490-0 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415544900 

Identity Politics in the Age of Genocide David B. MacDonald 978-0-415-54352-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415543521 

Late Ottoman Genocides Edited by Dominik J. Schaller and Jürgen Zimmerer 978-0-415-60218-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415602181 

Nuclear Weapons and WMD 

Countering the Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction Thanos P Dokos 978-0-714-68499-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780714684994 

Globalization and WMD Proliferation Edited by James A. Russell and James J. Wirtz 978-0-415-56991-0 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415569910 

Nuclear Proliferation and International Security Edited by Sverre Lodgaard and Bremer Maerli 978-0-415-54515-0 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545150 

Nuclear Weapons Proliferation in the Next Decade Edited by Peter Lavoy 978-0-415-49522-6 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415495226 

Strategic Studies 

The Long War - Insurgency, Counterinsurgency and 

Collapsing States 

Edited by Mark T. Berger and Douglas A. Borer 978-0-415-49570-7 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415495707 

War as Risk Management Yee-Kuang Heng 978-0-415-54499-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415544993 

Cold War Studies 

Europe and the End of the Cold War Edited by Frederic Bozo et al. 978-0-415-56391-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415563918 

European Integration and the Cold War Edited by N. Piers Ludlow 978-0-415-56990-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415569903 

The Baltic Question during the Cold War Edited by John Hiden, Vahur Made and David J. Smith 978-0-415-56934-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415569347 

The Cold War in the Middle East Edited by Nigel J. Ashton 978-0-415-54527-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545273 

The Crisis of Détente in Europe Edited by Leopoldo Nuti 978-0-415-60950-0 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415609500 

The Emergence of Détente in Europe Arne Hofmann 978-0-415-54522-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545228 

Intelligence 

Intelligence Activities in Ancient Rome Rose Mary Sheldon 978-0-415-45271-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415452717 

Intelligence, Crises and Security Edited by Len Scott and R. Gerald Hughes 978-0-415-46430-7 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415464307 

Twenty-First Century Intelligence Edited by Wesley K. Wark 978-0-415-46380-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415463805 

Miltary Studies 

Alexander the Great: Lessons in Strategy David J. Lonsdale 978-0-415-54525-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545259 

Changing Direction Julian Lewis 978-0-415-49171-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415491716 

China’s Rising Sea Power Peter Howarth 978-0-415-49516-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415495165 

Civil-Military Cooperation in Post-Conflict Operations Edited by Christopher Ankersen 978-0-415-56960-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415569606 

Civil-Military Relations in Europe Edited by Hans Born et al. 978-0-415-54501-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545013 

Cultural Diversity in the Armed Forces Edited by Joseph L. Soeters and Jan Van der Meulen 978-0-415-54510-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545105 

Gender and the Military Helena Carreiras 978-0-415-47208-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415472081 

Geopolitics and the Great Powers in the 21st Century C. Dale Walton 978-0-415-54519-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545198

64 

rouTledge PaPerbaCKs direCT / iNdex 


iNdex 

A 

Abu-Laban, Yasmeen ..................................29 

Adams, Gordon ..........................................20 

Adelphi series (series) ..........17, 24, 28, 49, 52 

Akbarzadeh, Shahram .................................27 

Akil, Awan ..................................................40 

Akram, Susan M. ........................................30 

Aldrich, Richard J. .......................................52 

Alexander, Martin .......................................52 

Allum, Felia .................................................18 

al-Mdaires, Falah Abdullah ..........................30 

America, the UN and Decolonisation ...........59 

American Foreign Policy and Postwar 

Reconstruction ............................................20 

American Intellectuals and US Strategy .......20 

AmericaÕs Freedom Agenda Towards the 

Middle East .................................................20 

Andrew, Christopher ...................................52 

Andrews-Speed, Philip ................................16 

Angstrom, Jan ............................................57 

Ansari, Ali M. ..............................................28 

Aoi, Chiyuki ................................................10 

Aradau, Claudia ............................................7 

Argomaniz, Javier .......................................27 

Armed Groups and Contemporary 

Conflicts .....................................................38 

Arms Control and Proliferation in the 

Middle East .................................................28 

ASEAN Regionalism ....................................24 

Ashe, Fidelma .............................................56 

Asian Security Studies (series) ......................23 

AsiaÕs Nuclear Futures ...............................22 

Association for the Study of Nationalities 

(series) ........................................................26 

Atrocity and American Military Justice in 

Southeast Asia ............................................39 

Autonomy and Ethnic Conflict in South 

and South-East Asia ....................................23 

Aydinli, Ersel ...............................................13 

B 

Global Geostrategy Edited by Brian Blouet 978-0-7146-8575-5 £23.99 www.routledge.com/9780714685755 

Handbook of War Studies (Routledge Revivals) Midlarsky Manus 978-0-415-61100-8 £24.50 www.routledge.com/9780415611008 

Indian Naval Strategy in the Twenty-first Century James R. Holmes et al. 978-0-415-58600-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415586009 

Military Advising and Assistance Edited by Donald Stoker 978-0-415-58298-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415582988 

Military Cooperation in Multinational Peace Operations Edited by Joseph Soeters and Philippe Manigart 978-0-415-57013-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415570138 

Military Deception and Strategic Surprise! Edited by John Gooch 978-0-415-44933-5 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415449335 

Military Forces in 21st Century Peace Operations James V. Arbuckle 978-0-415-54498-6 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415544986 

Military Honour and the Conduct of War Paul Robinson 978-0-415-54509-9 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545099 

Naval Blockades and Seapower Edited by Bruce Allen Elleman and Sarah C.M. Paine 978-0-415-43871-1 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415438711 

Naval Coalition Warfare Edited by Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine 978-0-415-78083-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415780834 

Operational Warfare at Sea Milan Vego 978-0-415-59577-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415595773 

Private Military and Security Companies Edited by Andrew Alexandra et al. 978-0-415-57030-5 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415570305 

Railways and the Russo-Japanese War Felix Patrikeeff and Harry Shukman 978-0-415-56218-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415562188 

Social Sciences and the Military Edited by Giuseppe Caforio 978-0-415-54508-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545082 

SOE in France M.R.D. Foot 978-0-415-40800-4 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415408004 

Special Forces, Strategy and the War on Terror Alastair Finlan 978-0-415-57036-7 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415570367 

Strategic Culture and Ways of War Lawrence Sondhaus 978-0-415-54506-8 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545068 

The Israeli Military and the Origins of the 1967 War Ami Gluska 978-0-415-54511-2 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415545112 

The Pacific Campaign in World War II William Bruce Johnson 978-0-415-58714-3 £23.50 www.routledge.com/9780415587143 

The Seven Years War Matt Schumann and Karl W. Schweizer 978-0-415-39417-8 £22.50 www.routledge.com/9780415394178 

Badescu, Cristina G. ....................................42 

Bagnato, Bruna ...........................................59 

Balzacq, Thierry .............................................7 

Barnes, Karen .............................................55 

Barnett, Louise ............................................39 

Bartelson, Jens ..............................................8 

Bartrop, Paul R. ...........................................44 

Basaran, Tugba .............................................8 

Basics (series) ................................................3 

Bateman, Sam ............................................25 

Baumann, James .........................................40 

Beeres, Robert ............................................57 

Beeson, Mark ..............................................22 

Behnke, Andreas .........................................12 

Bellamy, Alex J. ...........................................42 

Bercovitch, Jacob ..................................23, 39 

Berdal, Mats .....................................9, 17, 34 

Berger, Mark T.............................................38 

Bergman-Rosamond, Annika .................11, 12 

Bernell, David..............................................21 

BESA Studies in International Security 

(series) ........................................................56 

Beswick, Danielle ..........................................3 

Beyond Anti-Americanism ...........................21 

Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century......7 

Biscop, Sven ................................................26 

Bjorgo, Tore ................................................45 

Black, David R. ............................................43 

Booth, Ken .................................................15 

Born, Hans ..................................................53 

Bourbeau, Philippe ......................................13 

Boyd Barrett, Oliver .....................................40 

Braddock, Kurt ..............................................3 

Bratton, Patrick ...........................................58 

Brecher, Bob ...............................................50 

Bridoux, Jeff ................................................20 

Brincat, Shannon ..........................................6 

Brown, David ..............................................10 

Building Peace After War ............................17 

Bunker, Robert J ..........................................15 

Burgess, J. Peter ........................................6, 7 

BushÕs Foreign and Security Policy .............19 

Butler, Michael J. ...........................................4 

Buying National Security .............................20 

Byrne, Sean...........................................32, 33 

c 

C.van Fenema, Paul ....................................57 

Calleya, Stephen .........................................27 

Carlton-Ford, Steven ...................................35 

Carmola, Kateri ...........................................11 

Cass Military Studies (series) ............26, 57, 58 

Cass Series on Peacekeeping (series) ......34, 36 

Cass Series on Political 

Violence (series) ................2, 3, 44, 45, 46, 47 

Cass Series: Naval Policy and History 

(series) ....................................................5, 58 

Causes and Consequences of Nuclear 

Proliferation ................................................14 

Central Asia Research Forum (series) ...........22 

Central Asian Studies (series) .................39, 50 

Century of Genocide ...................................43 

Chakma, Bhumitra ......................................25 

Chandler, David ......................................6, 34 

Changing Power Relations in 

Northeast Asia ............................................23 

Charountaki, Marianna ...............................30 

Charron, Andrea .........................................39 

Cheng Guan, Ang .......................................59 

China Policy Series (series) .....................16, 17 

China, Europe and International Security .....23 

China, Oil and Global Politics ......................16 

ChinaÕs Strategic Competition with 

the United States ........................................16 

ChinaÕs Multilateral Co-operation in 

Asia and the Pacific .....................................24 

ChinaÕs Rise - Threat or Opportunity? ........16 

ChinaÕs Soft Power and International 

Relations .....................................................16 

Cho, Sung-Ju ..............................................14 

Chung, Chien-peng ....................................24 

Clarke, Michael E. .......................................24 

Clarke, Ryan ...............................................23 

Climate Conflict ..........................................17 

Coakley, John..............................................32 

Cockayne, James ........................................36 

Cohen, Amichai ..........................................30 

Cohen, Jean ................................................57 

Cohen, Stuart .............................................30 

Cohen, Stuart A. .........................................56 

Cold War History (series) .............................59 

Conducting Terrorism Field Research ...........45 

Conflict and Peacebuilding in Sri Lanka .......36 

Conflict and Peacemaking in Israel-Palestine ... 30 

Conflict Management and Resolution ...........4 

Conflict Resolution ......................................33 

Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding 

(series) ....................................................9, 34 

Conflict, Diplomacy and Society in Israeli- 

Lebanese Relations ......................................31 

Conflict, Security and Development ...............3 

Conflict, Security and the Reshaping 

of Society ......................................................8 

Connors, Michael ........................................22 

Constructing Global Enemies ......................12 

Constructing US Foreign Policy ....................21 


(series) ....................................10, 11, 19, 31, 55 

Contemporary Terrorism Studies 

(series) ............................................27, 45, 48 

Contested Politics of Mobility, The .................8 

Cooper, Danny ............................................21 

Cordell, Karl ................................................35 

Corporate Security, Terrorism and Risk .........48 

Cortright, David ..........................................17 

Counter-Terrorism and State Political 

Violence ......................................................49 

Counterterrorism Policies in Central Asia .....50 

Cox, Michael ...............................................21 

Cramer, Jane K............................................18 

Crenshaw, Martha ........................................2 

Crime-Terror Nexus in South Asia ................23 

Critical Issues in Global Politics (series) .....8, 34 

Critical Perspectives on Human Security .........6 

Critical Perspectives on the Responsibility 

to Protect ......................................................8 

Critical Security Studies .................................6 

Critical Theory in International Relations 

and Security Studies ......................................6 

Cronin, Audrey Kurth ..................................49 

Croser, Caroline M. .......................................9 

CSS Studies in Security and International 

Relations (series) .........................................18 

Cunliffe, Philip ..............................................8 


D 

DÕCosta, Bina ............................................56 

Daase, Christopher .....................................11 

Dal Lago, Alessandro ....................................8 

Dannreuther, Roland ...................................16 

Davies, Philip .................................................5 

Davison, Remy ............................................22 

de Graaf, Beatrice .......................................48 

De Haas, Marcel ..........................................31 

Debating Terrorism......................................50 

Defending Democracy and Securing Diversity . 12 

Defining and Defying Organised Crime .......18 

DeGarmo, Denise ........................................38 

Dellecker, Adrian .........................................54 

Demmers, Jolle ...........................................37 

Democracy and Terrorism (series) ................48 

Democracy and the War on Terror ...............44

Democracy Promotion and Post-Conflict 


Democratic Citizenship and War .................57 

Democratic Responses To Terrorism .............48 

Democratization Studies (series) ..................32 

Devenney, Mark ..........................................50 

Dillon, Michael ..............................................7 

Diplomatic History of Postwar Japan, The ....25 

Disarmament Diplomacy and Human 

Security .......................................................14 

Discourses and Practices of Terrorism ..........50 

Dodge, Toby ...............................................28 

Dolnik, Adam ..............................................45 

Domestic Sources of ChinaÕs Foreign Policy, 

The .............................................................17 

Donovan, Jerome ........................................30 

Dosch, Jörn .................................................22 

Doucet, Marc G. ...........................................7 

Doyle, Michael W. .......................................16 

Duff Wrobbel, E. .........................................38 

Dumper, Michael.........................................30 

Dunn Cavelty, Myriam ...................................1 

Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic 

World Series (series) ........................17, 29, 30 

Duyvesteyn, Isabelle ..............................50, 57 

e 

East Asian Security Community, The ............25 

Economic Assistance and Conflict 

Transformation............................................33 

Egerton, Frazer ...........................................41 

Ehteshami, Anoush .....................................29 

Elleman, Bruce A. ........................................58 

Elman, Colin .........................................15, 16 

Emerging Transnational (In)security 

Governance ................................................13 

End of the Cold War in The Third World, The . 59 

Ender, Morten G. ........................................35 

Ending Terrorism .........................................49 

Ethical Subject of Security, The ......................7 

Ethnic Conflict ..............................................2 

EU and Counter-Terrorism, The....................27 

EU Conflict Management ............................26 

EU Conflict Prevention and Crisis 

Management ..............................................33 

EU Foreign Policy and Post-Soviet Conflicts ..18 

Eubank, William ..........................................44 

European Army, A .......................................26 

European Institute of Japanese Studies East 

Asian Economics and Business Series (series) .. 23 

European Security Governance in Transition ... 27 

European Union Sanctions and Foreign Policy 19 

European Union Security .............................26 

European Union, Civil Society and Conflict, 

The .............................................................26 

European-American Relations and the Middle 

East ............................................................18 

Evaluating Counterterrorism Performance ...48 

Evans, Brad ...................................................7 

Evolution of Strategic Thought, The ............52 

Experiencing War ..........................................8 

Explaining PakistanÕs Foreign Policy ...........20 

Explaining Terrorism ......................................2 

Exploring Intelligence Archives ....................52 

F 

Fault Lines in Global Jihad ...........................46 

Faure, Guy Olivier .......................................46 

Fedor, Julie ..................................................53 

Female Suicide Bombers ..............................56 

Feminist Security Studies .............................55 

Findlay, Trevor .............................................54 

Finlay, Andrew ............................................33 

Fishman, Brian ............................................46 

Fitzpatrick, Mark .........................................28 

Francis, David J ...........................................31 

Frazier, Derrick ............................................14 

Freedom and Terror.....................................48 

Friesendorf, Cornelius .................................11 

Fuentes, Claudio .........................................42 

Fuller, Howard J. .........................................58 

Fumagalli, Matteo .......................................39 

Fussey, Peter ...............................................47 

g 

Galtung, Johan ...........................................34 

Ganguly, Rajat.........................................2, 23 

Ganguly, Sumit ...........................................22 

Garcia, Denise .............................................14 

Gartzke, Erik ...............................................14 

Gaub, Florence ...........................................58 

Gaunder, Alisa ............................................24 

Gender and International Security ...............55 

Gender and Transitional Justice ...................37 

Gender and U.S. Foreign Policy ...................56 

Gender, Nationalism and Conflict 

Transformation............................................56 

Genocide ....................................................43 

Genocide Studies Reader, The .....................44 

Geopolitical Theory (series)..........................51 

Geopolitics and Strategic History 1871-2050 .. 51 

Geopolitics for the 21st Century..................51 

Germond, Basil .............................................9 

Gholz, Eugene ..............................................4 

Gibbs, Jessica ..............................................21 

Global Biosecurity .......................................10 

Global Institutions (series) .....................35, 49 

Global Politics and the Responsibility to 

Protect ........................................................42 

Global Politics and the Responsibility to 

Protect (series) ............................................42 

Global Terrorism and New Media ................40 

Globalization of NATO, The .........................14 

Globalization of the Cold War, The ..............59 

Goerzig, Carolin ..........................................48 

Goldsmith, Andrew John ............................37 

Gomart, Thomas .........................................54 

Goodhand, Jonathan ..................................36 

Governing Ethnic Conflict ...........................33 

Government and Politics of the 

Contemporary Middle East ..........................29 

Grand Strategy and the Presidency ..............51 

Gray, Colin S. ................................................5 

Great Powers and Strategic Stability in 

the 21st Century .........................................51 

Greene, Owen ............................................35 

Gross, Eva ...................................................33 

Guderzo, Max .............................................59 

Guha, Manabrata .........................................8 

Gunaratna, Rohan ......................................47 

Gupta, Dipak K. ..........................................45 

h 

Hamas and Suicide Terrorism.......................48 

Handbook of Conflict Analysis and 

Resolution ...................................................32 

Handbook of Intelligence Studies ................52 

Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies .....34 

Handel, Michael I. .........................................1 

Handelman, Sapir .......................................30 

Hangen, Susan I ..........................................39 

Hanhimaki, Jussi ...........................................9 

Hanhimäki, Jussi ...........................................9 

Hansen, Birthe ............................................14 

Hardy Jr., James D. ......................................51 

Harmon, Christopher C. ..............................44 

Harris Rimmer, Susan ..................................37 

Harris, Vandra .............................................37 

Hashim, Ahmed S. ......................................28 

Hassan, Oz ..................................................20 

Hayner, Priscilla B. .......................................41 

Hays, Peter L. ..............................................50 

Hayward, Katy ............................................33 

Hehir, Aidan ..........................................11, 27 

Henehan, Marie T. .......................................10 

Henry, Nicola...............................................55 

Herd, Graeme P. ....................................11, 51 

Herman, Johanna ....................................4, 31 

Herrera, David .............................................40 

Herschinger, Eva..........................................12 

Hesse, Brian J. .............................................27 

Hill, Matthew Alan ......................................32 

History of the Egyptian Intelligence Service, A 53 

Ho, Joshua ..................................................25 

Hochberg, Leonard .....................................51 

Hoglund, Kristine ........................................37 

Hollywood and the CIA ...............................40 

Homolar-Riechmann, Alexandra ....................5 

Hongyi, Lai ..................................................17 

Horgan, John ....................................3, 45, 46 

Hoskins, Andrew .........................................40 

Hough, Peter ................................................2 

Hughes, Christopher W. ..........................1, 24 

Hughes, James ............................................26 

Hughes, R. Gerald .......................................52 

Human Security in Southeast Asia ...............25 

Human Security, Law and the Prevention 

of Terrorism ................................................41 

Human Security, Transnational Crime and 

Human Trafficking.......................................40 

Humanitarian Intervention and the 

Responsibility to Protect ..............................42 

Hyde-Price, Adrian ........................................1 

Hynek, Nik ....................................................6 


i 

Ikpe, Eka .....................................................55 

Improving Intelligence Analysis ....................53 

India and the South Asian Strategic Triangle ... 25 

Insall, Tony ..................................................59 

Intellectual History of Terror, An ..................49 

Intelligence and International Security .........52 

Intelligence and Politics .................................5 

International Conflict in the Asia-Pacific ......23 

International Conflict Management ...............4 

International History of the Vietnam War ....59 

International Institute for Strategic 

Studies, The ..........................................52, 60 

International Intelligence Cooperation 

and Accountability ......................................53 

International Justice after Conflict ...............10 

International Law and the Israeli-Palestinian 

Conflict .......................................................30 

International Politics of Mass Atrocities, The ... 43 

International Politics of the Asia Pacific, The ... 22 

International Security ....................................1 

International Security & Peace Science .........12 

International Statebuilding ..........................34 

International Terrorism Post-9/11.................48 

Interventions (series) ...................................55 

Intriligator, Michael D. .................................10 

Inventing Geopolitics ..................................51 

Iokibe, Makoto ...........................................25 

Iran and the International System ................29 

Iran under Ahmadinejad .............................28 

Iranian Foreign Policy ..................................29 

Iranian Nuclear Crisis, The ...........................28 

Iranian Studies (series) .................................29 

Iran-Iraq War, The .......................................30 

IraqÕs Sunni Insurgency ..............................28 

IraqÕs Future ..............................................28 

Irish Republican Terrorism and Politics .........45 

Irrera, Daniela .............................................18 

Islam in the Eyes of the West ......................17 

Islamic Extremism in Kuwait ........................30 

Ismael, Jacqueline S. ...................................29 

Ismael, Tareq Y. .....................................17, 29 

Israeli History, Politics and Society (series) ....30 

J 

Jackson, Paul ................................................3 

iNdex 65 

Jackson, Peter .............................................52 

Jackson, Richard .........................................50 

Janbek, Dana M. .........................................40 

JapanÕs Remilitarisation .............................24 

JapanÕs Security Identity ............................24 

Jenkins, Robert ...........................................35 

Jeong, Ho-Won .............................................4 

Jerard, Jolene Anne R. .................................47 

Johansen, Jorgen ........................................37 

Johnson, Loch K. .........................................52 

Johnstone, Andrew .....................................21 

Jones, Adam ...............................................43 

Jones, Stephen F. ........................................32 

Juncos, Ana E. ............................................33 

Justifying AmericaÕs Wars ..........................19 

K 

Kalinovsky, Artemy ......................................59 

Kane, Thomas M .........................................52 

Kaplan, Abraham ........................................48 

Kaplan, Jeffrey ............................................46 

Kapur, Ashok ..............................................25 

Karsh, Efraim ..............................................31 

Katona, Peter ..............................................10 

Keaney, Thomas ............................................2 

Kent, John ..................................................59 

Kerr, Michael...............................................31 

Kerton-Johnson, Nicholas ............................19 

Khan, Nichola .............................................39 

Kirchner, Emil J. ...........................................15 

Kitchen, Veronica M. ...................................14 

Knight, W Andy ..........................................41 

Korf, Benedikt .............................................36 

Kosovo, Intervention and Statebuilding .......27 

Kostakos, Panos A. .....................................18 

Krause, Keith ..............................................38 

Kriendler, John ............................................11 

Kroenig, Matthew .......................................14 

Kubbig, Bernd W. .......................................28 

Kuhrt, Natasha ............................................11 

Kurds and US Foreign Policy, The.................30 

L 

Lai, Hongyi ..................................................16 

Lai, Yew Meng ..............................................1 

Larrinaga, Miguel de .....................................7 

Laville, Helen ...............................................21 

Law, Ethics and Security ..............................11 

Lawoti, Mahendra .......................................39 

Leaving Terrorism Behind ............................45 

Ledwidge, Mark ..........................................20 

Lee, Chung Min ..........................................22 

Lee, Lavina Rajendram ................................11 

Legitimacy and the Use of Armed Force ......10 

Leigh, Ian ....................................................53 

Leuprecht, Christian ....................................12 

Lewin-Epstein, Noah ...................................57 

Liberal Peace, The .......................................16 

Liberal Peacebuilding and Global 

Governance..................................................... 34 

Liberal Terror .................................................7 

Lima, Laura ...................................................6 

Lincoln, Jessica ............................................10 

Liow, Joseph ...............................................22 

Lodgaard, Sverre .........................................14 

Longo, Francesca ........................................18 

Lonsdale, David J. .......................................52 

LSE International Studies Series (series) .....48, 59 

Lu, Yiyi ........................................................16 

Lund Petersen, Karen ..................................48 

Lupel, Adam ...............................................36 

Lutz, Brenda J ...............................................3 

Lutz, James ...................................................3 

Lynk, Michael ..............................................30 

Lyon, David .................................................29

66 

m 

iNdex 

Macris, Jeffrey R. .........................................29 

Mahnken, Thomas ........................................5 

Maiolo, Joseph A. .........................................5 

Making of Terrorism in Pakistan, The ...........49 

Maleki, Abbas .............................................29 

Maltby, Sarah ..............................................40 

Managhan, Tina .........................................56 

Managing Diversity in the Military ...............57 

Managing Military Organizations ................57 

Mapping Transatlantic Security Relations .......9 

Marrin, Stephen ..........................................53 

Marsh, Nic ..................................................35 

Marsh, Steve ...............................................26 

Martin, Mary ...............................................40 

Martin-Ortega, Olga ...............................4, 31 

Masters of War .............................................1 

Masters, Cristina .........................................55 

Mauer, Victor ..........................................1, 18 

Mazo, Jeffrey ..............................................17 

McDonald, Daniel P. ....................................57 

Media, War and Security (series) .................40 

Militarism, Gender and (In)Security ..............55 

Military Balance 2010, The ..........................60 

Military Ethics and Virtues ...........................58 

Military Integration after Civil Wars .............58 

Military Media Management .......................40 

Miller, Rory..................................................31 

Mobekk, Eirin .............................................36 

Möckli, Daniel .............................................18 

Modern Strategy .........................................51 

Modern War and the Utility of Force ...........57 

Moghadam, Assaf .......................................46 

Mohajir Militancy in Pakistan .......................39 

Molavi, Reza ...............................................29 

Mueller, John ..............................................13 

Muller, Benjamin J .........................................7 

Multilateral Counter-Terrorism .....................49 

Multipolarity in the 21st Century .................10 

Mumford, Andrew ......................................11 

Mundlak, Guy .............................................57 

Murphy, Eamon ..........................................49 

Murphy, Martin N. ......................................58 

Murray, Donette....................................10, 19 

n 

Nadkarni, Vidya ..........................................24 

Narcos Over the Border ...............................15 

National Security Cultures ...........................15 

National Security in the Obama 

Administration ............................................19 

National Security Law in Israel .....................30 

Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict ...................39 

Nationbuilding, Gender and War Crimes in 

South Asia ..................................................56 

NATO and the Middle East ..........................29 

NATOÕs Security Discourse After the 

Cold War ....................................................12 

Naval Power and Expeditionary Wars ..........58 

Nayan, Rajiv ................................................18 

Negotiating with Terrorists ..........................46 

Neoconservatism and American 

Foreign Policy ..............................................21 

Neumann, Peter ..........................................48 

New Citizen Armies, The .............................56 

New Directions in Genocide Research .........43 

New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific, The ..... 22 

New International Relations (series) .............12 

New Spatiality of Security, The ......................9 

Newman, David ..........................................28 

Nilsson, R. Anders .......................................37 

Nishikawa, Yukiko .......................................25 

Njølstad, Olav .............................................15 

Non-Great Powers in International Politics ...12 

Nordic Countries in the Early Cold War, 

1944-51, The ..............................................59 

Nuclear Disarmament and Non-Proliferation ... 14 

Nuclear Energy and Global Governance ......54 

Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty and 

India, The ....................................................18 

Nuclear Proliferation and International Order .. 15 

Nunes, Joao ..................................................6 

o 

Oberg, Magnus ...........................................37 

OÕBrien, Kevin A. .......................................53 

OÕConnor, Brendon ...................................21 

OÕDonnell, Catherine .................................33 

Oishi, Mikio ................................................23 

Okubo, Shiro ..............................................40 

Olonisakin, Funmi .......................................55 

OÕLoughlin, Ben ........................................40 

Olsthoorn, Peter..........................................58 

Omelicheva, Mariya Y..................................50 

Ong, Russell ................................................16 

Orfy, Mohammed Moustafa ........................29 

Owen, Taylor ...............................................40 

P 

Paine, S.C.M. ..............................................58 

Palidda, Salvatore ..........................................8 

Pande, Aparna ............................................20 

Parks, Kizzy M. ............................................57 

Parmar, Inderjeet .........................................21 

Pascal, Venier ..............................................51 

Pathways from Ethnic Conflict .....................32 

Peace and Conflict Research ........................38 

Peace and Conflict Studies ..........................37 

Peace In Between, The ..................................9 

Peace Operations and Organised Crime .......36 

Peacebuilding .............................................35 

Peacebuilding and Rule of Law in Africa ......31 

Peacekeeping in the 21st Century ...............36 

Peled, Yoav .................................................57 

Peoples, Columba .........................................6 

Perpetual Menace, A ...................................15 

Peters, Joel ..................................................28 

Phythian, Mark ...........................................11 

Piracy, Terrorism and Irregular Warfare at Sea . 58 

Political Discourse and Conflict Resolution ...33 

Political Economy of Peacemaking, The .......34 

Political Economy of Statebuilding ...............34 

Political Violence in Post-Conflict Societies ...37 

Politics and Security of the Gulf, The ...........29 

Politics in Asia (series) ............................22, 24 

Politics of Catastrophe, The ...........................7 

Politics of Nuclear Cooperation, The ............14 

Popescu, Nicu .............................................18 

Portela, Clara ..............................................19 

Power and Progress ....................................13 

Poynting, Scott ...........................................49 

PRIO New Security Studies (series) .......6, 7, 55 

Private Security Contractors and New Wars .... 11 

Psychology of Counter-Terrorism, The..........47 

r 

Race and US Foreign Policy .........................20 

Radchenko, Sergei ......................................59 

Radicalisation and the Media ......................40 

Rajak, Svetozar ...........................................59 

Rajan, V. G. Julie .........................................56 

Ramos, Paulo J.B. ........................................20 

Ramsbotham, Oliver ..............................33, 36 

Rauchhaus, Robert ......................................14 

Realism and World Politics ..........................15 

Realism Reader ...........................................15 

Reconciliation after Terrorism ......................50 

Recovering Realism .....................................16 

Rees, Wyn ...................................................26 

Regional Organizations in African Security ...... 31 

Regional Powers and Security Orders ..........14 

Reimagining War in the 21st Century ............8 

Rekawek, Kacper ........................................45 

Religion and Security in South and 

Central Asia ................................................22 

Renner, Judith .............................................50 

Renshon, Stanley A. ....................................19 

Responsibility to Protect in Latin 

America, The ..............................................42 

Responsibility to Protect, The ......................42 

Rethinking Security Governance ..................11 

Rethinking the Liberal Peace .......................36 

Rich, Paul B. ................................................50 

Richards, Anthony .......................................47 

Rid, Thomas ..................................................2 

Rippin, Andrew ...........................................17 

Robert D. Eldridge .......................................25 

Roberts, Christopher ...................................24 

Roberts, David ............................................34 

Romaniuk, Peter .........................................49 

Rosenfeld, Jean ...........................................46 

Ross, Robert ................................................23 

Routledge Advances in European 

Politics (series) .................................18, 19, 27 

Routledge Advances in International Relations 

and Global Politics (series) ...........8, 18, 41, 48 

Routledge Contemporary China 

Series (series) ........................................16, 24 

Routledge Contemporary South 

Asia Series (series) .....................20, 36, 39, 56 

Routledge Contemporary Southeast 

Asia Series (series) .......................................37 

Routledge Critical Security Studies 

(series) ................................................8, 9, 55 

Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies 

(series) ............................................49, 50, 56 

Routledge Global Security Studies 

(series) ....................14, 15, 18, 23, 28, 31, 54 

Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism .... 22 

Routledge Handbook of Asian 

Security Studies, The ...................................22 

Routledge Handbook of Energy Security, The . 54 

Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict .......35 

Routledge Handbook of European 

Security, The ...............................................26 

Routledge Handbook of Human Security, 

The .............................................................40 

Routledge Handbook of Insurgency and 

Counter-Insurgency .....................................50 

Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics ....24 

Routledge Handbook of New Security 

Studies, The ..................................................6 

Routledge Handbook of Political Islam ........27 

Routledge Handbook of Security Studies, The .. 1 

Routledge Handbook of Terrorism Research ... 44 

Routledge Handbook of the Israeli-Palestinian 

Conflict .......................................................28 

Routledge Handbook of the Responsibility to 

Protect ........................................................41 

Routledge Handbook of Transatlantic Security, 

The ...............................................................9 

Routledge Handbook of War and 

Society, The.................................................35 

Routledge Security in Asia Pacific 

Series (series) ..................................22, 24, 25 

Routledge Security in Asia Series (series) ...16, 25 

Routledge Studies in Intervention and 

Statebuilding (series) .............8, 13, 27, 34, 37 

Routledge Studies in Liberty and 

Security (series) .........................................8, 9 

Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern 

Politics (series) .......................................29, 30 

Routledge Studies in Nationalism and 

Ethnicity (series) ..........................................32 

Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict 

Resolution (series) .........33, 34, 35, 38, 50, 56 

Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict 

Management (series) ...................................39 

Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia 

(series) ........................................................39 

Routledge Studies in US Foreign 

Policy (series) .........................................20, 21 

Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption 

(series) ........................................................40 

Routledge/GARNET series (series) ................54 

Routledge/UACES Contemporary European 

Studies (series) ......................................26, 33 

Rubin, Lawrence .........................................47 

Russia and the Cult of State Security ...........53 

Russian Energy Security and Foreign Policy ..54 

Russian Imperialism Revisited ......................31 

RussiaÕs Foreign Security Policy in 

the 21st Century .........................................31 

Ryan, Barry .................................................13 

Ryan, David ................................................19 


S 

Sagramoso, Domitilla ..................................31 

Salmon, Patrick ...........................................59 

Salter, Mark B. ..............................................9 

Sanctions as Grand Strategy ........................17 

Sandole, Dennis J.D. ...................................32 

Sandole-Staroste, Ingrid ..............................32 

Sapolsky, Harvey ...........................................4 

Schmid, Alex ...............................................44 

Schoenborn, Benedikt ...................................9 

Schroeder, Ursula ........................................27 

Scobbie, Iain ...............................................30 

Scobell, Andrew ..........................................22 

Scott, Len ...................................................52 

Sea Power and the Asia-Pacific ....................58 

Seapower .....................................................5 

Secret Intelligence .......................................52 

Securitization of Migration in the 

Post-Cold War Era, The ...............................13 

Securitization Theory.....................................7 

Security and Global Governmentality ............7 

Security and Governance 

(series) ................................13, 27, 31, 41, 43 

Security Challenges in the Euro-Med Area in the 

21st Century ...............................................27 

Security Context in the Black Sea 

Region, The ................................................32 

Security Studies .............................................1 

Security, Development and Nation-Building 

in Timor-Leste .............................................37 

Security, Law and Borders .............................8 

Security, Risk and the Biometric State ............7 

Seib, Philip ..................................................40 

Senehi, Jessica ............................................32 

Serrano, Monica .........................................42 

Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/ 

Routledge Series (series) ..............................24 

Sheldon, John .............................................51 

Shelley, Louise .............................................40 

Shulong, Chu ..............................................23 

Silke, Andrew .............................................47 

Sinclair, Samuel J .........................................50 

Singer, J. David............................................12 

Singh, Bhubhindar ......................................24 

Singh, Rashmi .............................................48 

Siniver, Asaf ................................................48 

Sirrs, Owen L. .............................................53 

Sjoberg, Laura .............................................55 

Sloan, Elinor ................................................51 

Sloan, Geoffrey ...........................................51 

Small Arms, Crime and Conflict ...................35 

Snyder, Jack ................................................13 

Soderbaum, Fredrik .....................................31 

Soderberg, Marie ........................................23 

Soeters, Joseph ...........................................57 

Soft Power and US Foreign Policy ................21 

Somalia: Too Dangerous, Too Important 

to Ignore .....................................................27 

South African Intelligence Services, The.......53 

South AsiaÕs Nuclear Security .....................25 

Southeast Asia and the Rise of China ..........25 

Southeast Asia and the Rise of Chinese 

and Indian Naval Power ..............................25 

Soutou, Georges-Henri .................................9 

Sovacool, Benjamin K. .................................54

Sovereignty ...................................................8 

Space Power and Politics (series) ...........50, 51 

Spencer, Alexander .....................................50 

Spencer, Jonathan .......................................36 

Sperling, James ...........................................15 

Squire, Vicki ..................................................8 

Sriram, Chandra Lekha ............................4, 31 

State Terrorism and Human Rights ..............46 

Statebuilding and Justice Reform ................34 

Statebuilding, Security-Sector Reform 

and the Liberal Peace ..................................13 

Stewart-Ingersoll, Robert .............................14 

Stiehm, Judith .............................................57 

Storey, Ian ...................................................25 

Strategic Partnerships in Asia ......................24 

Strategic Studies ...........................................5 

Strategic Survey 2010 .................................60 

Strategy and History (series) ........................51 

Stubbs, Richard ...........................................22 

Studies in Intelligence (series) ................52, 53 

Suhrke, Astri .................................................9 

Sullivan, John P............................................10 

Surveillance and Control in Israel/Palestine ..29 

Sylvester, Christine ........................................8 

t 

Tadjbakhsh, Shahrbanou .............................36 

Talking to Terrorists .....................................48 

Talmadge, Caitlin ..........................................4 

Tavares, Rodrigo ..........................................31 

Taylor, Brendan ...........................................17 

Technology and the Mid-Victorian 

Royal Navy ..................................................58 

Territory, War, and Peace .............................10 

Terrorism and the Olympics .........................47 

Terrorism Studies...........................................3 

Terrorism Today ...........................................44 

Terrorism Versus Democracy ..........................3 

Terrorism, Identity, and Legitimacy ..............46 

Terrorism: The Basics .....................................3 

Terrorist Groups and the New Tribalism .......46 

Terrorist Rehabilitation and Counterradicalisation 

...............................................47 

Thakur, Ramesh ..........................................42 

Theories of Violent Conflict .........................37 

Theory and Practice of International 

Mediation ...................................................39 

Theory of Space Power ...............................51 

Thinking about War and Peace ...................38 

ThirdWorlds (series) ...............................32, 38 

Thorup, Mikkel ...........................................49 

Thrall, A. Trevor ...........................................18 

Till, Geoffrey ...........................................5, 58 

Tocci, Nathalie .............................................26 

Tondini, Matteo ..........................................34 

Totten, Samuel ......................................43, 44 

Towards Nuclear Zero..................................17 

Transatlantic Relations since 1945 .................9 

Transforming Violent Conflict ......................33 

Triantaphyllou, Dimitrios..............................32 

Truth Commissions and Transitional 

Societies .....................................................41 

Tunsjø, Øystein............................................23 

Tuosheng, Zhang ........................................23 

U 

UN Peace Operations and Post-Conflict 


UN Sanctions and Conflict ...........................39 

Understanding Contemporary Strategy .......52 

Understanding Counterinsurgency ................2 

Understanding Global Security ......................2 

Understanding NATO in the 21st Century....11 

Understanding Peace Research ....................37 

Understanding Terrorism and 

Political Violence .........................................45 

Unipolarity and World Politics......................14 

Unspeakable Truths .....................................41 

US Collective Memory, Intervention and 

Vietnam ......................................................19 

US Defense Politics ........................................4 

US Foreign Policy and Iran ...........................19 

US Hegemony and International Legitimacy 11 

US Military and Outer Space, The ................50 

US Military, The ...........................................57 

US National Security Policy ............................5 

US Policy Towards Cuba ..............................21 

US Public and American Foreign Policy, The .... 21 

US Strategy in Africa ...................................31 

US-China-EU Relations ................................23 


V 

van der Putten, Frans-Paul ...........................23 

Van Munster, Rens ........................................7 

Vasquez, John A. ........................................10 

Vaughan-Williams, Nick ................................6 

Väyrynen, Raimo .........................................17 

Violence and Resistance in Uzbekistan ........39 

w 

Walker, William ...........................................15 

Walking Away from Terrorism .....................46 

Wallensteen, Peter ......................................38 

Walton, C. Dale ..........................................51 

War and Ideas .............................................13 

War and Rape .............................................55 

War and Revolution in the Caucasus ...........32 

War, Conflict and Human Rights ...................4 

War, Ethics and Justice ................................11 

War, Peace and International Relations ..........5 

War, Peace and Progress in the 21st Century .. 38 

War, Politics and Experience (series) .........8, 56 

Warikoo, K..................................................22 

Wark, Wesley K. ..........................................52 

Webel, Charles .....................................34, 37 

Weber, Heloise ............................................38 

iNdex 67 

Weeks, Donna ............................................25 

Weimann, Gabriel .......................................48 

Weinberg, Leonard ...............................44, 48 

Wennmann, Achim .....................................34 

Whitehall Histories (series) ...........................59 

Whitman, Richard G. ..................................26 

Why Did the US Invade Iraq? .......................18 

Whyte, David ..............................................49 

Wibben, Annick ..........................................55 

Wiebelhaus-Brahm, Eric ..............................41 

Wilkinson, Paul .......................................3, 46 

Williams, Cindy ...........................................20 

Williams, Paul D. .....................................1, 43 

Wills, Aidan ................................................53 

Winter, Aaron .............................................50 

Wolff, Stefan ........................................33, 35 

Women, Peace and Security ........................55 

Woodhouse, Tom ........................................36 

X 

Xinjiang and ChinaÕs Rise in Central Asia, 

1949-2009 .................................................24 

Y 

Yahuda, Michael .........................................22 

Yakinthou, Christalla ...................................33 

Yee, Herbert S. ............................................16 

Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union in the Early 

Cold War ....................................................59 

Z 

Zancheta, Barbara .........................................9 

Zartman, I. William......................................46 

Zaum, Dominik ...........................................34 

Zureik, Elia ..................................................29 

Zwitter, Andrej ............................................41

order 

your 

booKs 

Today... 

Please use this form to order directly from us. 

If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book 

ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable 

condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) 

and we will refund you the cost of the book. 

Prices and publication dates are correct at time 

of going to press, but may be subject to change 

without notice. All prices are net in the UK. 

Alternatively, contact your regular supplier. 

FREEPOST: 

Taylor & Francis Group 

Bookpoint (T&F) 

Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER 

Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB 

(Please affix stamp if posting from outside UK.) 

TELEPHONE (credit cards): 

+44 (0)1235 400524 

FAX: 

+44 (0)20 7017 6699 

EMAIL: 

security_studies@routledge.com 

ONLINE: 

www.routledge.com 

EBOOKS: 

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk 

orDer onLine 

AnD receiVe Free P&P! 

order your books from 

www.routledge.com 

and receive Free postage 

& packaging when spending 

£20 or more. (in UK only) 

Qty Title ISBN Price 

PoStAge & PAcKAging 

UK: 5% of total order (£1 min charge, £10 max charge). 

Next day delivery +£6.50* 

Europe: 10% of total order (£2.95 min charge, £20 max charge). 

Next day delivery +£6.50* 

Rest of World: 15% of total order (£6.50 min charge, £30 max charge). 

*We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon. 

method of Payment – Please tick and/or fill relevant boxes and select card type. 

P&P 

TOTAL 

Please send me a pre-payment invoice. My Reference Number is: __________________________________________________ 

I enclose a cheque (made payable to Taylor & Francis) for £ ____________________________________ 

Please charge my debit/credit card: 

Card number: 

Name on credit card: _____________________________________________________________ Issue No.*: _______ 

Start date: _______ /_______ Expiry date: _______ /_______ Security No.: 

(last 3 digits of security number on back of card) 

Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______ 

(order not valid without signature) *only if paying by Maestro 

Your Details – Please use block capitals. 

First Name: Surname: 

Email: 

Department: 

Institution: 

Address: 

Postcode: Country: 

Telephone: VAT No. (EU Member States): 

Please tick if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system. 

ISBN: 978-0-418-24673-3 MILI1001 A B C D E 

CoMPliMeNTary exaM requesT 

To order a complimentary exam copy, please contact us using 

one of the methods below: 

ONLINE: www.routledge.com/info/compcopy 

EMAIL: security_studies@routledge.com 

FAX: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 


library 

reCoMMeNdaTioN 

ensure that your library has access to 

all the latest publications. Visit 

www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp 

today and complete our online 

library recommendation Form.

The Armed Conflict 

Database 

From the International Institute for Strategic Studies 

www.iiss.org/acd 

The IISS Armed Conflict Database is an authoritative and unique online source of data and 

independent analysis on current and recent conflicts 

Features 

• contains the latest information on all conflicts, 

including political developments, military 

trends and the types of weapons being used 

• provides details on the parties involved, and analysis 

on the human impact – including fatality and 

refugee numbers 

• provides an historical background, event timeline 

and annual assessment, for each conflict 

• includes a list of selected non-state armed groups, 

their estimated strength, origin, political or 

ideological aims, and areas of operation. 

Functions 

• browse through the different year-on-year reports 

and fact sheets online 

• generate targeted reports on conflict data back to 

1997 and correlate reports from various years, 

conflicts, regions and topics. 

“Easily navigable, distinctively presented… Recommended.” 

– Reference Reviews 

To register for a free trial, for pricing information, or to subscribe, 

please contact us quoting ref. Standpoint 09 

UK and Rest of World 

Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk 

Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6062 

Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6699 

Order your FREE 30 day trial today! 

USA, Canada and South America 

Email: e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com 

Tel: 888-318-2367 

Fax: 212-244-1563 

online www.online.taylorandfrancis.com

Routledge 

Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 3 

Page 5 Page 8 Page 34 Page 42 


Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN 

Tel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 Email: security_studies@routledge.com 

Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.

Easily na - Routledge

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?